Reference Manual - Investment Account Manager

Transcription

Investment Account
Manager,
Version 2
User Guide, Tutorials &
Reference
Manual
QUANT IX Software, Inc.
Providing Total Portfolio Management Systems
Since 1985
 QUANT IX SOFTWARE, Inc.
11518 North Port Washington Road, Suite 102
Mequon WI 53092
U.S.A.
2
©Copyright. 2009 QUANT IX SOFTWARE, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed
in the United States of America.
This reference guide/user manual is provided in connection with the
Investment Account Manager software and is intended for no other use. The
use of this manual and the accompanying software is governed by the terms of
the software license agreement. The names and data appearing in this manual
are fictitious unless otherwise noted, and are intended solely for illustrative
purposes. Under no circumstances should any of the material contained
within this manual be construed as providing specific investment advice.
Published by:
QUANT IX SOFTWARE, INC.
11518 North Port Washington Road, Ste. 102
Mequon, WI 53092
(262) 241-3990
www.investmentaccountmanager.com
www.quantixsoftware.com
© No part of this manual may be reproduced in any way without express
written permission from QUANT IX SOFTWARE Inc.
Information in this documentation is subject to change and is for illustrative
purposes only.
The software described within this documentation is furnished under the terms
of the software license agreement, and may be used only in accordance with
the software license agreement.
BetterInvesting ™ is a registered trademark of the National Association of
Investor‟s Corporation (NAIC®). Investor‟s Toolkit is a registered trademark
of Iclub Central. Yahoo! ®Finance is a registered trademark of Yahoo! Inc.
AAII is a registered trademark of the American Association of Investor‟s
Corp. S&P and Standard and Poor‟s are registered trademarks of trademarks
of Standard and Poor‟s Corporation. Value Line is a registered trademark of
Value Line Inc. E*TRADE™ is a trademark of E*TRADE Financial.
Quicken® is a registered trademark of Intuit. Microsoft Money® is a
registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. Other brands and product
names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.
3
Software License Agreement
End-User License Agreement
READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THE
SOFTWARE ENCLOSED IN THIS PACKAGE. BY USING THIS
SOFTWARE YOU CONFIRM THAT YOU HAVE READ THIS
AGREEMENT, UNDERSTAND IT, ACCEPT IT AND AGREE TO BE
BOUND BY ALL OF ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS. BREACH OF
ANY TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT SUBJECT THE LICENSEE OR
USER TO IMMEDIATE LIABILITY. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE WITH
ANY OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT,
DO NOT USE THIS SOFTWARE. PROMPTLY RETURN THE MEDIA
AND ALL ITEMS INCLUDED IN THIS PACKAGE.
1. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, QUANT IX SOFTWARE, Inc.
grants you a non-exclusive and non-transferable license to load and execute the
software on a single personal computer, and to use the associated
documentation provided with the software. You may move the software from
one computer to another so long as there is NO POSSIBILITY of the
software being used at more than one location at a time. You may install a
second copy of the software to another computer (laptop, office, other home
computer) provided the second installation is used only by the person covered
by the license, and there is NO POSSIBILITY of the software being used
concurrently with the first installation, and provided the second installation is
never made available to another party for the purpose of operating the
software. You are permitted to make one backup copy of the software. You
may not use the software or documentation except as expressly set forth in this
Agreement, and QUANT IX SOFTWARE, Inc. reserves all rights not
expressly granted to you by this Agreement. This Agreement is not a sale of
the software or documentation or any copy thereof. You acknowledge and
agree that all proprietary rights in the software are and shall remain the
property of QUANT IX SOFTWARE, Inc.
2. The software is intended for individual use only, as such, the license
agreement permits use of this software for individual purposes only, and may not be
used for commercial or professional purposes. Commercial or professional use shall
mean any use of the software for purposes of: management of investments,
advisory of investments, accounting of investments, reporting of investments,
or other such services if compensated for these services.
3. You shall not: remove or destroy any proprietary rights, marks or legends
on or in the software or documentation; adapt, translate, modify, enhance, or
create derivative works of the software or documentation; assign, distribute,
sublicense, rent, lease, sell, post on the Internet, or otherwise transfer the
4
software or documentation in print or through any electronic or other
medium; or make copies of the software or documentation other than for
backup purposes, as provided herein. You agree not to reverse engineer,
disassemble, de-compile, or otherwise attempt to derive such source code from
units of the software. You acknowledge and agree that all proprietary rights in
the software are and shall remain the property of QUANT IX SOFTWARE,
Inc.
4. QUANT IX SOFTWARE, Inc. is the owner or licensee of all right, title and
interest, including all intellectual property rights, in and to the software and
documentation, and any works derived from or based on the software or
documentation. You shall implement software protection measures to prevent
unauthorized use and reproduction of the software. Your obligations regarding
confidentiality and intellectual property rights shall survive termination of this
Agreement.
5. Technical Support: The Licensor agrees to provide technical support at no
cost for a period of six (6) months from the date of installation of the software.
After six (6) months, the Licensee may obtain additional technical support as
provided by a separate "pay-for-support" agreement that has been entered into
by Licensor and Licensee. Where the Licensor chooses to provide support,
support will be provided to only one designated support contact person per
license, unless otherwise specified in a pay-for-support agreement.
6. With respect to the physical diskettes and the physical documentation
enclosed herein, QUANT IX SOFTWARE, Inc. warrants the same to be free
of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of 30 days from the date
of purchase. In the event of notification, QUANT IX SOFTWARE will
replace the defective diskettes or documentation. The remedy for breach of
this warranty shall be limited to the replacement and shall not encompass any
other damages, including but not limited to loss of profit, special, incidental,
consequential, or other similar claims.
7. QUANT IX SOFTWARE, INC. SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO DEFECTS IN THE DISKETTES,
DOCUMENTATION, SOFTWARE, AND THE PROGRAM LICENSE
GRANTED HEREIN. IN PARTICULAR, AND WITHOUT LIMITING
OPERATION OF THE PROGRAM LICENSE WITH RESPECT TO
ANY PARTICULAR APPLICATION, USE OR PURPOSE.
8. IN NO EVENT SHALL QUANT IX SOFTWARE, INC. BE LIABLE
TO YOU IN ASSOCIATION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND/OR
THE SOFTWARE, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION OR
THEORY OF RECOVERY FOR ANY (1) INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY
DAMAGES, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER QUANT IX SOFTWARE
5
INC. HAS BEEN MADE AWARE OF THEIR POSSIBILITY; (2) LOST
PROFITS, LOSS OF DATA OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION LOSSES;
AND/OR (3) DIRECT DAMAGES IN AN AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF
THE LICENSE FEES PAID BY YOU FOR THE SOFTWARE.
9. The term of this Agreement shall begin on the date you first use the
software and shall continue in effect until: (1) there is a material breach by
either party which is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of written
notice of such breach from the other party; or (2) you elect to discontinue its
use of the software.
10. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, you shall: (1)
immediately discontinue all use of the software and documentation; (2) return
all software, documentation, and authorized copies of the software and; and (3)
uninstall and/or remove any and all copies of the software, whether authorized
or unauthorized, from any computer or server upon which the software has
been installed by you or on your behalf. All provisions of this Agreement
relating to ownership, confidentiality and limitations of liability shall survive
any termination of this Agreement.
11. In order to ensure consistency in interpretation, this Agreement is entered
into and performed in the State of Wisconsin, and shall be governed by the
laws of the State of Wisconsin (exclusive of its choice of law rules) and the
federal laws of the U.S.A. If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court
of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be
deemed modified so as to make it valid in a manner consistent with the intent
of the parties expressed in that section. QUANT IX SOFTWARE, Inc.'s
failure to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not
be construed to be a present or future waiver of such provisions. You shall not
assign any of your rights or obligations under this Agreement without
QUANT IX SOFTWARE, Inc.'s prior express written consent, which may be
granted or withheld at QUANT IX SOFTWARE, Inc.'s sole discretion. Any
attempted assignment without such consent shall be void. Subject to the
foregoing, this Agreement is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of
each party's successors and authorized assigns. This Agreement constitutes the
entire understanding of the parties with respect to the software and
documentation. It replaces, supersedes and merges all prior written and oral
communications, representations, promises or understandings. This
Agreement may be amended or supplemented only by a writing signed on
behalf of both parties. No purchase order or other administrative document
will amend this Agreement, even if accepted by the receiving party without
objection.
6
Registration Form
Please register using our web site www.investmentaccountmanager.com.
If not, use this form and mail to QUANT IX SOFTWARE, Inc.
It‟s quicker than returning this form, plus the web site provides our most current
information and allows you to sign up for email notification of important upgrade
announcements. The undersigned hereby registers as the possessor and user of the
Investment Account Manager developed by QUANT IX SOFTWARE, Inc. The
undersigned hereby agrees to the terms of the license statement and warranty.
Serial Number (User ID number) _______________
Name ______________________________________________
UPGRADE: YES [] NO []
Address ___________________________________________
City ____________________ State ________ Zip ___________
Daytime phone _________________ Evening phone ___________________
Email address ________________________________________
Place of purchase _____________________________________
Date purchased ____________________
User‟s signature ______________________________________
Date ________________________________
Return to:
QUANT IX SOFTWARE, Inc. 11518 North Port Washington Road
Suite 102, Mequon, WI 53092
7
Software License Agreement
iv
Registration Form
vii
Welcome to Investment Account Manager, v2
9
Chapter 1 - General Discussion
13
Chapter 2 – Home Page and Menu Listings
23
Chapter 3 - Sample Reports
46
Chapter 4 - Effective Portfolio Management
55
Chapter 5 - Investment Account Manager Tutorials
76
Chapter 6 – Importing from Financial Institutions
139
Chapter 7- Importing Quicken® Data
153
Chapter 8 – Importing MS Money®
174
Chapter 9 - Importing Captools Data
199
R1 -File Menu Features and Functions
220
R2 - Edit Menu and Functions
259
R3 - Transactions Menu and Functions
265
R4 - Reports & Graphs Menu Choices
364
R5 - Asset Library Menu
398
R6 - Tools Menu
417
R7 - Help Menu
421
Appendices
426
8
2
Version
Welcome to Investment Account Manager, v2
Portfolio management is like tending to a garden. Success requires
knowledge, a tailored initial design, effective tools, and a devotion to
reap a bountiful harvest. Similarly, Investment Account Manager
is designed to be an educational, comprehensive portfolio
management program designed with tools to help you reach your
investment portfolio objectives.
D
esigned by portfolio management professionals, and used by individual
investors in related forms since 1985, Investment Account Manager (IAM)
will help you become a better and more informed investor. Whether you
are a self-reliant investor, or rely on the advice of others to make your
portfolio management decisions, IAM‟s many features will improve the management
of your portfolios. With IAM‟s flexible multiple portfolio design, extensive online
help, and intuitive interface, you will be using powerful portfolio management features
to help answer many questions including:
 Are my portfolios constructed to meet by risk tolerance and objectives?
 What securities are held in my different accounts?
 How do my portfolios inter-relate?
 How are my portfolios performing?
 What is the allocation of my portfolio and am I properly diversified?
 Are my securities fundamentally sound?
 What are the tax consequences of my portfolios?
As you learn to use Investment Account Manager, you will also learn traditional
portfolio management techniques. We encourage you to keep this documentation
handy to improve the learning process.
9
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
This documentation is divided into three main sections. The first four chapters provide
an overview of Investment Account Manager and effective portfolio management
decision tools.
 Chapter One: Investment Account Manager Features and General
Discussion. Chapter One provides a brief overview of features provided by
Investment Account Manager, and a general discussion of the tool bar choices
and how to use the online help system. Also included is an explanation of the
initial program installation.
 Chapter Two: Investment Account Manager‟s Home Page and Menu
Listings. Chapter Two reviews IAM‟s home page design. A thorough review
of this chapter will help you to quickly learn how to best utilize the home page
information for portfolio management decisions.
 Chapter Three: Investment Account Manager Sample Reports. Investment
Account Manager provides many informative reports and graphs to help you
make better investment decisions. To illustrate those reports and graphs, we
have included sample data so you can immediately review the powerful
reporting and graphing capabilities of the program. We encourage you to
closely review this chapter and sample reports to gain an insight to the
comprehensive reporting and graphing tools available.
 Chapter Four: Effective Portfolio Management. This chapter includes
discussions on effective portfolio management tools, including multiple
portfolio management, fundamental ratio analysis and portfolio allocation.
Investment Account Manager includes features that help you to improve
portfolio management and make effective investment decisions.
Chapters Five through Eight include tutorials to teach you how to use Investment
Account Manager, including downloading activity form financial institutions, and
importing existing data from Quicken® and MS® Money software.
 Chapter Five: Investment Account Manager Tutorials. By carefully
reviewing the tutorials, you will understand how the program is intended to
operate, while quickly learning how to utilize the program for your specific
needs.
 Chapter Six: Investment Account Manager & Financial Institutions.
Investment Account Manager provides several features for integrating with
your financial institution (if available in our list of financial institutions). These
features help users to either quickly create a portfolio of their accumulated
balances for instant analysis, or to download their recent investment
transaction activity,
10
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Chapter Seven: Investment Account Manager Importing Quicken Data.
Investment Account Manager includes an import feature that allows the
conversion of most investment transactions from a Quicken 98 (Quicken
Interchange Format QIF) file or later into the Investment Account Manager.
 Chapter Eight: Investment Account Manager Importing MS® Money files
to conveniently convert your MS® Money files into BI Investment Account
Manager.
 Chapter Nine: Investment Account Manager Importing Captools® Data.
Investment Account Manager also provides the ability to convert and import
Captools® Software investment data.

Reference Sections
 Reference Sections R1 – R6: These final reference chapters describe in detail
all features, dialogue boxes, data fields, tabs, and other details for using the
Investment Account Manager. Each chapter is a thorough review of the
various menus and items available in Investment Account Manager.
 Appendix A1: This appendix lists all maintenance releases for Investment
Account Manager since original release in May 2007.
 Appendix A2: This appendix provides instructions on how to upload your
portfolios to both Yahoo! and Google.
11
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
12
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
1
Chapter
Investment Account
Manager’s Features and
General Discussion
In order to be useful, portfolio management software must provide
answers to critical questions in an easy to use and easy to
understand format. The following chapter provides a brief review
of Investment Account Manager‟s features and a general discussion
of IAM‟s software design.
L
earning a new software program should be gratifying. A new user sets out with
the goal of improving a process via a logically designed tool. This is how
Investment Account Manager has been designed and used in related forms
since 1985. Over that time we have included many improvements as suggested
by a varied customer base. We have also developed a detailed online help system to
thoroughly explain the programs many features and why they have been included in
the.
Investment
Account Manager
Includes the
Following Features
 Centralized secure portfolio management of all your accounts on your
computer.
It is critically important to collectively manage your accounts. Having the information on your
computer provides you with access to your data 24/7, regardless of the status of your internet
connection.
 Comprehensive investment tracking features for a variety of asset types:
cash, money market funds, US Governments, agencies, tax-exempt bonds,
corporate bonds, preferred stocks, mutual funds, exchange traded funds,
common stocks, options, investment clubs and other investments.
Diversified portfolios hold different asset classes and different securities within each class.
IAM handles many different asset types.
13
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Detailed transaction accounting for purchases, sales, dividends, interest,
expenses, universal stock split/dividend, spin-off and mergers,
tender/exchanges, return of capital, dividend reinvestment plans (Drips),
security transfers, opening buys and sales, assignments, exercises and short
sales.
By providing accurate tracking of ordinary transactions Investment Account Manager is able
to accurately reflect portfolio activity, balances and tax consequences.
 Download your current balances and transaction activity from your
financial institution (if available).
Some users prefer a more automatic approach to update portfolio activity. IAM includes the
method to download monthly account activity from many financial institutions (those providing
data downloads using the OFX - Open Financial Exchange file format). Those preferring
manual data entry will appreciate IAM‟s quick, intuitive data entry screens.
 More than 40 professional reports and graphs summarizing your
investments: current holdings, unrealized gains/losses, sold positions &
realized gains/losses (tax filing), income received (tax filing), capital gain
distributions, commissions paid, asset allocation, portfolio diversification,
portfolio cash flow projections, tax basis, performance measurements, asset
maturity schedule, transactions ledger, and more.
In order for portfolio management software to be useful, it must generate reports that answer
the critical questions central to effective management, both on an individual and collective
portfolio basis. IAM reports are designed to be self-explanatory since users might want to
share these reports with advisors, friends and family members.
 Portfolio Setup Wizard provides step-by-step portfolio creation.
Users will like the ability to follow IAM‟s step-by-step portfolio setup wizard. This feature
walks new users through the initial setup of their portfolio to reflect current balances for
immediate portfolio reviews.
 Multiple portfolio management features to track each of your investment
accounts. Collectively manage all of your investment accounts.
Often investors have more than one account - IRA, taxable, joint, etc. – that need to be
reviewed and managed collectively. Answering questions regarding overall asset allocation,
diversification, security placement, etc. is essential for successful investment results.
 Customizable reports and graphs including by date range, by portfolio, by
asset class, by sector, by size and by fundamental analysis screens.
Investors make their decisions based on different criteria. IAM‟s report flexibility allows users
to customize their reports.
14
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Security lot assignment using first-in first-out, last-in last-out, average cost,
specific identification, or the Canadian average cost.
Sound tax decision making is an essential part of effective portfolio management. Knowing
when to offset gains with losses can dramatically increase after-tax returns. IAM includes the
lot-by-lot accounting methods needed to make sound tax decisions.
 Portfolio asset allocation analysis including the proportional impact of
mutual fund holdings.
Since it has been shown that asset allocation accounts for most of the explanation of portfolio
performance, IAM provides very detailed asset allocation analysis, including the proportional
impact of each mutual fund/ETF held within a portfolio.
 Set portfolio target allocations and identify any rebalancing requirements.
In addition to knowing the current asset allocation of a portfolio, IAM also allows users to set
customized asset allocation target percentages based on a portfolio risk and return profile.
 Analyze your performance using the time-weighted internal rate of return
method and then compare your result to the market indexes.
Investors must accurately analyze historic portfolio performance in order to understand past
successes and mistakes. IAM includes the widely accepted time-weighted IRR method to help
users understand how they are doing.
 Common stock fundamental ratio analysis.
Using time tested fundamental ratio analysis can help investors make better decisions.
Investment Account Manager offers tools for a thorough understanding of dividends, earnings,
cash flow, book value, etc. to improve decision making.
 Mutual fund and ETF analysis including diversification, performance,
turnover and more.
Many investors prefer the diversification offered by mutual funds and exchange traded funds
when building their portfolios. IAM provides detailed mutual fund and ETF analysis,
including impact on asset allocation decisions.
Additional important features include:




Price your securities via the Internet.
Price alerts to monitor your securities.
Easy Internet links to other popular investment web sites.
Built-in calendar and diary to record important dates and reminders.
15
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Data importing / exporting to and from other popular programs, as well
as AAII‟s Stock Investor Pro (www.aaii.com), spreadsheet and word
processing programs.
 Automatic backup and restore features.
 Batch processing of reports to allow for unattended report generation.
 Dual user modes: beginner and advanced.
 A detailed online help system for answers and hints to learn the program.
General Discussion
Prior to using the Investment Account Manager, take a few minutes to review the
following information. You‟ll find it helpful as an overview of Investment Account
Manager and how Investment Account Manager is designed to operate.
Navigation Tips
 Select drop down menus by moving the mouse pointer to the desired menu
and clicking name, or by simultaneously pressing the "Alt-key" and the
underlined letter shown in the menu bar.
 Some screens include a tab layout design. To move between tabs, simply click
on the tab and the screen view will change accordingly.
Clicking the mouse at the beginning of a data field will set the starting point for the
keyboard entry. When a field has been fully completed, the cursor will advance
automatically. You can also use your mouse to „point and click‟ to move between
16
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
fields. Although we highly recommend the use of a mouse to navigate within
Investment Account Manager, the keyboard can also be used to navigate between
fields. In most cases, you can use the Tab arrow keys (,) to move between fields,
and use the Enter key to complete entries. When entering data, you will notice some
fields are yellow-shaded, indicating they are required entries. Those data fields not
yellow-shaded are optional entries.
IAM Tool Bar
Investment Account Manager includes a tool bar that provides quick access to several
of IAM‟s frequently used features. This tool bar is more fully explained in Chapter
Two, as part Investment Account Manager Home Page features.
Checking for IAM
Program Updates
Included with your Investment Account Manager technical support is the ability to
download incremental product maintenance releases. These are made available on an
as needed basis to fix bugs and add improvements to the program. Use the Check for
Updates button found in the menu bar:
One of the best ways to stay informed of maintenance releases is to sign up for our
free newsletter at www.investmentaccountmanager.com. The newsletter is free and
will include product announcements, special offers and useful tips and suggestions.
Note: we will not share your email and will only use your email as part of the IAM newsletter.
IAM Reporting Tips
Many of the Investment Account Manager reports provide the ability to "drill-down"
on the details that make up the information found on one of the report lines. This is
indicated by a change of appearance of your mouse pointer to resemble a magnifying
glass:
Blue underlined text indicates hyperlinks to other information. A left click of your
mouse will often produce an associated report, while a right click will bring up
another popup menu window providing quick access to popular features.
Investment Account Manager will initially show all reports in a print preview version
for your review providing the report without the need for actually printing the report.
While in the preview mode, you can „lock‟ column headings for the ability to scroll
data. For example, select the reports and graphs menu | portfolio | appraisal report.
Now select the „report‟ button. While in preview mode, move your mouse pointer
17
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
over the top detail line labeled „Money Market Funds‟ and right click your mouse.
You‟ll notice a pop-up window with several choices:
Select the choice for Freeze Pane. Notice a cross hatch line appears in the preview
window and you are now able to horizontally scroll the portion of the report below the
selected detail line. You‟ll find this ideal for scrolling data below report headings.
Unfreeze using the same right click method, and select Unfreeze Pane.
Other General
Hints:
Investment Account Manager allows you to manage single or multiple investment
portfolios. A portfolio is a list of the securities you hold within the account. Another
way of thinking about the term portfolio is as your investment account.
As previously stated, you may have several portfolios within Investment Account
Manager - a taxable account, a retirement account, a joint account, a watch list, etc. with each portfolio including one or more of these asset types: cash accounts, stocks,
mutual funds, bonds, etc. Transactions for the portfolio (purchases, sales,
reinvestments, income, etc.) are tracked and maintained separately for each portfolio
providing segregated accounting. At any time, a portfolio‟s investment transactions
can be reviewed to inform you of current market values, asset positions, useful tax
information, etc. Additionally, instantaneous collective reporting is available while
generating IAM reports on the report setup menu.
18
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Portfolio
Databases versus
the Asset Library
As you create and add transactions to portfolios, Investment Account Manager
automatically populates an Asset Library database. This asset library is the central
database utilized by the program to store shared asset-descriptive information - name,
security symbol, asset type, sector, current market price, dividend rate per share, etc. In
other words, if multiple portfolios hold the same security, Investment Account
Manager‟s Asset Library shares the asset descriptive data as needed.
Help System
Using the Online Help System
The Investment Account Manager online help system is designed to be a useful
reference tool, offering detailed explanations, definitions, "how-to‟s", and flow charts
to help you get answers to your questions. We suggest you take a few minutes now to
review the operation of the help system. If you are unable to find the answer to your
question in this help system, please visit our web site to review up-to-date FAQs
(frequently asked questions), review PowerPoint presentations, or to contact us.
Help Window Defined
The top line online help system found under the tools menu | contents and is shown
in a unique window frame, with its own menu bar, choices and other icon buttons.
You‟ll notice the help window is displayed in two panes: the left view pane acts as a
navigational tool for locating specific help topics; the right view pane displays the help
topic text.
The Hide option allows you to disable the left hand navigational pane for the
Investment Account Manager Help system. Most users will prefer to show this left
navigational pane. The Back option allows you to move quickly back to the last
previous help topic reviewed. The Print option allows you to print the single help
topic you are currently reviewing, or all available help topics within that help topic
„book‟. The Options drop down menu summarizes the first three options just
discussed, plus a few other choices that are not utilized by Investment Account
Manager.
The contents tab organizes the help system by „books‟ represented with this
icon. With your mouse positioned over a book, use a left double-click to open
the book listing the help topics associated with this book. Once a book is
19
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
open, topics appear as
book icon.
M A N A G E R
To close the book, point and left double-click on the open
The index tab lists all available help topics in Investment Account Manager, organized
in alphabetic order. Use a left-click on this icon to open the list, followed by pointing to
and left-double clicking a topic of interest. The selected help topic will then be
displayed in the right view pane.
The search tab enables users to create a specific help list, and then do a deep search
for that word or phrase throughout the Help System. Once you‟ve created this help
list, you can reference it as often as necessary to answer questions you have on using
Investment Account Manager. Additionally, most screens and windows within IAM
provide specific help for that screen (context sensitive help), by selecting the Help
Button found on the screen.
20
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Installing Investment Account Manager
Installing
Investment
Account Manager
Investment Account Manager is supplied via a download file found at
www.investmentaccountmanager.com. The program initially installs as a free 45 day
demo version, which can be converted to a full version by ordering the software.
Investment Account Manager will operate under Windows XP or higher, and also on
Apple computers capable of running Windows applications.
After the program has been downloaded, saved and initially installed to your computer,
please follow these initial setup steps.
Please complete the initial setup screen:
21
I N V E S T M E N T
Installing and
activating on a
backup computer.
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Installing and activating on a backup computer.
You are allowed a second installation of Investment Account manager, so long as you
follow the terms of the license agreement, specifically:
“You may install a second copy of the software to another computer (laptop, office, other
home computer) provided the second installation is used only by the person covered by the
license, and there is NO POSSIBILITY of the software being used concurrently with
the first installation, and provided the second installation is never made available to
another party for the purpose of operating the software. You are permitted to make one
backup copy of the software.”
Follow these steps:
1) Download the trial version from www.investmentaccountmanager.com onto
the second computer.
2) Install the trial version on the second computer.
3) Using a data backup made from the original, activated copy (I.e., File Menu |
Backup Data), restore the data into the 2nd installation (File Menu | restore
Data).
These steps will copy your portfolios as well as synchronize and activate the second
installation.
22
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
2
Chapter
Investment Account Manager Home Page and
Menu Listings
Home Page
When Investment Account Manager loads, it begins by displaying the IAM Home
Page. The Home Page provides a summary for the open portfolio, the most recent
portfolio that you were last using or reviewing. The Home Page is like your dash
board – it is the navigation center while using Investment Account Manager. The
Home page window shows an informative summary for the currently open portfolio,
with easy access to menus, data, reports and other useful tools. Note: the information
displayed on the Home Page is dependent on the user mode preference – either
beginner or advanced. You can set a preference for user mode by selecting the File
Menu | Preferences | User Mode tab. This guide shows the advanced mode.
The Investment Account Manager ‘Home Page’ advanced mode displays a summary of
information for the current portfolio.
23
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Home Page Menu Listings and Features
Menu Bar
The IAM Menu Bar provides access to drop-down menus for selecting Investment
Account Manager Features. The menus include: file, edit, transactions, reports, asset
library, performance, tools, help, and check for updates. This chapter will now briefly
review each of these menus and the choices available. Note: the Reference portion
of this manual reviews each of these menus in greater detail.
File Menu: (see reference R1 for greater details)
File Menu
 Add, Edit, Delete Portfolios - for our purposes, portfolios are synonymous with
investment accounts. They are a collection of investments with a common
characteristic. For instance, your IRA would be one portfolio, your taxable
account another. Portfolios should be segregated by financial institution for easy
record keeping. Note: you can track an unlimited number of portfolios within
Investment Account Manager and you can combine your portfolios on the various
reports to meet your specific reporting goal.
 Import - use this choice to import data from several outside data sources: an
Internet price file, an Investor‟s Toolkit Portfolio(s), SSG estimated high and low
prices, Captools Investment Software file, OFX transactions file from your
financial institution, MS Money® File and/or a Quicken® Interchange Format
(QIF) File.
 Export - use this choice to export a security price file, security symbol list, or the
Current Asset Library to be used in another program.
24
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Password - create a password to protect unauthorized access into Investment
Account Manager. Be careful to make note of your password. If you should
forget it, you will need to contact QUANT IX SOFTWARE for removal, based
on ownership verification.
 Backup Data - backing up your Investment Account Manager files is essential
and easy to accomplish. It is recommended that you utilize at least two
independent backup media to external drives (i.e., CD or flash drive) to protect
your data in the event of a hardware failure.
 Restore Data - in the event of software or hardware failure it may become
necessary to restore your data into Investment Account Manager using a
previously made backup disk. The backup is required to restore you data.
 Preferences - this choice is used set your individual preferences including backup
frequency and destination directory, report setup preferences, Home Page options,
user mode selection, data download providers for stock and mutual fund data
downloads and your Internet sites of interest.
 Convert Portfolio Manager Data – Use this choice to convert data
previously used in BetterInvesting® Portfolio Manger versions 3, 4 or 5.
 Exit - use this choice to close Investment Account Manager as an alternative to
the red “X” in the upper right corner of the Home Page window.
Edit Menu: (see reference R2 for greater details)
Edit Menu
 Copy a Security to another Portfolio (advanced mode) - the Copy a Security to
Another Portfolio choice is used to copy all records (purchases, sales, income, etc.)
of one asset in a portfolio to another portfolio in Investment Account Manager.
This is a useful feature to completely move the history of a particular security from
one IAM portfolio to another. After copying a security(s) to another portfolio, the
feature allows deletion from the originating portfolio.
25
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Transfer a Security to another Portfolio (advanced mode) - the Transfer a
Security to another Portfolio choice is used to transfer (i.e., move out of a
portfolio) either a portion of a security holding or an entire position to another
portfolio being tracked in Investment Account Manager. It can also be used to
deliver holdings out of Investment Account Manager (i.e. to a charity, family
member, etc.). This feature provides the ability to assign the original basis to the
transferred shares or to enter a market price of your choice to use for the adjusted
(stepped up) basis for the transferred shares.
 Remove a Security from this Portfolio - the Remove a Security from this
Portfolio feature will completely delete that security‟s historical data from the
portfolio. This feature removes all transaction records for the asset selected from
the open portfolio - the purchases, sales, income, return of capital, etc. and is used
if you have made errors with data entries for a particular security, within a specific
portfolio, and would like to re-enter those transactions.
Transactions Menu: (also see reference R3)
Transactions Menu
Investment Account Manager classifies and segregates database files as either portfolio
database files or Asset Library database files. Portfolio databases are further separated
by individual portfolio. Portfolio transactions are added to the individual portfolio (i.e.,
specific purchase, sale, etc), while collective data is stored in the Asset Libraries – either
the Current Asset Library or Historical Price Library. This collective information
includes security name, security symbol, asset type, market price, etc. and is shared with
the portfolios. The following choices are found under Investment Account Manager‟s
Transaction Menu:
 Add, Edit, Delete Transactions - use this selection to open Investment Account
Manager‟s portfolio activity ledger which is used to record transaction activity.
 Batch Broker Downloads – provides the ability to download transactions from
multiple institutions for multiple portfolios.
26
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Download from Financial Institution - Investment Account Manager is able to
download recent portfolio transaction activity (i.e., purchase, sale, income, etc.).
This download ability is designed for users that have previously added historically
accurate portfolios, up to the date of the earliest downloadable data. In other
words, if your financial institution only provides 90 days of historical transaction
activity, then your earlier history should be entered up to this 90 day cutoff date
prior to before downloading from the financial institution. Subsequent downloads
can be at anytime.
 Import Transaction File (OFX, QFX) - IAM is also able to import a transaction
file (OFX, QFX) provided by many online financial institutions. This is a helpful
option in the event your financial institution is not provided in our list of
downloadable broker choices. Note: if the online financial institution you use is
not listed in our available choices, contact them to check if they provide download
support for Open Financial Exchange (OFX). If so, use this choice to import that
file into Investment Account Manager.
Note: if you would like to work with us and your financial institution to develop an interface for
the automatic OFX downloading, please direct all questions to techsupport@quantixsoftware.com
and to your financial institution.
 Import Transaction File QIF - IAM is also able to import a transaction file
compatible with Quicken (QIF). This is a helpful option in the event your
financial institution is not provided in our list of available choices, does not provide
the standard OFX or QFX file format, or if you are appending ongoing activity
from your Quicken software.
 Update Portfolio Performance Table – (File Menu | Preferences | setting
must be activated) Investment Account Manager maintains a Portfolio
Performance Table used for storing and linking the annual performance returns
for a portfolio, or for an individual security. The table also provides the ability to
store the yearly performance returns for three common indices: DJIA, S&P 500,
and NASDAQ. This enables you to compare how well your portfolio or assets
have performed in relation to these indices. This feature also allows the creation
of performance graphs to illustrate the information included in the table. Use the
Reports Menu | Portfolio Performance | Linked Returns Graph
 Global Transactions - Investment Account Manager allows for easy and accurate
posting of global transactions. These include income (i.e. apply a declared cash
dividend to all portfolios holding the stock), stock splits (i.e. 2:1 stock split), stock
dividend distributions (i.e. 10% stock dividend is declared resulting in additional
shares), spin-offs (i.e. Company ABC issues holders shares in Company EFG) and
mergers (i.e. Company 123 is taken-over by Company 456). IAM‟s global
transactions adjust any or all of the portfolios within the program for the global
activity. For instance, if you hold XYZ stock in several portfolios, and XYZ
27
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
declares a 2:1 stock split, Investment Account Manager will automatically adjust
each portfolio to reflect the stock split.
Reports Menu (also see reference R4)
Reports Menu
Investment Account Manager provides many informative reports and graphs to help
you make better investment decisions. A brief discussion of the IAM reports is
provided now, but we encourage you to closely review Chapter Three for reviewing
and printing a few of IAM‟s reports with sample tutorial data.
 Appraisal Report: this report provides current value, unrealized gains or losses,
estimated income, and other portfolio summary information. The report segregates
securities according to type, and provides totals with weighted averages where
appropriate.
 Fees and Expenses Report: this report segregates and totals fees and expenses
recorded in your portfolio, including account & service fees, advisory fees, foreign
tax withheld, other miscellaneous fees.
28
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Holdings Summary Report: this report accumulates and values a portfolio based
on the market values of the individual securities, listing holdings based on the
values of the individual holdings, highest market values to lowest market values.
 Income Report: this report provides a summary of dividends, interest and capital
gain distributions recorded in your portfolio. It is segregated by security, by type
and by taxability. This is one of the tax preparation reports you will use from the
Investment Account Manager.
 Maturity Schedule Report: the Maturity Schedule compiles important
information regarding the maturity dates of securities held in a given portfolio. The
report segregates securities based on these maturity ranges.
 Security Basis Report: this report lists the lot-by-lot purchase transaction details
for portfolio holdings, and is an important source of information for making
wise tax decisions. By carefully selecting which purchase lots to be allocated to a
sale, other previously realized gains and losses can be offset.
 Sold Securities Report: this report summarizes the sales of securities for the
portfolio. Sales activity is separated based on short term holding period activity and
long term holding period activity. This is another of IAM‟s useful tax planning and
preparation reports.
 Transaction Activity Report: the Transactions Activity Report compiles
important information regarding the individual transaction entries for a portfolio,
or for a single security a within a portfolio. The report can be also customized and
filtered by transaction type (i.e., purchases, sales, etc.).
 Upside-Downside Report: one of BetterInvesting‟s classic measures of risk for a
stock is it‟s upside-downside ratio (U/D), a measure of how much gain might be
expected if things go right, as compared to how much might be lost if things go
wrong.
o BetterInvesting™ is a not-for-profit, volunteered based investor education organization
that was founded during the 1950s (www.BetterInvesting.org).
 Portfolio Allocation Reports: the Portfolio Allocation Reports compile
portfolio asset allocation by asset class, industry sector, and stock size. The
reports include the proportional impact of all of the securities held in the
portfolio, including mutual funds and exchange traded funds. This ability
provides a clear understanding of how securities interrelate, as well as how
portfolios interrelate (when reporting on combinations of portfolios).
 Fund Objectives Report: this report shows isolates mutual funds and
exchange traded funds for the selected portfolios and segregates the
information by fund objective.
29
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Portfolio Performance Report: the Portfolio Performance Report calculates the
Internal Rate of Return for individual assets as well as for the entire portfolio. The
information provided on the Portfolio Performance Report depends on whether
the report is calculated since the portfolio inception (i.e., include all activity dates
starting with the earliest date) or it can be customized for a date range or “as-of”,
or “from-to, dates (see Historic Asset Library for available dates).
 Portfolio Summary Report: this report provides IRR information in a different
format. The information contained on the Portfolio Summary Report includes
Portfolio Beginning Market Value, additions and withdrawal to portfolio, realized
and unrealized gain or loss (for the period), along with ending market value. Return
of capital transactions, expenses and services charges, and security transfers are also
included.
Additional Reports
(Audit Reports)
(Note: additional reports available – check File Menu | Preferences |
Advanced tab)
o Assets Under Management Report (Advanced Mode): the Assets Under
Management Report is a two-page report that summarizes important details
for multiple portfolios being monitored in Investment Account Manager.
o Capital Gain Distributions: this IAM audit report is a useful tax-planning
tool, summarizing the gain distributions received by securities in your portfolio.
This report includes details on gains as the result of merger transactions
involving cash and stock distributions.
30
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Commissions and Expenses: the Commissions & Expenses Report
summarizes the commissions and expenses paid for the portfolio‟s
transactions.
o Exchanges, Mergers & Spin-offs: these complicated transactions are often
not properly accounted for by investors, particularly when several portfolios
are involved, and or multiple purchase lots are held. IAM accurately
accounts for exchanges, spin-offs, and mergers across multiple
portfolios and for multiple purchase lots. The Exchanges, Mergers &
Spin-offs Report summarizes the information for these transactions, and is an
excellent audit tool to verify transaction records.
o Fund Diversification Characteristics: this audit report is actually a series of
individual reports showing the detailed fund characteristics for each mutual
fund and ETF held in a portfolio.
o Fund Performance Comparison: the Fund Performance Comparison
Report compiles performance comparison information for the various fund
securities held in a given portfolio, or combination of portfolios.
o Qualified Dividends: the Qualified Dividends Audit Report is a useful taxplanning tool, showing if the dividends received by the portfolio are either
qualified or non-qualified, as required by the 2003 tax law changes.
o Security Search: the Security Search Report was designed for investors
managing multiple portfolios within Investment Account Manager. It is
designed to locate and report on securities held in multiple portfolios.
o Transfers: the Transfers Report is a useful tax-planning tool, summarizing the
security transfers received into and or transferred out of a Investment Account
Manager portfolio. This report is very useful for instance, if you have gifted
securities to another party.
o Wash Sales Check List: the Wash Sale Check List finds all securities that
have been sold recognizing a capital loss, and identifies when the IRS Wash
Sale period expires.
31
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Asset Library Menu: (see R5 for greater details)
Asset Library
Menu
Current and
Historical Asset
Libraries
 Current Asset Library: the Current Asset Library stores the most recently
updated data for all of the assets within Investment Account Manager. This
database shares this information globally by all portfolios within Investment
Account Manager. It contains the general information about securities held in the
various individual portfolios. It includes data items like security name, symbol,
type, recent market price, dividend rate, earnings per share, etc. Note: recall that the
individual portfolios hold their specific transactional data and reference the Current
Asset Library for general asset information.
 Historical Prices: the Historic Asset Library stores the historical security data,
separated by date. This database is a compilation of the date entries you create,
each storing pricing and other data for that specific date. These dates then become
available for use on the IAM reports when selecting a time frame for the report.
Reports can be generated „as of‟ a specific historical date and can be created for a
„from-to‟ historical period of time.
 Price Alerts: the Price Alert feature found in Investment Account Manager will
allow you to enter target prices for, the securities you are tracking. You'll be
automatically notified once a target price has been reached for one or more issues.
Those securities that have exceeded their high alert limit will be shown in green
those securities that have fallen below their low alert limit will be shown in red.
 Update Data: updating data from one of several data sources add another helpful
dimension to Investment Account Manager.
o Market Prices from Internet - Investment Account Manager accesses 20
minute delay pricing from Yahoo® Finance‟s free delayed quotes. Be
32
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
certain to carefully review prices. They are intended for informational
purposes only, and are not guaranteed.
o AAII Stock Investor Pro Data - If you subscribe to AAII‟s Stock
Investor Pro software from the American Association of Individual
Investors, you‟ll be able to utilize the SSG data files found on your SI Pro
disk for updating common stocks in IAM.
33
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Tools Menu: (see reference R6 for greater details)
Tools Menu
 Calculator: the Calculator tool is a Investment Account Manager pop-up utility
that can help you quickly verify numerical totals for investment transactions or
perform other mathematical calculations while using Investment Account
Manager.
 Calendar: the calendar tool allows users to record important information in the
calendar. For example, you can set alert to inform you when a holding period
becomes long-term, when a security trades "ex-dividend", or when you expect an
important event to occur (i.e. an earnings announcement, etc.). Investment
Account Manager will alert you when the when you reach a noted date in your
calendar.
 Portfolio Diagnostic: the Portfolio Diagnostic Tool will scan all portfolios in
Investment Account Manager, identifying discrepancies in share amounts (or
quantities) that exist between the quantity shown on IAM reports and the quantity
calculated on the Portfolio Activity Ledger.
 Rebuild Data: use the Rebuild Data choice to repair data files and indexes in the
event you are experiencing problems, or if error messages begin to appear while
using Investment Account Manager. This choice attempts to repair corrupted files
resulting from improper shut-down of the program (power failure, system failure,
system lock-up, abnormal shut-down, etc).
 View Error Log: if a program error occurs while using Investment Account
Manager, an entry of the error is automatically created in the error log. If a
program error occurs, please send this information to our technical support
department for suggestions on how to correct the error.
34
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Windows Menu:
This menu choice will toggle on/or off depending on the feature and view currently
being used. It provides preference choices for users as to the method of displaying the
currently open windows in Investment Account Manager. If you have made a
selection for changing the windows view, and would like to revert to your previous
settings, Select the File Menu | Exit choice to close IAM. The next time you start the
program IAM will open in the normal view.
Help Menu: (see reference R7 for greater details)
Help Menu
 Contents: the Investment Account Manager online help system is designed to be a
useful reference tool offering detailed explanations, definitions, and tips to help
you get answers to your questions.
 Product Support: the best place to find answers to your questions is to use
Investment Account Manager‟s detailed help system. Select the Help Menu then
Contents to display the system help. Next try our website site:
www.investmentaccountmanager.com. If you have a technical question that you
can‟t answer with the provided tools, please contact our Technical Support
department. You must be a registered user in order to receive product support
with an active technical support agreement, or running a 45 day trial version of
IAM.
 Check for Updates: use this choice to automatically verify if you are currently
running the latest version of Investment Account Manager. You‟ll be notified as
to whether or not you have the current version. If not you‟ll be prompted to
download the latest file.
35
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Suggestion Box: if you have suggestions for improving Investment Account
Manager, click the suggestion box icon to contact us. We welcome user ideas,
comments, suggestions, etc. Thank you in andvance.
 About Investment Account Manager: this screen indicates the current version
of Investment Account Manager that you are using.
 How to ... Guides and Flowcharts: this menu choice offers users a variety of
how to guides, tips, and flow charts to improve your use of Investment Account
Manager.
 Investment Account Manager Manual: use this choice to open the
Investment Account Manager Manual in PDF (Portable Document Format)
for printing purposes. You‟ll need to have the necessary program for opening
and reading PDF files for this option to work.
Check for Updates
Check for Updates
Use this choice to automatically verify if you are currently running the latest version of
Investment Account Manager. You‟ll be notified as to whether or not you have the
current version. If not you‟ll be prompted to download the latest file.
Tool Bars
Tool Bars
Quick
Transactions
Investment Account Manager‟s tool bar provides quick access to some program‟s
frequently used common features.
 Quick Transactions: use this choice to quickly enter your portfolio‟s
transactions. This process skips entry via the Transactions Ledger, and provides a
quicker method for manually entering buys, sells, etc.
 Update Prices: use this choice to retrieve and update prices for securities within
Investment Account Manager‟s Current Asset Library. This selection will quickly
update security prices for issues included in the Investment Account Manager
Asset library from the Internet. (Note: IAM utilizes free 20 minute delayed pricing
as provided by Yahoo!™ Finance. Currently, this free data is available for common
stocks, some preferred stocks, mutual funds, exchange traded funds, and options.
If the data feed is unavailable, prices can also be manually update within the Asset
Library, and/or previous closing prices for common stocks can be updated from
QuoteMedia data subscription service).
36
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Refresh Home Page: use this choice to recalculate the Home Page to reflect
recent transaction activity or recent market prices. Note: select the File Menu |
preferences | home page tab to set preferences for pricing options when the home
page is refreshed.
 Backup: use this choice to perform a backup of your investment data. Backing up
your Investment Account Manager data files is essential and easy to accomplish.
It is recommended that you rotate between at least two independent backup
destination drives/disks as a precaution.
 Portfolio Setup Wizard: the Portfolio Setup Wizard feature in Investment
Account Manager. You will simply need either your most recent brokerage
statement listing with accumulated shares and cost basis, or access to your
brokerage account via your online financial institution providing OFX (Open
Financial Exchange file format) data downloads. These methods for creating your
portfolio will temporarily limit Investment Account Manager‟s ability to derive
historical performance measurements and/or tax basis reports since account
history has not been recorded. Note: You will however have the ability to enter
any lot-by-lot details for your existing holdings. Additionally, you will be able to
utilize many other features provided by IAM, such as the allocation tools, reporting
tools, and investment record keeping tools, until you have the time to build
historically accurate portfolios.
 Yahoo Quotes: use this choice to review current information for stocks, mutual
funds, exchange traded funds, and indices that are included in your current asset
library. If your security ticker list exceeds the maximum limit for the number of
characters permitted in the url address (255), you might prefer to create a portfolio
view on the Yahoo!™ Finance very informative web site so all tickers can be
displayed.
 Web Sites of Interest: use this choice to access previously defined web sites of
interest. You are able to add, edit, or delete a site on this tool bar list by selecting
the File Menu | preferences | Internet sites tab.
37
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Portfolio Snapshot, Year to Date Activity, Portfolios
Home Page
Explained
 Portfolio Snapshot
o Current Value: the total current market value for the portfolio. You can
click on this link to create the Appraisal Report for the portfolio.
o Unrealized Gain/Loss: the total unrealized gain or loss for the portfolio.
o Estimated Income: the total estimated income for the portfolio.
o Last Date updated: date of last home page refresh.
 Year to Date Activity:
o Investment Income: total investment income received for year-to-date
activity. You can click on this link to create the Income Received Report
for the portfolio.
o Realized Gain/Loss: total of short-term and long-term capital gains
earned for year-to-date activity. You can click on this link to create the
Sold Securities Report for the portfolio.
o Performance: the portfolio performance return, measured by the Internal
Rate of Return considers all investment flows occurring within the year-todate period, for the portfolio. You can click on this link to create the
Performance Report for the portfolio.
38
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o vs. S&P 500: compares the performance results of the portfolio with the
performance results of the S&P 500 index.
 Portfolios:
o Shown are all the portfolios within the Investment Account Manager
system. The currently open portfolio is shown with a check mark. You can
easily switch between portfolios by placing your mouse pointer over a
portfolio name, and then using a left-double click to select.
Home Page Tabs
Depending on the Home Page view selection, you‟ll notice several tabs that can be
selected to review specific information. This tab layout allows the easy navigation
between different portfolio views. To move between tabs, simply click on the desired
tab.
Portfolio Values Tab
Portfolio Values
Tab
The Portfolio Values Tab segregates securities according to type, and lists this
information:
o Type: the designated asset type for the security, such as common stock,
mutual fund, etc.
o Security: the name or description of the asset.
o Quantity: the total quantity held of the security.
o Unit Cost: the average unit cost paid for all quantity held of the security.
o Total Cost: the total cost paid for all quantity held of the security.
o Market Price: the market price of the security.
39
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Market Value: the total market value for all quantity held of the security.
o Unrealized Gain/Loss: the total unrealized gain or loss for all quantity held
of the security.
o % Gain/Loss: the total percentage unrealized gain or loss for all quantity held
of the security.
Income Received Tab
Income Received
Tab
The information contained on the Income Received Tab includes:
o Taxable Interest: amount of taxable interest received.
o Taxable Dividends: amount of taxable dividends received.
o Non-Taxable Interest: amount of nontaxable interest received.
o Non-Taxable Dividends: amount of nontaxable dividends received.
o Short-Term Gain Distributions: amount of short-term capital gain
distributions received.
o Long-Term Gain Distributions: amount of long-term capital gain
o Other Income: amount of other income received.
40
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Sold Securities Tab
Sold Securities
Tab
The information contained on the Sold Securities Tab includes:
o Acquisition Date: the purchase date of the security transaction lot.
o Sale Date: the sale date of the security transaction lot.
o Quantity: the total quantity sold of the security transaction lot.
o Total Cost: the total cost paid for the security transaction lot.
o Sale Proceeds: the total proceeds received for sold security transaction lot.
o Realized Gain/Loss: the total realized gain or loss for the sold security
transaction lot.
o % Gain/Loss: the total percentage realized gain or loss for the sold security
transaction lot.
41
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Holdings Summary Tab
Holding Summary
Tab
The Holdings Summary is a popular view showing the following information in
sections within the window:
o Portfolio Holdings section: the percentage the security market value represents
of the total portfolio value; the market price of the security last updated in the
current asset library; the total market value for all quantity held of the security.
o Home Page | Portfolio Holdings section can be sorted on either Issue name
or % of Portfolio. Point your mouse over the column header and use a left
double-click to sort by issue of % of portfolio.
o Report: click on this button to create the Portfolio Holdings Report for the
portfolio. Information included on this report includes: quantity held, total
cost, current market value, percent of portfolio, unrealized gain or loss, and
percent gain or loss.
Home Page Pop-up
Window
Important Hint: if you place your mouse over a listed security, and leftdouble click, you‟ll be connected to the Internet for online research. If you
place your mouse over a listed security and right-click, a popup menu will
show with several choices:

Asset Library: access the current asset library for the security.

Security Basis Report: quickly review each purchase record and total
held of the security.

Security Price Alerts: review and update pre-set price targets for the
security.
42
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

Security Transactions: open the transaction activity ledger, filtered
for the selected security.

Investor‟s Toolkit 5: this choice enables you to open directly from
within Investment Account Manager the matching SSG from your
Investor‟s Toolkit 5 library to review your analysis for the selected
company.

Manifest Investing: use this choice to create a Manifest
Investing.com dashboard for the selected security.

Stock Analyst 3.2+: this choice enables you to open directly from
within Investment Account Manager the matching SSG from your
Stock Analyst v2.2 library to review your analysis for the selected
company.

Toolkit 6: this choice enables you to open directly from within
Investment Account Manager the matching SSG from your Toolkit 5
library to review your analysis for the selected company.

Yahoo!® Finance Company Summary: access Yahoo! Finance for
timely information and news for the selected security.
o Portfolio Diversification Section: the portfolio diversification will show
diversification by asset type (note: if you place your mouse over a listed asset type, and
left-double click, you will hyperlink to a Appraisal Report for that asset type); the
percentage the asset type or industry/sector market value represents in relation
to the total portfolio value; the total market value for all quantity held of the
asset type or industry/sector.
o Report: clicking on this button will create the Portfolio Diversification
Report and Graph for the portfolio.
o Transaction Activity Section: the Transactions Activity shown on the home
page provides a quick review to activity entered into the current portfolio.
Activity is listed oldest to newest, with most recent activity shown. You can
scroll up or down this ledger to review past activity entered to the portfolio.
o Use the Report button to create the Transactions Activity Report for
the reporting range selected. Use the Find Transactions drop down
to locate a specific transaction previously entered by date, issue, or
amount. Use the Add New Transaction choice to enter a new
transaction to the current portfolio.

Date: the transaction date of the activity record.

Security: the name of the security issue.
43
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

Activity: the type of activity.

Quantity: the amount of shares, quantity, etc. for the security
transaction.

Unit Price: the unit cost paid or price received for the security
transaction lot.

Amount: the total amount paid, received, etc. for the security
transaction.
Allocation Summary Tab
Allocation
Summary Tab
The Allocation Summary Tab compiles summary allocation information for the
portfolio, identifying allocation by asset class, sector, size and investment objective.
 Asset Allocation: this tab shows portfolio allocation percentages by asset types
held in the portfolio and a comparison to the target allocations you have entered.
Target allocations should be defined based upon the investment objective of the
portfolio. The portfolio compositions of any funds held in your portfolio are also
included when Investment Account Manager derives asset allocation percentages.
This means each fund‟s proportional impact (amount invested in cash, bonds and
stocks, etc.) will be included along with any individual holdings of each asset type
held outside of your funds, providing a total allocation analysis of your portfolio.
 Sector Allocation: this tab lists the allocation percentages by sector. A successful
approach to investing in common stocks includes the ability for investors to set
target allocations for their stock holdings based on sector, and then identify
44
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
rebalancing needs for their portfolio. This allocation view identifies current
allocation percentages of your stock sectors in comparison to your target
allocations. Target allocations should be defined based upon the investment
objective of your portfolio. The sector composition of any funds held in your
portfolio is also included when Investment Account Manager derives the sector
allocation percentages. This means each fund‟s proportional impact (amount each
fund has invested in each sector) will be included along with any individual stocks
held outside of your funds, providing a total stock sector analysis of your
portfolio.
 Size Allocation: this tab lists the allocation percentages by size. Just as it is
important to identify allocation of common stock holdings by sector, investors also
need to consider the allocation of their common stock holdings based on size. This
allocation view identifies current allocation percentages of your common stock
sizes in comparison to your target allocations. Target allocations should be defined
based upon the investment objective of your portfolio. The stock size
composition of any funds held in your portfolio is also included when Investment
Account Manager derives the size allocation percentages. This means each fund‟s
proportional impact (amount each fund has invested in large, medium or small cap
stocks) will be included along with any individual stocks held outside of your
funds, providing a total stock size analysis of your portfolio.
 Fund Objectives (top 10): this tab lists the top 10 investment objectives for
mutual funds and exchange traded funds held in the portfolio. This allocation does
not consider the individual stocks held in the portfolio. Use the Report to create
the Fund Objectives report
45
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
3
Chapter
Investment Account Manager Sample Reports
Investment Account Manager provides many informative reports and graphs to help
you make better investment decisions. To illustrate those reports and graphs, we have
included sample data so you can immediately review the powerful reporting and
graphing capabilities of the program. We encourage you to closely review this chapter,
the sample reports, and section R4 in this guide to gain an insight to the
comprehensive reporting and graphing tools available. The following discussion will
reference the sample data as provided in the Joe Q. Public sample portfolio. If this is
not the currently active portfolio, please select this portfolio listed on the Home Page |
Portfolios list. Recall, the data from the various reports is drawn from BOTH the
portfolios and the asset libraries.
Note: the values of the sample data shown will vary with that shown in this manual
due to the time of writing this manual.
Reviewing and
Printing Reports
To access Reports & Graphs:
 Select (point & click) the Reports Menu
 Select Portfolio reports
For the purpose of this introduction, we‟ll select the Appraisal Report. The Appraisal
Report accumulates and values a portfolio, or combination of portfolios, based on the
market prices and reporting period selected.
Report Setup Screen: as part of creating a report, Investment Account Manager
allows users to customize the reporting information for a variety of report options.
These reporting options are listed on the report setup screen:
46
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Depending on the report selected, report options are shown that include: customizing
for reporting period, portfolios to include, asset types to include, graphs to include and
more. Also notice a Help button is provided on the report setup form that provides
more descriptive detail for the report being created.
 Investment Account Manager allows you to manage single or multiple
investment portfolios. Notice the report setup form lists all portfolios
currently being tracked within IAM (taxable account, a retirement account, a
joint account, a watch list, etc.). You can collectively report on combined
portfolios by simply checking those „Portfolios to Include‟ on the report.
After selecting the button labeled Report, Investment Account Manager will initially
show reports in a page preview version for your review, providing the report without
the need for actually printing the report.
47
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Notice in the upper left corner of the preview window several small icons is shown:
Reports Preview
Tool Bar
These icons allow you to print the report, export the report to a variety of formats such
as PDF, change the preview magnification and advance through additional pages.
Placing your mouse over the icon choices shown below will provide a quick tool tip to
remind you of each icon‟s purpose.
While in the report preview mode, let‟s take a closer look at the Appraisal Report.
This report accumulates and values a portfolio, or combination of portfolios, based on
the market prices and reporting period selected. The report organizes the portfolio in
terms of security cost, market price and value, percent of portfolio, unrealized gains
and losses, investment income, yield, P/E ratio, and beta. The report segregates
securities according to type, and provides totals with weighted averages where
appropriate.
 Note: this report can also be selected by clicking on the Current Value link
shown on the Investment Account Manager home page | portfolio snapshot
section.
 Tip: notice that as you move your mouse pointer over a detail line on the
report, the mouse pointer changes into a magnifying glass.
Report Drill Down
Using a left double-click in this mode “drills down” on the detail line to show the
individual records for the issue. For example, move your mouse pointer over the
detail line for Aflac. Now left double-click. Notice the individual purchase and
reinvestment lots for Aflac are listed on screen for even greater reporting detail. This
individual detail can also be printed using the printer icon button. To return to full
portfolio view, click on the preview tab in the upper left corner of the report preview
window.
 Tip: another useful tip is the ability to lock report headings for scrolling data.
If you move your mouse pointer over the top detail line labeled „Money
Market Funds‟ and right click, you‟ll notice a pop-up window with several
choices.
48
I N V E S T M E N T
Lock Report
Headings
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Use the printer icon
to print the report.
 To close the Appraisal Report view, click the upper right X button.
 Use the Exit button to close the report setup screen.
The steps you have learned above generally apply to other Investment Account
Manager reports. We‟ll now review a few of these additional reports. As you select
each report, we suggest you take a few minutes to review the Help available for a
more detailed understanding of the report options available and the information
provided by the reports.
Description of
other Investment
Account Manager
Reports
Holdings Summary Report
Similar to the Appraisal Report, the Holdings Summary Report accumulates and
values a portfolio, or combination of portfolios based on current market prices. This
report lists investments according to percent of portfolio each issue represents in the
portfolio. There is an option as well to show a holdings summary graph.
 Select (point & click) the Reports Menu
 Select Portfolio reports
 Check the option „Show Holdings Summary Graph‟
 Then click the Report button.
 Use the preview window Advance Arrow
Holdings Summary Graph.
49
to review the associated
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 To close the Holdings Summary Report view, click the upper right X button.
Income Received Report
The Income Received Report provides a report showing the investment income
information necessary for completing tax records: taxable/nontaxable income,
short/long-term capital gains distributions, and other income received. This report can
be produced for an individual asset or the entire portfolio, and can be isolated for a
specific range of dates, like year-end. You will find this report to be extremely helpful
in preparing your income taxes. (Note: this report can also be selected by clicking on the
Investment Account Manager Home Page | Income Received tab).
 Select (point & click) the Reports Menu.
 Select Portfolio | Income Received Report.
 For Report Period: click on the drop down arrow and select Custom Date
Range and enter 01/01/2008-12/31/2008).
 Check the option „ By Monthly Totals‟
 Then click the Report button.
 To close the Income Received Report view, click the upper right X button.
Security Basis Report
The Security Basis Report is a useful tax-planning tool, organizing securities
according to type and listing each security by purchase lot, including those purchased
through dividend reinvestments. A useful tax-planning tool, this report shows cost,
market, unrealized gain or loss, and percentage gain or loss. This report can be
produced for a single asset or for the entire portfolio. (Note: * on the report indicates
reinvestment transactions).
 Select Portfolio | Security Basis Report.
 This report, like many others, can be isolated for a single security.
50
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Left click the radial dial for Individual Asset and scroll down the drop down
list to select the security Paychex.
 Click the Report button.
 To close the Security Basis Report view, click the upper right X button.
Note: this report can also be created for an individual asset from the Investment
Account Manager Home Page. Select the tab labeled Portfolio Values |place your
mouse over a listed issue | and „right‟ click to access a pop-up menu. Then select the
Security Basis Report.
Sold Securities Report
The Sold Securities Report provides the sales information necessary for completing
tax records: acquisition date, sales date, cost, proceeds and capital gain or loss. This
report can be produced for an individual asset or the entire portfolio, and can be
isolated for a specific range of dates, like year-end. You will find this report to be
helpful in preparing and planning for income taxes. (Note: this report can also be selected
by clicking on the Investment Account Manager Home Page | Sold Securities tab).
 Select the Reports Menu.
 Select Portfolio | Sold Securities Report.
 For Report Period: click on the drop down arrow and select Custom Date
Range and enter 01/01/2008-12/31/2008.
 Select the Report button.
 To close the Sold Securities Report view, click the upper right X button.
Transaction Activity Report
The Transactions Activity Report compiles important information regarding the
transaction entries for securities in a given portfolio. This is a very useful report to help
users review past data entry and identify data entry errors.
51
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Select Portfolio | Transaction Activity Report.
 Select the option to Sort Activity Old to New
 Like many other Investment Account Manager reports, this report can be
created for the entire portfolio, or isolated for a single security.
 Left click the radial dial for Individual Asset and scroll down the drop down
list to select the security Aflac.
 To close the Transaction Activity Report view, click the upper right X button.
Allocation Summary Report
Most investors understand the important principles of investment allocation. In
essence, investment allocation (diversification) can be defined as spreading investment
dollars among different asset types (i.e., cash, bonds, funds, stocks, etc.). In doing so,
investors reduce the volatility of their portfolios, resulting in more stable returns. Given
this importance, the Investment Account Manager provides several measurements of
allocation. These include: by asset type, common stock by both industry and size, and
funds by investment objective. We‟ll review the Allocation Summary.
Note: if you hold mutual or exchange traded funds in your portfolio, and you have
updated their fund composition characteristics, these funds will also be considered and
included as Investment Account Manager derives allocation percentages. This means
each fund‟s proportional impact (amount invested in cash, bonds and stocks, in sectors
or sizes, etc.) will be included along with any individual holdings of each asset type,
sector, or size held outside of your funds, providing a total allocation analysis of your
portfolio. This ability provides a complete allocation analysis of your holdings.
The Portfolio Allocation Summary Report compiles summary allocation
information for the portfolio, identifying allocation by asset class, sector, size, and
investment objective. This report is ideal for reviewing all current allocation
percentages versus targeted allocations you may have set for your portfolio. This report
is helpful for identifying rebalancing needs for your investments.
52
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Select Portfolio Reports | Portfolio Allocation | and select the radial dial for
Summary.
to print the report and graph.
 To close the Summary Allocation Report view, click the upper right X button.
 Note: the individual allocation reports (by asset type, sector, style or objective)
can also be selected by clicking on the Investment Account Manager Home
Page | Allocation Summary tab. This tab is provided if using Investment
Account Manager in Advanced Mode.
Portfolio Performance Report
Performance
The Portfolio Performance Report calculates the Internal Rate of Return for individual
assets and the entire portfolio(s), for various user-defined periods. The IRR results
depend on whether the report is calculated since portfolio inception (i.e., include all
activity dates starting with the earliest date) or is calculated based on a custom date
range entered by the user.
Internal Rate of
Return
Definition: the Internal Rate of Return derives the performance return for a portfolio,
for a selected date range, while taking into consideration the exact timing of all cash
flows - dividends, reinvestments, purchases, sales, etc. IRR can be equated to the
compounded effective interest rate that a savings account would have to earn in order
to reach the portfolios current present value, including all flows as adjusted for timing
of the specific flows (also See Chapter 4, Measuring and Understanding
Performance).
 Select (point & click) the Performance Menu.
 Select Portfolio | Portfolio Performance.
 To close the Portfolio Performance Report view, click the upper right X
button.
53
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
This concludes the review of a few of the Investment Account Manager reports using
the supplied demonstration portfolio data. These reports have shown Investment
Account Manager to be a comprehensive portfolio management software program that
not only keeps the detailed records users need, but also provides features that help the
user to learn more about their portfolios. We suggest you review the many other
additional reports (i.e., Maturity Schedule, other Allocation reports, Audit) available
prior to continuing with this manual. Also, refer to Reference Section R4.
54
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
4
Chapter
Effective Portfolio Management
Investment Account Manager provides the tools needed to effectively manage your
portfolios. In previous chapters, you have learned how to set up and organize your
investment records into portfolios, how to manage multiple portfolios, how to access
the program‟s many informative reports.
This chapter is intended to provide a primer on portfolio management topics.
NOTE: No specific buy or sell recommendations are intended, but rather the
following pages are for informative purposes only.
Risk
Primer: Understanding Risk
One of the basic premises of investing is that investors attempt to maximize the
returns from their investments. In doing so, it is assumed that investors are risk averse,
that is, given a choice between two assets of equal rate of return, an investor will select
the asset with the lower level of risk. Although this relationship does not imply that all
investors are risk averse, it does mean that there is a positive relationship between
expected return and expected risk. So how do we define risk? And in what ways does
Investment Account Manager help users measure the risk of their investments?
The total risk of return on a security can be broken into two parts, specific risk and
market risk.
Total Risk = Specific Risk + Market Risk
Specific risk is that portion of total risk that is specific to an individual security. It is
the risk that is associated with factors such as bad management decisions, pending
lawsuits, shifts in consumer taste, etc. - risks that are specific in nature. Fortunately,
specific risk is also considered as diversifiable risk, meaning that this portion of total
risk can be reduced through diversification and allocation. Most investors intuitively
realize the benefits of diversification. Much like the adage "don't put all your eggs in
one basket," investors can stabilize returns by allocating their portfolios among
different asset types, and by diversifying within their asset classes.
IAM offers several allocation measurements that help you manage the specific risk of
your portfolio. These include asset allocation analysis by asset type (cash, bonds, stock,
etc.), by industry sector (consumer discretionary, energy, financials, tech, etc.), by
company size (large, medium and small capitalization), and by mutual fund and
exchange traded fund objective.
55
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Investors must pay close attention to the asset allocation and the diversification of their
portfolios since poorly diversified portfolios increase the specific risk of the portfolio,
potentially leading to excessive losses. Unfortunately, this happened to many investors
in the late 1990‟s. As the euphoria of investor‟s expectations pushed the stock market
to higher highs, with technology stocks leading the way, many portfolios became over
concentrated. Regardless of valuation, investor‟s were chasing the next Microsoft.
Unfortunately, many investors failed to notice the concentrated specific risk that was
accumulating due to the excess investing in technology. Not only were stocks
becoming excessive in relation to other portfolio assets (funds, cash, bonds), but also
the technology sector was becoming dominant in stock industry diversification. And
then the bubble burst. The market spiraled down as investor‟s portfolios, with
excessive specific risk, lost paper profits and more. History repeated itself in 2007, but
this time the stock market was lead dramatically lower by financial stocks.
For some, these gut wrenching experiences have pushed the prospects of early
retirement to the wayside. For others, they may never return to investing in the stock
market. Lesson to learn: avoid the pitfalls of poor asset allocation, diversification and
above all, investment based on your personal risk/return profile. Regardless,
concentrated portfolios carry unnecessary risk. IAM many tools will help you to
monitor and maintain portfolios built to meet your investment profile.
Market Risk
Market risk is that portion of total risk that is caused by factors that simultaneously
affect the prices of all marketable securities. It is the risk of the security that is
associated with factors such as changes in the economy, politics, world events, etc. risks that are market-wide in nature. This risk is non-diversifiable, and that is why most
stocks have a tendency to move together. It is also why investors are exposed to
market uncertainties despite how many stocks they own.
Market risk is also called a stock's beta and it represents the sensitivity of an
investment's return to market movements. Put another way, beta measures the
relationship between market movements and the effect those fluctuations have on the
prices of individual securities. For instance, a security with a beta of 1.0 is considered
perfectly correlated to the market - if the market goes up or down by ten percent, so
too should the individual security. Likewise, if the security has a beta measure of 1.20,
the security should be twenty percent more volatile than the market; if the beta of the
security is .80 percent, then the security should be twenty percent less volatile than the
market universe.
Investment Account Manager allows users to track beta values for relevant asset types
(common stocks, mutual funds) and then lists security betas on the Appraisal Report.
Also provided on the Appraisal Report is the weighted average beta for the asset type
plus an overall total portfolio weighted average beta. Investors should note that total portfolio
beta is much more predictive than individual security betas.
Overall portfolio beta is a useful predictor of the future volatility of your portfolio. For
example, a portfolio that has a portfolio beta of 0.93 suggests 7% less volatility than the
market portfolio. A portfolio beta of this sort might indicate the investor has
56
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
conservative objectives. Make use of the beta measurement provided by Investment
Account Manager to gauge the market risk of your portfolio. If the beta measurement
becomes excessive, consider replacing existing securities with lower beta securities, or
add new investments with lower betas. On the contrary, if your portfolio beta is less
than 1.0, and you can tolerate more market risk, consider replacing existing securities
with higher beta securities, or add new investments with higher betas.
Understanding Portfolio Allocation
Two of the most important decisions an investor must make when constructing
portfolios are the 1) allocation of the portfolio assets between stocks, bonds, cash and
other investments and 2) the diversification of securities within those asset classes.
These decisions will not only determine the risk character of the portfolio, they will
also provide the major explanation for the portfolio‟s return. In order to better
understand the relationship between allocation and diversification, four concepts must
be defined: the strategic asset allocation of the portfolio, the tactical asset allocation of
the portfolio, portfolio rebalancing, and portfolio diversification.
Strategic vs.
Tactical Allocation
Strategic Asset Allocation
Strategic asset allocation refers to the long-term plan to combine portfolio assets in a
manner that is suitable for an investor‟s risk tolerance. In other words, strategic
allocation answers the question: as a general rule, how much of the portfolio should be
invested in bonds vs. stocks vs. cash.
Since investors strive to the achieve the highest rate of return for the level of risk
assumed, there are several important risk factors that must be considered when
forming strategic allocation decisions. These include the investor‟s appetite for risk:
market volatility risk (beta), the estimated inflationary risk (purchasing power risk) and
the investor‟s liquidity risk (unanticipated need for cash). Once identified, then the
portfolio‟s normal "target" balances of each asset class can be assigned. These targets
serve as the portfolios long-term "preferred" asset mix, and are therefore infrequently
changed.
To summarize then, strategic asset allocation refers to the asset mix – ie, % stocks,
bonds, cash, etc. It should be based on current market conditions and the investors‟
objectives, needs and risk tolerance. Many studies have shown strategic asset allocation
is the predominant determinant of an investor‟s return – even more so than individual
security selection.
Tactical Asset Allocation
Tactical allocation on the other hand refers to the short-term allocation decisions made
in order to take advantage of current market conditions. Tactically, an actively managed
portfolio will be constantly adjusted so as to take advantage of perceived relative values
between the assets classes. So, if the investor believes that stocks are undervalued
57
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
relative to bonds, funds would be shifted from bonds into stocks to take advantage of
those current market conditions.
Tactical asset allocation decisions are driven by judgments of relative values between
asset classes and are based on mean reversion: i.e., asset classes that are under or
overvalued will move toward normal value so opportunity to profit exists.
Diversification
Portfolio Diversification
Equally important is adequate portfolio diversification. Diversification not only relates
to the asset mix of the portfolio, but also relates to the individual securities held within
each asset class. In other words, a portfolio with a strategic allocation mix of 30%
bonds, 60% stocks, and 10% cash may seem adequately diversified. However, if the
common stock percentage is overly concentrated in large cap stocks, or high
technology companies, the overall risk of the portfolio will be greater than it if more
widely diversified by company size (small, medium, large) and industry sectors (energy,
healthcare, industrial, etc.). Successful investors keep a close eye on the diversification
of their investments within their portfolio allocations. The goal is to maximize return
for the risk assumed.
No discussion on portfolio diversification would be complete without mentioning the
concept of Systematic Risk. Simply stated, systematic risk is the risk of fluctuating
returns based on macroeconomic factors that affect all risky assets. Investors need to
be aware that systematic risk cannot be eliminated by diversification.
Rebalancing
Portfolio Rebalancing
Finally, once the allocation and diversification targets are set, investor‟s need to
monitor their portfolio to gauge how current market valuations are impacting goals and
to identify if rebalancing is required. Portfolio rebalancing refers to the shifting of
portfolio funds between the portfolio assets, due to the relative performance between
the portfolio assets. Investment funds may be reallocated from over-performing assets
into under-performing assets to better align the long-term strategic target portfolio
weights. If an investor is pursuing short-term tactical allocation, rebalancing enables
the investor to take advantage of current market conditions.
Summary
The benefits of sound portfolio allocation planning are many. Focusing on these
important aspects of portfolio management not only helps to prevent overly
concentrated portfolios and to reduce overall portfolio risk, it also adds discipline to
the management process, and helps to avoid emotional decision making.
58
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Portfolio Allocation Guidelines
Allocation
Guidelines
Investment Objective Guidelines: when setting your portfolio investment objectives, these guidelines may
help you to classify your portfolio(s). NOTE: This information is meant for educational purposes only,
and is not intended to be a recommendation.
An investor‟s profile and portfolio investment objective helps you to define your
willingness to accept risk in exchange for growth. This profile determines an investor‟s
suitable mix of portfolio assets, and is based on level of risk tolerance. As an effective
Investment Account Manager, it is critical to adequately assess your investment profile.
A basic investment principle is that investors are risk adverse, requiring greater returns
to compensate for greater risks. This is commonly known as the Risk-Return Tradeoff.
Essentially, this means that there is always a certain amount of investment risk, and that
investors can‟t expect to increase their returns without increasing their risks. The key is
to find the right balance between risk and return.
All too often investors make the emotionally based risk tolerance decisions, which may
lead to the acceptance more or less risk at wrong time. For instance, when investments
are doing well and greed is the driving emotion, risk appetite may increase. Conversely,
when the climate is negative and fear is prevalent, risk tolerance often decreases
dramatically. This leads to emotional, rather than strategic decision making.
There are many helpful internet sites and text books that will help investors identify
how risk-adverse they are. When identifying your profile be aware that if you wrongly
do so, you may not reach your investment goals. Listed here are several general broad
guidelines for portfolio profile categories.
Preservation Portfolio: The main goal of this investment objective is to preserve
capital. It should be the reference point for investors with a low tolerance for risk. This
objective is frequently considered for portfolios with short-term investment time
frames. The portfolio asset allocation mix for a Preservation Portfolio might be –
Cash: 10 – 20%
Bonds: 60 – 65%
Stocks: 20% - 25%
59
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Conservative Growth Portfolio: the main objective of this portfolio is the desire for a
modest level of growth over inflation, while protecting the principal. The asset
allocation mix for a Conservative Growth Portfolio investment objective portfolio
might be Cash: 5-10%
Bonds: 50 – 55%
Stocks: 35 – 40%
Balanced Portfolio: the asset allocation of this investment objective is often split
equally between stocks and bonds, with the goal to provide a balance between growth
and current income. Longer investment horizon portfolios (generally longer than five
years) consider balanced portfolios. The portfolio asset allocation mix for a balanced
portfolio might beCash: 5-10%
Bonds: 40 – 45%
Stocks: 45% - 50%
Moderate Growth Portfolio: Here the desire is for growth, but less risk tolerance
than for a pure equity portfolio. These portfolios have a higher risk level, so a longer
time horizon is required. Investors with this objective must be able to tolerate the
equity market‟s fluctuations. The portfolio asset allocation mix for a Moderate Growth
Portfolio might beCash: 5-10%
Bonds: 20-25%
Stocks: 65-70%
Aggressive Growth Portfolio: This investment objective is considered by investors
with a long term investment horizon, who are able to tolerate several back-to-back
years of negative returns. This is the highest risk profile, and therefore should provide
the highest return potential. Desire for long term growth outweighs the desire for short
term capital preservation. The portfolio asset mix for an Aggressive Growth Portfolio
might beCash: 0-10%
Bonds: 0-10%
Stocks: 80- 100%
60
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Managing Multiple Portfolios
Multiple Portfolios
In order to be effective a Investment Account Manager you will need to have a
collective understanding of how your portfolios are integrated, and how the overlap.
This information will allow you to analyze two important questions:
o Collectively, am I over/under allocated?
o Are the securities I own held in the right accounts – i.e., in deferred vs. taxable?
Since Investment Account Manager allows users to track an unlimited number of
portfolios, each in its unique database file, transactions are segregated by account. This
provides the user the ability to design portfolios by objective, reconcile quickly with
specific accounts, and to track various accounts with a single tool. For a collective view,
IAM helps you to better manage multiple portfolios by allowing the combination of
portfolios on the program‟s many reports.
If for example, you have both tax deferred and currently taxable accounts within
Investment Account Manager, and you were interested in better understanding the
overall asset allocation of all of your holdings, you would select Investment Account
Manager‟s Asset Allocation Report and include all of your portfolios on that report
using the report setup screen. Within seconds, Investment Account Manager will
produce a report showing your combined portfolios‟ allocation by asset class (cash,
bonds, stocks and other), by stock industry sector, and by stock size (large, medium or
small cap).
With this information in hand, you can then better decide if you are meeting the
objectives you have set forth for your individual portfolios, as well as for your entire
investment accounts‟ holdings.
61
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Fundamental Analysis with Valuation Ratios
Fundamental
Analysis
Fundamental ratio analysis is an investment approach that focuses on specific
relationships, or ratios, of the financial data of a company. This method offers a "snap
shot" of a company's value, where the analysis is a review of a firm's financial report.
Recognizing the importance of these relationships and ratios, the Investment Account
Manager provides the investor with a comprehensive set of variables that can be used
to derive informative ratios that may be helpful in discovering undervalued securities.
(Note: for the remainder of this chapter, we assume that you have a subscription
QuoteMedia Data Service or AAII Stock Investor Pro, and have configured
Investment Account Manager for your login information. Fundamental data can also
be manually entered into IAM. Regardless, prior to using the valuation ratios provided
by Investment Account Manager, you‟ll want to be certain you‟ve updated your
Current Asset Library asset library to reflect up to date QuoteMedia data.
The following fundamental ratios will be derived using the data in the Current Asset
Library: These ratios are displayed on the Asset Library Menu | Current Asset library
| Valuation Ratios tab.
Valuation Ratios
 Current Yield: if you are an investor seeking income as well as growth,
current yield will indicate if the company is paying a dividend, and if the rate of
payment is sufficient to meet your requirements. Current yield is calculated by
the current dividend per share divided by current market price. Dividend yield
is a useful measurement that can be compared to the yield on alternative
62
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
investments i.e., T-Bills, Money Market Funds, Stocks, etc.) in order to select
investments based on their ability to generate investment income. The
dividend yield can provide an indication of the safety of the dividend. For
example, a higher dividend yield may indicate that the market anticipates lower
earnings and a subsequent dividend cut, and this expectation has resulted in a
lower market price.
 Cash Flow/Current Dividend: The cash flow/current dividend relationship
is important because at times, for any number of reasons, a company may not
be "earning" their yearly dividend. Investors worried about the sustainability of
the dividend should be concerned if the cash flow per share covers the
dividend. This is because dividends (and the earning power of a company) are
really dependent on the cash flow generated by a firm. The larger the value
produced by the ratio, the more secure the dividend.
 Dividend Payout Ratio %: this ratio shows what percentage a company is
paying out its earnings (current dividends per share divided by current earnings
per share. In general, the lower the number, the more secure the dividend.
When the current payout ratio is below historical norms, a company will often
times gradually increase the rate of dividend growth (resulting in a faster rising
current dividend rate) in an effort to get back on track with their history.
Likewise, if the current payout ratio is higher than historical norms, a company
will gradually decrease the rate of dividend growth (resulting in a slower rising
current dividend rate) in an effort to reduce the payout ratio to historical levels.
 Dividend Payout Ratio % 2: this ratio shows an estimate of the forwardlooking company payout (current dividends per share divided by projected
earnings per share). Comparing the current payout ratio to the projected
payout ratio can provide insight into the security of the dividend rate, the
expected growth of the dividend rate, as well as the direction of earnings per
share.
 Price/Earnings (P/E): perhaps the most frequently used ratio to judge the
degree of valuation for a security, P/E is simply current market price divided
current earnings per share. Some general guidelines in the use of the P/E ratio
include:
63
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o The future level of the P/E ratio can be viewed as a function of the
current P/E ratio or an average P/E ratio over some period of time.
o The P/E ratio is a function of future expected earnings. The higher the
growth rate of earnings expected, the higher the current P/E ratio. An
investor will be willing to pay a higher price for a dollar of current earnings
if earnings are expected to grow at a much higher rate in the future.
o P/E ratios can change radically and suddenly because of a change in the
expected growth rate of earnings. Therefore, the greater the expected
stability in the growth rate of earnings per share, the higher the P/E.
o P/E ratios tend to be inversely correlated with inflation.
o High interest rates tend to reduce P/E ratios.
o The higher the P/E ratio relative to the market, the higher the risk.
o P/E ratios vary by industry.
o Companies with a large portion of debt in the capital structure tend to
have lower P/E ratios.
 Projected P/E: Projected P/E is simply current market price divided by
projected earnings per share. Look for the projected P/E ratio to be less than
the current P/E ratio. If the projected P/E is lower, it must be due to higher
projected earnings for the stock, a desired condition. If the projected P/E is
higher, it must be due to lower projected earnings for the stock, a negative
condition. Be sure to compare the projected P/E with the average P/E of past
years for an indication of future performance.
 PEG Ratio: one of the "Famous Numbers" from Peter Lynch's book One
Up On Wall Street 4, this relationship compares earnings growth with the
price/earnings ratio, the principle being that the market values a stock so that it
sells at a price that reflects its earnings potential. The PEG ratio is derived by
the Current P/E Ratio ÷ Projected Earnings Growth %. The higher the
expected growth rate of earnings, the higher the current P/E ratio ought to be.
In general, the P/E ratio of a company that is fairly priced will equal its growth
rate. If the P/E ratio is less than the growth rate, the PEG value will be less
than 1.0, suggesting a possible bargain; if the P/E ratio is greater than the
growth rate, the PEG value will be greater than 1.0, suggesting a premium is
being paid for the security. If the PEG ratio is above 1.5, the security may be
vulnerable to a sharp drop in price if earnings per share growth departs from
investor‟s expectations.
 Market Price/Cash Flow per Share & Return on Cash Flow %: Market
price/cash flow per share gives an indication of what ratio a stock is trading at
64
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
in relation to the cash flow being generated from operations after all cash
expenses have been subtracted. To better understand this ratio, the inverse of
the ratio can be used to derive the return on cash flow. 6 For example, a $10
stock with $1 per share in annual cash flow has a 10-to-1 ratio. The inverse of
this 10-to-1 ratio, 10 percent, closely matches the ten percent that an investor
expects to receive for owning stocks long term. A $20 stock with a $4 per
share cash flow gives a 20 percent return on cash. Look for companies that,
given a high sustainable cash flow per share (preferably free cash flow per
share), result in an attractive return on cash flow percent.
 Market Price/Book Value per Share: the market price/book value ratio
gives an idea of how a security is trading in relation to its book value. A low
relative market price to book value ratio usually suggests that the company is
undervalued. This is because a company's book value represents, all else being
equal, the value at which a firm always has the option to liquidate, or sell-off,
its assets. A low market-to-book value ratio is seen as providing a "margin of
safety" and in some cases, is considered the "floor" supporting the market
price. However, it should be noted that as some companies adopt more
creative accounting policies and/or as the rules of FASB (Federal Accounting
Standards Board) change, the resulting book value may not accurately reflect
the market values of assets. Also, the productivity of assets, the combination of
assets and entrepreneurial ability often create greater earnings and greater
values than the book value of the assets suggests. When considering book
value, use a reliable source that provides a good understanding of market
values of assets.
 Return On Equity: this value shows how much is being earned each year by
the company, where the higher the percent returned, the better for the investor
(note: a high debt level can also increase ROE, however the return will be
riskier). Return on equity is computed by dividing earnings per share by book
value per share. As a growth investor, you want to see steady or rising return
on equity.
 Up/Down: One of NAIC‟s classic measure of risk for a stock is it‟s upsidedownside ratio (U/D), a measure of how much gain might be expected if
things go right, compared to how much could be lost if things go wrong.
BetterInvesting™ encourages investors to make sure stocks held in a portfolio
have at least a 2-to-1 U/D ratio; 3-to-1 if the company is being considered for
purchase.
In summary, valuation ratios provide important insights into the financial strength of a
company. In the case of dividend ratios, investors can identify the current fortunes of a
company, while determining investment suitability on an individual basis. While there
are strong arguments both in favor of dividend-paying stocks (such as providing a
price-floor based on yield) and non dividend-paying stocks (such as the ability to grow
faster since all earnings are being plowed back into itself), investors should serious
consider the many benefits of diversifying across a variety of stocks by sector as well as
65
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
by varying degrees of dividend policies. Additionally, when investing in dividend paying
stocks, keep an eye on the future. It is expectations of future dividends (and earnings
and cash flows to support future dividends) that offer a clue on future stock price
performance. In the case of earnings-based ratios, these too provide useful
measurements. However, in the case of earnings, many outside factors can creep into
"accounting earnings" that may or may not result in a reliable estimate of "economic
earnings". The important point, then, is to be confident in the data source(s) you're
using for your earnings estimates; simply stated… garbage in – garbage out.
1 Free Cash Flow: AAII Journal, Common Stock Analysis: Examining Cash Flow, May 1990. Formula
Reprint: AAII, March/April 1991, pg. 5.
2 Dividends Count: Screening for Undervalued Stocks with Lower Risk: AAII Journal, Stock Screening,
October 2002, pg. 13.
3 Guidelines in the Use of the P/E Ratio: Investments, An Introduction to Analysis and Management,
Frederick Amling, Prentice Hall, pg. 527.
4 Current P/E Ratio ÷ EPS Growth Rate: One Up On Wall Street, Peter Lynch, Penquin Books, 1989,
pg. 198.
5 Repair Shop: Better Investing, October 2001, pg. 16.
6 Return on Cash Flow: One Up On Wall Street, Peter Lynch, Penquin Books, 1989, pg. 214.
Improving Portfolio Management and Investment
Decision Making.
Tax Decision
Making
One of the many benefits of using a total portfolio management system like
Investment Account Manager, is its ability to utilize investment record keeping in a
manner to be able to access the information to improve decision making. This ability
is particularly useful when making tax conscience decisions. An example of this ability
can be found in IAM‟s many useful tax planning and monitoring tools and reports.
A primer
Investors will find their portfolios consist of many different asset types, purchased over
time, and therefore having different capital gain or losses sale consequences. Since
capital gains are taxed in non-deferred accounts, albeit at a lower rate, the investor
musts weigh the tax consequences of sales. If capital gains can be minimized, by
offsetting realized gains with losses, then the capital gains tax is deferred, allowing the
principal amount to grow.
Consider the following example. Investor A sells a stock with an original cost basis of
$1000 for $2000, realizing a substantial gain. If the investor pays a federal tax rate of
15% on capital gains, the after-tax investable amount is $1,850. What growth rate is
needed for the 1850 to grow to $3700 over 7 years? 10.4%. What growth rate is
66
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
needed for $2000 to grow $3700 over 7 years? 9.2%. The point is that paying the tax
any sooner than necessary reduces the amount of principal working for the investor.
By smartly using lot-by-lot accounting when selling securities, investors attempt to
offset gains and losses thereby deferring the capital gains tax.
Investment Account Manager provides lot assignment when making partial sales –
either FIFO (First In First Out, Specific ID, Average Cost Method (for mutual funds
and Canadian citizens), and Minimum or Maximum Gain.
Lot assignment when making partial sales
Prior to selling a partial amount of a security, it is advised to review IAM‟s Security
Basis Report. This report will list, showing in a lot-by-lot view, each purchase you have
made in the portfolio. With this information in hand, you can effectively specifically
identify which lots to use in a partial sale. Specific identification allows you to manage
the amount of capital gains that will be recognized, thereby managing the capital gains
tax that will be due: i.e., if trying to minimize realized gains, then select those lots
having the highest cost basis. Note: you must notify the financial institution executing
the trade as to which purchase lots to use if you choose the IRS Specific Identification
Method.
Taxable vs. Tax deferred Accounts
Effective portfolio construction – taxable vs. tax deferred accounts. Which securities
belong in which portfolios?
Since IAM provides for multiple portfolio management, it‟s the ideal tool for
segregating your various accounts, while still allowing for the combination of any or all
of your portfolios on the various reports. This is particularly useful when managing
portfolios and planning to hold investments in the most tax preferred account.
For instance, it may be wise to hold stocks providing qualified dividends in your
currently taxable account, while holding stocks that do not provide qualified dividends
(many Real Estate Investment Trusts) inside your tax deferred retirement accounts.
Check with your financial advisor for other strategies, but rest assured IAM will allow
you to specifically track and/or combine accounts meaningful ways. (i.e. qualified
dividends are currently taxed at a 15% tax rate: see IRS publication 550
http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/p550.pdf)
Optimize gift and estate planning strategies
IAM‟s lot-by-lot cost basis accounting provides an essential element for optimizing gift
and estate planning strategies. For instance, after checking with your financial advisor,
you may determine that you wish to donate a security(s) to a charity. Since investors
often have multiple purchase lots of the same security (IAM summarizes your lot-bylot accounting on the Security Basis Report), you may find it advantageous to donate
those purchases with the lowest cost. Why? When gifting to a qualified charity, the
67
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
value of the gift is usually based on the market value at the time of the gift, including
the unrealized capital gain, and not the cost of the gift. In other words, you will be
giving away a larger capital gain that otherwise would have been taxed if you sold the
securities and then gifted the proceeds.
Likewise, when gifting to individuals, it may be useful to gift securities with the lowest
cost basis, particularly if the recipient is in a lower tax bracket than the donor. The
recipient may not only be able to defer the gain for a longer time, ultimate tax will be
might also be lower.
Tax Planning and Preparation
Tax Planning
Throughout each year investors should take sufficient time to review their investment
portfolios. Monitoring progress is essential to identify what changes may be necessary
to reach long-term goals. In doing so, investors should focus on rebalancing portfolios
consistent with their risk profile and return goals, while considering and managing the
tax consequences of their investment activity. Using Investment Account Manager will
help you accomplish this important portfolio management task by following these
guidelines. Update your portfolios for all year-to-date investment activity, including all
purchase, sale and investment income activity.
 Update your portfolios for recent market pricing data, diversification and size
characteristics.
 Review the year-to-date activity for realized capital gains and losses by printing the
Sold Securities Report for the current year. Knowing what gains or losses you
have already recognized this year will help you make tax-wise decisions before
recognizing any further gains. To review unrealized gains or losses, check The
Security Basis Report.
 Review the year-to-date activity for investment income received by printing the
Income Received Report. Have you accounted for your investment income in your
estimated tax payments for the current year?
 Review your current allocation and diversification using the Allocation Summary
Reports. Are you still within your target allocations? If rebalancing is needed, be
certain to consider the tax consequences of your actions.
 After you've updated your investment account activity and reviewed these reports,
you'll have the tools to make more informed decisions for portfolio rebalancing,
while also managing the impact on taxes.
For example, in reviewing your sold activity to date, you might have realized capital
gains. Unless these gains are offset, they will result in a capital gains tax. If one of
your goals is to minimize or eliminate your capital gains taxes, you may want to
'weed out' any losers from your portfolio. In doing so, you'll be able to manage
68
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
your taxes (by offsetting previously recognized gains), while freeing up capital to
reinvest into other replacement investments.
Tax Preparation
Year End
At the end of your tax year (usually December 31st) use Investment Account Manager
to produce the following reports. These will help you with the filing of your taxes.
 Appraisal Report with 12/31/xx prices (be sure to have created the needed
dates with the Asset Library | Historic Price Library).
 Income Report filtered for the appropriate time period.
 Sold Securities Report filtered for the appropriate time period.
 Capital Gains Distribution Report for the time period.
 Qualified Dividends Report filtered for the appropriate time period (if needed).
 Transactions Report filtered for the appropriate time period.
Watch Lists
Using watch lists help investors better manage their portfolios by:
Watch Lists
Provide “Pick
Lists”
 Providing alternative investment lists to use when building or modifying
existing portfolios.
 Tracking similar securities within a single watch list – i.e., technology watch list,
mid cap growth watch, etc.
 Sharing watch lists with friends, associates and advisors to collaborate for
better portfolios.
 Watch lists provide effective “what-if” testing. Gauge diversification and
allocation impact of additions to an existing portfolio before actually
purchasing new securities. This can be easily accomplished by combing a
purchase watch list with existing portfolios on any of Investment Account
Managers reports (using the “Portfolio to include” option on the report setup
screen).
Creating a watch list portfolio in IAM is easy:
 Select File Menu | Add, Edit, Delete Portfolios
 Add new portfolio called New Watch List
69
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Select the Save Button
 Repeat the process for each desired watch list.
 After creating the portfolio Investment Account Manager simply add securities
to each list. Select the setup option for “Enter all historical investment
transactions”. Then advance through the subsequent screens until you see the
Home Page for the New Watch List displayed.
Adding securities to the Watch List Portfolio
One popular method is to enter hypothetical purchases of 100 shares of each security
to the watch list stock, using the market price on the date of addition as the cost per
share. This method will then tracks the progress of the watch lists stocks from that
point forward, showing the price movement since the addition to the list ( i.e., you‟ll be
able to monitor the change in values based on the cost when added and the current
market values).
As you build your watch list, you can then use it as a source for ideas. Here are just a
few:
 If you are considering adding a mid-cap financial sector stock to one of your
portfolios, then examine the IAM‟s Asset Allocation Reports to find a security
that matches your needs.
 If you find that your portfolio is overweighed in energy stocks, then before
selling down of one of your energy holdings you again can turn to your watch
list portfolio for possible replacements.
 If you hold a specifically focused ETF (i.e., short-term bonds) with an
unrealized loss, you might sell that ETF and buy a different, but similar, ETF
in order to realize a capital loss and not loose market exposure to the
investment objective.
Measuring and understanding performance
Internal Rate of Return is the true Return on Investment. It can be compared to the
compounded effective interest rate earned. The effective interest is simply the
compounded annual interest rate. Therefore, the IRR can be used to compare the rate
of return to any other financial product that reports a compound annual rate. The
Internal Rate is also referred to as Dollar-weighted Return.
Time-Weighted vs.
Dollar-Weighted
IRR
A Time-weighted IRR removes the timing effects of cash flows, in and out of the
portfolio, so to measure the better reflect the performance of the underlying
investments. Time-weighted IRR vs. dollar-weighted IRR - TWIRR is designed to
remove the effects of the timing of cash flows – funds flowing in and out of the
70
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
portfolio - in order to better measure the performance of the underlying investments.
Since the timing element is removed, the underlying stock/asset class picking ability is
more accurately measured than with dollar-weighted IRR. Since Dollar-weighted IRR
ignores the timing of cash flows, Dollar-weighted IRR results will reflect fortuitous (or
unfortunate) cash flows in or out of the account, that occur near large changes in the
prices of the securities owned.
Investment Account Manager‟s time-weighted internal rate of return calculates return
for the period taking into effect the exact timing of each cash flow. TWIRR is solved
by iteration (iteration is the process of solving for the unknown rate, using a hit or miss
method, until the equation balances – i.e., until the present value of cash flows equals
the effective rate).
The model properly weights the timing of all cash flows (additions/ withdrawals) for a
portfolio or an individual asset, for a selected date range, to provide the return
calculation.
Key variables in the model include: Beginning Market Value, Ending Market Value,
Income, Reinvestments, Sum of all Cash Flows within the period
(additions/withdrawals), and Weight Factor (# of total days in the period that the cash
flow "F" has been in, or out of, the portfolio). The return derived here can then be
stored to be used in 'linking' returns.
The calculation is:
1. MVE = Summate Fi(1+R)^Wi
2. (^ denotes raised to the power of)
Where:
MVE = the market value at the end of the period (includes any interest or
dividends earned but not withdrawn, i.e. reinvestments, etc.).
o MVB = the market value at the beginning of the period, (includes any
interest or dividends earned but not withdrawn, i.e. reinvestments, etc.).
o Summate F = the sum of the cash flows within the period (contributions
to the portfolio are positive flows, and withdrawals or distributions are
negative flows). The market value at the start of the period is also treated
as a cash flow at the beginning of the period, i.e. MVB = F0.
o R = the internal rate of return.
o Wi = is the proportion of the total number of days in the period that the
cash flow Fi has been in (or out of) the portfolio. The formula for Wi is:
o Wi = [CD-Di] / [CD] (this is the weighting component), where:
71
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o CD = the total number of days in the period.
o Di = the number of days since the beginning of the period in
which cashflow Fi occurred.
o IRR is derived by selecting values for R and solving the equation
until the result equals MVE. For example, if there were a total of
three cash flows for the period (including the beginning market
value treated as F0) - there will be three terms in the
computational formula:
o MVE = F0(1+R)^W0 + F1(1+R)^W1 + F2(1+R)^W2 .
o The first term deals with the first cash flow, F0, which is the value
of the portfolio at the beginning of the period (MVB). Wi is the
proportion of the period that the cash flow Fi was in (or out) of
the portfolio. Because F0 is in for the whole period, W0 = 1. The
larger the value of Fi in the term, the more it will contribute to the
total. But the smaller the exponent (i.e., the value of Wi), the less
the term will contribute to the sum. This usually means that the
first term, with a large F0 and W0 = 1, will contribute far more
than the other terms.
Source: Second Edition (1997), AIMR Performance Presentation Standards Handbook,
Association for Investment Management and Research, Charlottesville, VA 22903, pg 46-47.
Additional Notes:
Positive flows include: the initial account balance and any deposits & purchases.
Negative flows include: withdrawals, sales and unreinvested income (income that was
received but not reinvested into the same asset and/or not deposited to a portfolio
cash account).
Individual Asset IRR:
o Positive flows include: the initial account balance and any deposits & purchases.
o Negative flows include: withdrawals, sales and unreinvested income (income that
was received but not reinvested into the same asset).
o The results of the IRR model can be abnormally affected by large cash flows,
relative to the beginning market value, if they occur shortly after the beginning of
the period, or shortly before the end of the period.
o The IRR derived for money market funds that are also tracking negative (margin)
balances can be erroneously affected by large margin flows in relation to the length
of and date range of the performance period. In these cases, Investment Account
72
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Manager will display ** Not Meaningful **. Depending on the amount of margin
balance in relation to the portfolio ending market value, users may prefer to
exclude these margin accounts from the performance report prior to deriving the
portfolio IRR results
Useful Websites for Investment Account Manager
Useful Investor
Websites
General investor information American Association of Individual Investors – (www.aaii.com) AAII is a
nonprofit organization that arms individual investors with the education and
tools they need to build wealth. From stock investing to financial planning and
retirement funding, AAII covers all your needs.
 BetterInvesting™ .org – (www.BetterInvesting .org) BetterInvesting™ is a
non-profit organization providing investment information, education and
support that empowers members to become successful, lifetime investors.
Founded in 1951, BetterInvesting™ has provided investment education to
more than five million people and is a charter member of the World
Federation of Investors, which provides investment education in over 17
countries worldwide.
 Chicago Board of Options Exchange (CBOE) –
(www.cboe.com/default.aspx) The definitive source for options trading
information and education.
 Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) –
(www.sec.gov/investor.shtml) The mission of the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission is to protect investors, maintain fair, orderly, and
efficient markets, and facilitate capital formation.
 Yahoo! Finance – (http://finance.yahoo.com) Favorite website providing
full-featured investment education and valuable investor resources.
 NYSE Euronext – (http://www.nyse.com/attachment/amex_landing.htm)
NYSE Euronext (NYX), the world's leading and most diverse exchange
group, completed its acquisition of the American Stock Exchange® (Amex®),
becoming the third-largest U.S. options marketplace and enhancing the
company's leadership in ETFs, cash equities, closed-end funds and structured
products.
 Three useful website for bond investors: www.investinginbonds.com,
www.bondsonline.com, and www.municipalbonds.com.
 The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) –
(http://www.finra.org/Investors/ProtectYourself/index.htm) The Financial
73
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), is the largest non-governmental
regulator for all securities firms doing business in the United States. All told,
FINRA oversees nearly 5,000 brokerage firms, about 173,000 branch offices
and approximately 659,000 registered securities representatives.
Created in July 2007 through the consolidation of NASD and the member
regulation, enforcement and arbitration functions of the New York Stock
Exchange, FINRA is dedicated to investor protection and market integrity
through effective and efficient regulation and complementary compliance and
technology-based services.
 The White House - (http://www.whitehouse.gov/agenda/) The White
House of the United States of America
Leading economic indicators
 Economic events calendar –
(http://www.census.gov/epcd/econ/www/indijun.htm) U.S. Census Bureau
calendar of economic indicator statistics release dates.
 Consumer confidence – (www.conferenceboard.org) measures how
consumers feel about their personal economic situation, and their expectations
for the future.
 Consumer price index – (www.bls.gov) Department of Labor – Bureau of
Labor Statistics. The Consumer Price Indexes (CPI) program produces
monthly data on changes in the prices paid by urban consumers for a
representative basket of goods and services.
 Crude oil prices – (www.bloomberg.com/energy) Changes in crude oil prices
affects consumer spending. Higher prices in effect add an “oil tax” on
consumer budgets.
 Currency – (http://finance.yahoo.com/currency-investing) A rising or falling
U.S. dollar impacts exports. As the dollar declines, it is cheaper for foreigners
to buy U.S. goods and services, helping multinational companies. A falling
dollar may lower foreign demand for U.S. securities.
 Durable Goods – (http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/briefroom/BriefRm)
Orders for hard goods (self-life of at least 3 years).
74
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Employment report – (www.dol.gov) The United States Department of
Labor‟s official website.
 Interest rates – (www.federalreserve.gov) When the Fed cutes rates, it is
attempting to stimulate the economy. When it raises rates, it is applying the
“breaks”. Bond prices usually fall when interest rates rise.
 Housing starts – (www.commerce.gov) The U.S. Department of Commerce.
 Producer price index – (www.bls.gov) The Producer Price Index (PPI)
program measures the average change over time in the selling prices received
by domestic producers for their output. The prices included in the PPI are
from the first commercial transaction for many products and some services.
 Retail sales – (www.census.gov/retail) Retail sales data are an excellent gauge
of consumer confidence.
Hint: When analyzing leading economic indicators, it is import to look beyond the immediate
number and evaluate the change since the previous report as well as the direction of the change of the
past several reports. In other words, analyze the trend of the data.
Taxation
 Internal Revenue Service – (http://www.irs.gov/) U.S. Department of the
Treasury providing access to taxes forms, publications, and tax topics.
 The Joint Committee on Taxation –(http://www.house.gov/jct/) The
Joint Committee on Taxation is a nonpartisan committee of the United States
Congress, originally established under the Revenue Act of 1926. The Joint
Committee operates with an experienced professional staff of economists,
attorneys, and accountants who assist Members of the majority and minority
parties in both houses of Congress on tax legislation.
75
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
5
Chapter
Chapter Five - Investment Account Manager
Tutorials
T
hank you for using the Investment Account Manager. We are confident
you will find Investment Account Manager to be a comprehensive
portfolio management program designed to help you better manage and
more easily track your investments. By carefully reviewing the following
tutorials, you will understand how the program is intended to operate, while
quickly learning how to utilize the program for your specific needs.
Tutorials
All features in Investment Account Manager include detailed help and guidance.
Features not covered in these tutorials can be quickly learned using the available
online help. Use the context sensitive help button provided on each screen, or
use the Help Menu | Contents to search and review specific topics.
Provided for your review are three tutorials for creating portfolios.
Portfolio Setup Wizard: this set-by-step walk through will show you how to
quickly setup your portfolios using IAM‟s Portfolio Setup Wizard. This
demonstration will show all steps to get your portfolio entered, and to review
IAM‟s reports.
Current holdings account statement: this tutorial will demonstrate how to add a
portfolio to Investment Account Manager simply using your most recent brokerage
statement which lists your accumulated shares and cost basis or recent market value. If
you have several years of historical entries, this method may limit Investment Account
Manager‟s ability to derive historical performance measurements and/or tax basis
reports. However, you will be able to utilize most other features provided by
Investment Account Manager, such as the allocation tools, reporting tools, and
investment record keeping tools.
Detailed historical investment transactions: this method of creating a
portfolio in Investment Account Manager requires all historical records entered
76
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
in sequential order as best as possible, for all past investment activity. Entering
all historical investment records enables the Investment Account Manager to
derive historical performance measurements and create accurate tax filing reports
(past and current). This is the most thorough way to use the Investment Account
Manager.
Portfolio Setup Wizard
Portfolio Setup
Wizard
The Portfolio Setup Wizard can be used to create your portfolio by manually
entering current accumulated balances, or by downloading available historical
transaction history or current accumulated balances directly from your financial
online institution (if available). The portfolio setup wizard feature is an ideal way
to quickly begin using Investment Account Manager with your actual data. Once
your portfolio has been created, you can use this portfolio to monitor your
holdings and make immediate investment decisions.
Note: if entering manually or downloading your current accumulated balances and
you have access to the original acquisition date and cost basis amounts, we
suggest you edit these details as part of the Portfolio Setup Wizard. This will allow
Investment Account Manager to create your portfolio with accurate cost basis
information for your current holdings. If you do not have access to this
information or do not edit these details, Investment Account Manager will be
limited for deriving historical performance measurements and/or tax basis reports
because you will be starting with your current accumulated balances only.
However, you can later create another historically accurate portfolio (file menu |
portfolios | create new) to fully utilize IAM's features. As time permits,
sequentially enter your historical activity to this separate portfolio until all
transaction activity is up-to-date. When complete, you can delete the portfolio
created using this wizard setup method, and rely on the historically accurate
portfolio going forward.
Select the Portfolio Setup Wizard button located on the Investment Account
Manager Tool Bar.
77
I N V E S T M E N T
 Click
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
on the button labeled Portfolio Setup Wizard Start.
 Enter
the Portfolio Name (i.e, John Smith Taxable Acct., Joe Public
ETrade Acct., etc.).
 Use
the Next button to continue.
78
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Enter Portfolio Holdings
Now you'll enter your existing portfolio holdings. This can be accomplished by
either using your most recent brokerage statement to manually input data, or by
downloading all available historical transaction information or current positions
from your online brokerage account (if available). Either way, it's a quick process
enabling you to utilize most of Portfolio Manager's many features, including
allocation / diversification analysis and other informative valuation reports.
Refer to 1 of the 3 available methods of entry you are using as you continue.
 Click
on the button labeled Enter Portfolio Holdings.
79
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
1. Download Available Historical Portfolio Activity
Download
Available
Historical Portfolio
Activity
This method of creating your portfolio in Investment Account Manager enables
users to quickly create portfolios for tracking purposes by downloading historical
transaction activity as available from your online financial institution. Use this
screen to enter your online broker information:
80
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Financial
Institution: use the drop down to select one of the available
financial institutions for your online broker account.
 Account
Number: enter the account number for your online broker
account. If you have multiple investment accounts, each should be
entered into Investment Account Manager as an individual portfolio
with their specific account number.
 Customer ID:
enter the customer ID for your online broker account. If
you have multiple investment accounts, each should be entered into
Investment Account Manager as an individual portfolio with their
specific customer ID number.
 Password:
enter the password for your online broker account.
 Beginning
Date: enter the beginning date of when your investment
account was first opened at your financial institution. If you are unsure
of this date, you can accept the default date shown.
 Ending Date:
enter the cutoff date for investment activity you wish to
download. The current system date is shown as the default and can be
used for downloading all available historical transaction activity up to
the current date.
 If your
investment portfolio includes a money market fund (MMF), and
this account is used for offsetting other investment activity, you should
create a money market fund for the portfolio.
oYou‟ll
need to identify or create a security symbol for this
money market fund and enter the money market fund
description. If the money market fund does not have a
standard symbol, create a symbol that is meaningful to
you. Symbols can easily be changed at a later time.
 Use
the Save button to record entries.
 Use
the Download button to access your online broker and download all
available transaction history.
Once activity has been downloaded from your financial institution, the following
dialogue form will show, indicating the range of historical activity available from
your financial institution.
81
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Since some financial institutions limit the amount of historical transaction history
available, if the date range shown does not include all of your past transaction
history, you might prefer to not post this activity. We suggest you use the option
to instead download just the current balances of your holdings (described below),
and then edit these balances with accurate cost basis when setting up your
portfolio. If you elect to post the historical transaction activity as provided from
your broker, activity that can not be posted will be listed on an exceptions report
for your review. You can manually enter missing transaction history as necessary
and any activity listed on the exceptions report.
82
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Verify
the asset type and symbol for those securities new to Investment
Account Manager. Uncheck any assets you do not want to include in the
download process.
 You
can also refer to the „Find‟ button to locate from Investment
Account Manager‟s asset library the correct existing symbol for any
security listed in this form.
 Use
the Next button to continue with the download process.
In the next step of the download process, the following form will show
transactions occurring within the date range selected that Investment Account
Manager is able to recognize and allow you to automatically post to update
activity.
Notice the check box provided to the left of each transaction activity downloaded.
Please be certain to uncheck those transactions that should not be posted to the
current portfolio. For example, if you have multiple accounts at a single broker
that use the same account number and login information, the financial institution
may group all activity for all accounts in the download file. Be sure to only select
those transactions that pertain to the current portfolio you are updating and those
that you may not have already manually entered.
83
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
The following information is provided in the Transactions to Post form for your
review prior to posting.

Asset Name: security name.

Symbol: matching symbol for security name. Use the drop down arrow if
necessary to select another symbol for this issue.

MMF Account: this column lists money market fund accounts within the
current portfolio. If more than one money market exists in the portfolio,
the most recently used money market account is listed for the offset
transaction (withdrawal, deposit). Use the drop down arrow to select a
different money market fund for any specific transaction as necessary.

Trade Date: date of the transaction activity.

Settlement date: if provided by your financial institution, this date
represents the date transaction activity actually settles to your account
and investment costs or proceeds are withdrawn or deposited. For
example, in the case of purchase or sale activity, settlement date is
normally 3 business days after the trade date. Note: you can manually
edit the settlement date to account for any additional days before
settlement due to holidays, etc. by selecting the calendar icon or typing
directly in the settlement date field.

Activity: type of transaction: purchase, sale, interest, dividend income,
reinvestment, deposit, open sale, closing buy.
o
Note: if you have sales activity, and your sales activity is
always applied on a first in-first out basis, you can select
the upper check box option to use the FIFO method. If
you do not select this option, then for each sale activity,
you can specifically identify the sale method: minimum
gain, maximum gain, FIFO, Specific ID. For mutual
funds, you can also select average cost, single or double
category methods.

Shares: quantity of the transaction.

Unit Price: unit price paid or received for the transaction.

Comm/Exp: total of commissions, expenses and fees for the transaction.

Total: total amount of the transaction.
The final step of the downloading process is to Post those transactions selected
from the downloading process. Select from the button choices below:
84
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

Export: use this choice to export transactions shown to an excel
spreadsheet format file.

Post: use this choice to post those selected transactions to the current
portfolio. As mentioned earlier, Please be certain to uncheck those
transactions that should not be posted to the current portfolio. For
example, if you have multiple accounts at a single broker that use the
same account number and login information, the financial institution may
group all activity for all accounts in the download file. Be sure to only
select those transactions that pertain to the current portfolio you are
updating and those that you may not have already manually entered.
o
If you have sale activity included in the download
transactions, and partial positions have been sold, you‟ll
be prompted to identify how the partial sales should be
applied. Please refer to the help button provided on this
form for instructions on applying partial sale activity.
o
After using the Post choice, you‟ll be prompted to review
an audit report indicating those transactions posted, or
not posted. Transactions will not be posted if the activity
is a duplicate entry, or if Portfolio Manager is unable to
recognize the activity, or if current holdings do not match
activity downloaded (for example, trying to sell more
shares than held). Be sure to closely review this audit report to
verify activity and to make necessary manual entries for those
transactions not posted.

Mark All: use this choice to select all transactions for posting.

Clear All: use this to choice to clear all transactions and then manually
select those for posting by selecting the check box provided to the left of
the Asset Name column.

Help: help for this topic

Exit: exit this form either prior to, or after, posting transaction activity.

As you make changes to the selected transactions, you‟ll be prompted with
a Save or Cancel button to confirm/omit changes.
After all activity has been posted, and you have completed the downloading
process, be sure to review your transaction activity to verify results. Refer to the
Transaction Downloaded Report and enter any activity not automatically posted
to your transactions activity ledger.
85
I N V E S T M E N T
Download Current
Holdings
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
2. Download Current Holdings
Use this screen to select the radial dial to enter your online broker information for
downloading investment positions automatically into Investment Account
Manager. Click the Next button.
This method of creating your portfolio in Investment Account Manager enables
users to quickly create portfolios for tracking purposes by downloading current
holdings from their online brokerage account. If you have access to the original
acquisition date and cost basis amounts for your current balances, you will be able
to enter these details as part of your portfolio setup. This will allow Investment
Account Manager to create your portfolio with accurate cost basis information for
your current holdings.
Use this screen to enter your online broker information for downloading
investment positions automatically into Investment Account Manager.
86
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Financial
Institution: use the drop down to select one of the available
financial institutions for your online broker account.
 Account
Number: enter the account number for your online broker
account. If you have multiple investment accounts, each should be
entered into Investment Account Manager as an individual portfolio
with their specific account number.
 Customer ID:
enter the customer ID for your online broker account. If
you have multiple investment accounts, each should be entered into
Investment Account Manager as an individual portfolio with their
specific customer ID number.
 Password:
enter the password for your online broker account.
 If your
investment portfolio includes a money market fund (MMF), and
this account is used for offsetting other investment activity, you should
create a money market fund for the portfolio.
oYou‟ll
need to identify or create a security symbol for this
money market fund and enter the money market fund
description. If the money market fund does not have a
standard symbol, create a symbol that is meaningful to
you. Symbols can easily be changed at a later time.
 Use
the Save button to record entries.
 Use
the Download button to access your online broker and download
current positions. Once positions are downloaded from your financial
institution, they will be listed for review prior to import into Investment
Account Manager.
87
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Use
the Mark All or Clear All as necessary, select issues for the portfolio
setup, and then the Next button to continue.
 If you
have access to the original acquisition date and cost basis amounts
for your current balances, we suggest you use the Edit Cost Basis
button to enter these details as part of your portfolio setup. This will
allow Investment Account Manager to create your portfolio with
accurate cost basis information for your current holdings.
 If you
do not have access to the cost basis information or do not edit
these details, Investment Account Manager will be limited for deriving
historical performance measurements and/or tax basis reports, because
you will be starting with your current accumulated balances only. The
current market value can be used temporarily for cost basis. However,
you can later create another historically accurate portfolio (file menu |
sequentially enter your historical activity to this separate portfolio until
all transaction activity is up-to-date. When complete, you can delete the
portfolio created using this wizard setup method, and rely on the
historically accurate portfolio going forward.
88
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Enter
each unique lot for the selected security, entering the date acquired
and cost basis for accurate tax basis information. Use the Save button
once you have entered all shares to match the downloaded total balance
from your broker.
 Repeat
this for each lot owned, for each security.
 Once
you‟ve entered all data, use the Save button, then the Next button
to continue with the Portfolio Setup Wizard.
Enter Current
Holdings
3. Enter Current Holdings
89
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
This method of creating your portfolio in Investment Account Manager simply
requires your most recent brokerage statement listing all accumulated shares and
cost basis or recent market value.
If your investment account includes a money market fund, and this money market
fund (mmf) is used for offsetting the portfolio‟s investment activity (cash pooling),
you should create a money market fund for the portfolio.

Select Yes to create the money market fund. You‟ll need to identify the
Security Symbol and Security Description. Note: since money funds often
don‟t have standardized security symbols, you may need to create a
symbol in order to track it in Investment Account Manager. Symbol
examples: MMF 01, MMF 02, etc. Be certain to use a name that will be
meaningful when entering the description: (brokerage name) Money Mkt.
Fund. Symbols can be easily changed at a later time.

Enter the current balance as shown on your most recent brokerage
statement.

Select No if you do not want to add a money market fund for this
portfolio at this time. You can always add one or more money market
funds later once this portfolio has been created.

Use the Next button to continue.
In the next screen, you can now enter the accumulated balances of your portfolio
using the accumulated cost basis. Note: if you have access to the original
acquisition date and cost basis amounts for your securities, we suggest you enter
these details in this form. Enter the purchase date and cost basis for each unique
security lot you own, on a per line basis. This will allow Investment Account
90
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Manager to create your portfolio with accurate cost basis information for your
current holdings.
The following information needs to be entered:
 Date:
date of most recent brokerage statement or purchase activity.
 Security
Symbol: The standard security symbol. For example, you would
enter INTC for Intel Corporation. If the security does not have a
standard symbol, create a symbol that is indicative of the security being
entered (see examples below for other tips). Use the Yahoo!® Finance
button to find the security symbol if this is not shown on your
statement. If the asset has already been entered into Investment
Account Manager, use „Pick Existing‟ to select this symbol and
coinciding security type.
oNote:
You can edit the security name later by selecting the
Asset Library Menu | Current Asset Library | Select the
asset | Select the Edit tab, and change accordingly.
 Security
Type: Investment Account Manager tracks common types of
investments an investor will likely own. In addition, by using the asset
type "Other Investments", users can track nearly anything, including
precious metals, real estate, art, etc. Please see below for examples of
entering specific asset types.
91
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Quantity:
Quantity is the amount of shares, units, etc. owned in an
investment, or specified in an investment transaction. If multiple lots are
owned of the same investment, and you are entering these lots in one
accumulated transaction, the quantity entered is the total of all lots held.
 Price:
if entering original cost basis details per purchase activity, enter
your unit cost basis price, accounting for all fees and commissions. If
you are just entering current values, enter the recent market price for
this security.
 Cost
Basis (calculated once price entered): if entering original cost
basis details per purchase activity, this value should match your net cost
basis amount, considering all fees and commissions. If you are entering
just current values, this can reflect current market value of the security.
 Use
the Save / Next button to save entries and proceed to the next step.
Update Data
This step of the Portfolio Setup Wizard is used to update the current holdings of
the portfolio to reflect recent market prices. Additionally, if you subscribe to any
optional data services, this step will also automatically update descriptive
information including name, industry sector, common stock size, dividend rate,
earnings per share, and other fundamental data.

Click on the button labeled Update Data
Portfolio Setup Wizard Complete
92
I N V E S T M E N T

Portfolio Setup
Wizard, Home
Page
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
When ready, click the button labeled „Portfolio Setup Wizard Complete‟.
Investment Account Manager will refresh the Home Page reflecting your
portfolio setup wizard data. You are now set to review Investment
Account Manager features and reports using your own investment data.
After you close the „Portfolio Wizard Setup‟, you‟ll notice the Investment Account
Manager loads a summary of your portfolio data. This is known as the „Home
Page.‟ The summary information for the current portfolio is isolated into several
areas:
Portfolio Snapshot - this area shows information as reported on the Appraisal
Report, such as current market value, unrealized gain/loss, estimated portfolio
income, etc. Click on the underlined text for Current Value to create the
Appraisal Report for the current portfolio.
Year to Date Activity - this area of the home page will summarize year to date
activity for investment income received, realized capital gains and losses, and
performance. Click any of these underlined text links to create the matching
report. Since the quick portfolio setup method does not record income and sales,
these summaries will show $0.00 dollar amounts for investment income and
gains/losses. The performance measurement shown will be derived based on the
accumulated value assigned for your accumulated holdings and is based on the
market values stored in the as-of-date historic library entries (you‟ll learn more on
this later as you use Investment Account Manager).
Portfolios: Listed in this area are all existing portfolios currently tracked in
Investment Account Manager. The currently open portfolio is indicated with a
check mark. To switch to a new portfolio, click on any underlined portfolio name.
93
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Holdings Tab (advanced mode):
Portfolio Holdings - this area of the home page lists all portfolio holdings, sorted
in descending order by „percent of portfolio‟. The report button creates the
Portfolio Holdings Report for the portfolio and includes quantity held, total cost,
current market value, percent of portfolio, unrealized gain or loss, and percent
gain or loss
Portfolio Diversification - most investors understand the important principles of
investment diversification. In essence, investment diversification can be defined
as spreading investment dollars among different asset types (i.e., cash, bonds,
funds, stocks, etc.). In doing so, investors reduce the volatility of their portfolios,
resulting in more stable returns. Use the report button to create the portfolio
diversification report by asset type.
Transaction Activity - this area of the home page lists investment activity entered
for this portfolio. Included in this summary area is activity date, security name,
activity type, quantity, unit price, and amount. Note: if you place your mouse over
a listed activity, and left-double click, you‟ll access the activity ledger for further
detail.
Allocation Summary Tab:
The Allocation Summary Tab (advanced mode) compiles summary allocation
information for the portfolio, identifying allocation by asset class, sector, size and
investment objective. This view is segregated in four sections, each section listing
allocation.
a) Asset Allocation: this area lists the allocation percentages by asset class.
Cash v. Bonds v. Stocks v. Other.
b) Sector Allocation: this area lists the allocation percentages by sector.
c) Size Allocation: this area lists the allocation percentages by size.
d) Mutual & Exchanged Traded Fund Investment Objectives: this area lists
the top 10 investment objectives for mutual funds and exchange traded
funds held in the portfolio.
Portfolio Values Tab:
The Portfolio Values Tab accumulates holdings and values a portfolio based on
the market prices stored in the Current Asset Library.
Income Received Tab:
The Income Received Tab lists the investment income and capital gain
distributions received by securities in the current portfolio. Users can customize
the information listed on this report for reporting period. The report segregates
94
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
securities according to type, and provides totals based on the range selected for
the report. Note: accrued interest for asset types U.S. Governments, Agencies,
Corporate Bonds, or Tax Exempt Bonds is designated as negative (-) income on
the report.
Sold Securities Tab:
The Sold Securities Tab compiles important information regarding the sales of
securities for a given portfolio. Users can customize the information listed on this
report for reporting period. Sales activity is separated based on Short Term
Activity or Long Term Activity.
Transactions Tab (beginner mode):
The Transactions Tab organizes and lists the transactions Activity entered into
the current portfolio. Activity is listed oldest to newest, with most recent activity
shown. You can scroll up or down this ledger to review past activity entered to
the portfolio. Use the Find Transactions drop down to locate a specific
transaction previously entered by date, issue, or amount.
Portfolio Setup Wizard Reports and Graphs
Portfolio Setup
Wizard, Tax
reports and graphs

The first report you might like to try is the Appraisal – Current Value
Report. Perhaps the most common report referenced by users, this
report accumulates and values a portfolio, or combination of portfolios,
based on the market prices and reporting period selected. The report
organizes the portfolio based on asset type, and includes security cost,
market price, and market value, percent of portfolio and unrealized
gains and losses.

The Portfolio Performance Report calculates the internal rate of
return for individual assets and the entire portfolio(s), for various userdefined periods. The information contained on the Portfolio
Performance Report depends on whether the report is calculated since
portfolio inception (i.e., include all activity dates starting with the
earliest date) or is calculated based on a custom date range entered by
the user.
Other reports to try as you enter more investment information:
Tax Planning Reports:
Portfolio Setup
Wizard, Tax
planning reports

The Security Basis Report is a useful tax-planning tool, organizing
securities according to type and listing each security by purchase lot.
With the quick portfolio setup, since you entered activity in
95
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
accumulated balances and cost basis, this report will list activity in single
lot details.

The Income Received Report tracks the investment income and
capital gain distributions received by securities in your portfolio. With
the quick portfolio setup, since prior investment income has not been
entered, this report will show as $0.00‟s for income totals.

The Sold Securities Report compiles important information regarding
the sales of securities for a given portfolio. Sales activity is separated
based on Short Term Activity or Long Term Activity. With the quick
portfolio setup, since prior investment sales have not been entered, this
report will show as $0.00‟s for gains/losses totals.

The Wash Sale Check List (available in advanced mode) tabulates sold
securities with a capital loss, and identifies when the IRS Wash Sale
period expires. This is a helpful audit report and users should review
this report, prior to repurchasing the same security, if sold within the
last 30 days and for a capital loss.

The Qualified Dividends Audit Report (available in advanced mode) is a
useful tax-planning tool, identifying for taxable dividends received, if
they are qualified or non-qualified, as required by the 2003 tax law
changes. For this report to be accurate, make sure all necessary exdividend dates have been entered for income payments received.
Investment Management and Analysis Reports:
Portfolio Setup
Wizard, analysis
reports

To meet long-term investment goals, most investors will need to
maintain a well-balanced portfolio of stocks, bonds, cash and other
investments. The Allocation Reports identify rebalancing needs for a
portfolio based on user defined portfolio allocation targets and current
portfolio allocation weightings.

The Fund Diversification Report compiles important information
regarding the various mutual fund securities held in a given portfolio, or
combination of portfolios, based on investment objective. You can
enter investment objective for mutual funds by selecting the Asset
Library Menu | Current Asset Library | select the mutual fund | select
the Edit Tab | and select the investment objective.

The Security Search Report was designed for investors who may have
multiple portfolios within Investment Account Manager. This report
provides two cross-referencing options:
o Assets By Type: this option searches all portfolios, for all
securities, by asset type. Users can filter this report to include
one or more asset types.
o Individual Asset: this option scans all of the portfolios within
Investment Account Manager to locate those containing a
96
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
particular asset. Each purchase lot is listed separately, per
portfolio.
Portfolio Setup Wizard Internet Tools
After you close the „Portfolio Wizard Setup‟, you may like to review some of the
Internet tools provided by the Investment Account Manager. These include tools
for market pricing, historical pricing, and access to Internet research.
Current Market
Pricing

Asset library Menu | Update Data | Market Prices from Internet: use
this choice to retrieve and update current market prices for those assets
in the Investment Account Manager library. Note: if your dial-up
connection cannot be connected automatically, minimize Investment
Account Manager, access the Internet like you normally do, and then
open Investment Account Manager. Then use this choice to access the
Internet.
Historical Market Pricing
 Asset Library | Historic Prices | Add New Date: this feature in the
Investment Account Manager is used to create historic price dates for use
in historic reporting, or performance reporting between dates.
Investment Account Manager will automatically determine which
securities were held in your portfolios as of the past date, and create a
historical library file as of that date. Once the historic asset date has
been created, Investment Account Manager will access the Internet and
retrieve the actual closing prices for the issues, for the historic date.
Internet Research
Tools
Investment Account Manager allows users to immediately access the Internet for
improving the management of investments. In addition to Internet pricing, users
can gain access to current research for investments. For example:
 select the Asset Library Menu | Current Asset Library.
 scroll down and select any security in your list you wish to analyze.
 click on the Internet Research button.
 this links you automatically to the Internet which will list assorted
research references, company news, and more for the security.
 you‟ll notice the Internet Research button is located in many features
throughout Investment Account Manager. This provides easy access to
immediate research for the selected security, improving your analysis.
97
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Current holdings account statement
Manually Enter
Current Balances
This tutorial will demonstrate how to add a portfolio to Investment Account
Manager simply using your most recent brokerage statement which lists your
accumulated shares and cost basis or recent market value. If you have several
years of historical entries, this method may limit Investment Account Manager‟s
ability to derive historical performance measurements and/or tax basis reports.
However, you will be able to utilize most other features provided by Investment
Account Manager, such as the allocation tools, reporting tools, and investment
record keeping tools.
Note: this method of creating your portfolio is an ideal way to quickly begin
using Investment Account Manager with your actual data. Once this portfolio
has been created, you can use this portfolio to monitor your holdings and make
immediate investment decisions. Meanwhile, if you intend to enter your past
historical activity, you can create another portfolio for this purpose (File Menu
| Add, Edit, Delete). As time permits, you can enter your historical activity in
sequential order to this new portfolio until all transaction activity reflects your
most recent statement. At that point, you can delete the „statement portfolio‟,
and rely on the historical portfolio for future activity.
This tutorial will review the following features:
Creating a new portfolio by entering the accumulated balances of your
holdings from your most recent broker statement, and updating assets to
reflect new market prices.
Displaying the Appraisal Report.
Displaying the Allocation Summary Graph.
Creating a New
portfolio
With this method of creating a portfolio for use in Investment Account
Manager, you‟ll be creating a portfolio that is a summary of the accumulated
current holdings as shown on your most recent brokerage statement. A
portfolio is the list of the investment securities you own. You may have several
portfolios - a taxable account, a retirement account, a joint account, etc. - with
each portfolio including one or more of these asset types: cash accounts, stocks,
reinvestments, income, etc.) are tracked and maintained separately for each
portfolio. Note: Investment Account Manager includes the ability to easily
combine portfolios for aggregate reporting.
98
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Begin Investment Account Manager if not already open by clicking on the
program icon located on your desktop.
For this tutorial, select the File Menu | Add, Edit, Delete Portfolios.
 Click on the Create New button.
Hint: throughout the program, data fields displayed in yellow are required
entries. Those displayed in white are optional entries.

Portfolio
Targets

For Portfolio Name, enter Current Statement Holdings

Click on the drop down arrow for Investment Objective, and select
Moderate Growth.

Click on the Save button.

Click on the tab labeled Portfolio Targets, and enter the information
shown below. Note: portfolio targets should be set consistent with
portfolio investment objectives. Before saving these settings, please
review the Help topic for an explanation of Investment Account
Manager‟s ability to set industry sector target percentages based on the
composition of the S&P 500.
99
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Select the Save button when finished with entries.

Select the Open button to leave the portfolio setup screen. You will then
be prompted as to how you want to enter this portfolio‟s investment
activity:
100
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 For this tutorial, select the radial dial to Enter current holdings with
accumulated cost basis.
 Click the Next button.
In most cases, an investment portfolio includes a money market fund, and this
account is used for offsetting other investment activity (cash pooling). We‟ll
create this money market fund for our tutorial portfolio now. If you choose to
skip this step now, you can enter a reconciled money fund balance later by
adding the MMF to your portfolio with an initial deposit.
 Select Yes to create the money market fund.

For Deposit Date: enter 06/30/2009.

For MMF Symbol: enter POA.

Note: if you‟ve already entered this fund as part of another tutorial
review, respond Yes when prompted to use this same money market
fund.

For MMF Description: enter Prime Obligations

For Beginning Balance: enter $15,000.

Click Save to retain your entries.

Entering the accumulated balances of your
holdings with quick set-up
101
I N V E S T M E N T
Enter Holdings
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Using the tab key to advance between fields, please enter the information as
shown below. Continue through all entries. Note: these examples are for
informational and educational purposes only and rely on data supplied with
Investment Account Manager for tutorial purposes.

Date:06/30/2009

Ticker Symbol: ACS

Security Type: Common Stock

Quantity: 125

Price: 40.00

Date: 06/30/2009

Ticker Symbol: CAH


Quantity: 150

Price: 30.00

Date: 06/30/2009

Ticker Symbol: DHR
102
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R


Quantity: 125

Price: 55.00

Date: 06/30/2009

Ticker Symbol: KSS


Quantity: 200

Price: 38

Date: 06/30/2009

Ticker Symbol: ORLY


Quantity: 200

Price:31.00

Date: 06/30/2009

Ticker Symbol: WAG


Quantity: 250

Price: 35.00

Date: 06/30/2009

Ticker Symbol: VPMCX

Security Type: Mutual Fund

Quantity: 150

Price: 52.00

Date: 06/30/2009

Ticker Symbol: VFICX

Security Type: Mutual Fund

Quantity: 850

Price: 7.75
103
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

Click the Save/Next button to continue.

When prompted to update market prices as part of the Home Page
refresh, click Yes.
Note: you may need to allow Investment Account Manager within your Internet
security/firewall program. If this is required, you will be prompted by the
security software to make a decision regarding Internet access. Select to allow.
Price Alerts
 Click OK in the „Prices Updated‟ window once updating has completed.
When the price update is completed, you may also be prompted if any price
alerts have been triggered. Click on the Yes button to review any price alerts
that may have been triggered.
Definition: the Price Alerts feature is a valuable tool to keep users immediately
notified when the market price of an asset crosses its high or low target price.
This feature automatically checks the updated market prices against your
previously entered high/low price targets. The price alerts screen indicates in
color which price target has been crossed: if the high alert has been exceeded,
the high alert price shows in green; if the low alert has been crossed, the low
alert price shows in red. For this demo, we won‟t adjust the price alerts settings:
 Use the Exit button to close the Price Alerts screen.
 Use the Exit button to close the Update Data Internet Pricing screen.
Once the price updating and price alerts review has been completed, you‟ll have
finished this quick method of creating your portfolio using your most recent
brokerage statement.
 Click OK to return to the Investment Account Manager Home Page,
showing a summary of your current holdings.
Reviewing Reports
Now that your most recent brokerage statement has been used to create this
„quick‟ portfolio, you can review several reports for making immediate better
investing decisions, such as the Appraisal Report and Allocation Summary
Graph.
Perhaps the most frequently referenced report, the Appraisal Report
accumulates and values a portfolio, or combination of portfolios, based on the
market prices and reporting period selected. The Appraisal Report organizes
the portfolio, showing values such as security cost, market price and value,
percent of portfolio, and unrealized gains and losses.
104
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
The Appraisal Report can be created in several ways:
From the Investment Account Manager Home Page:
Notice in the upper left hand corner, under Portfolio Snapshot, a link labeled
„Current Value‟. Left click this link to create the Appraisal Report. Use the
printer icon (top, left center of preview window) to print the report. To close
the Appraisal Report view, click the upper right X button.
On the Investment Account Manager home page, with the Portfolio Values
tab selected, click the „report button‟ in the upper right corner of this tab.
 Or Select the Reports and Graphs Menu:
o Select Appraisal Report.
o Then click the Report button.
Investment Account Manager prepares and creates the Appraisal Report, and
then provides the page preview version for on-screen review.
 Use the printer icon (top, left center of preview window) to print the
report.
 Use the steps above to Print and/or close the Appraisal Report.
In the method we‟ve created this tutorial portfolio, the Appraisal Report for
this tutorial does not reflect cost, but rather market value as of 06/30/2009.
Notice the helpful information provided on this report, including percent of
portfolio an asset represents in your portfolio. For example, you‟ll notice
several stocks represent high percentages of the portfolio. Identifying over
concentrated holdings can help you to make more balanced investment
decisions.
Portfolio Allocation Reports
The second report we will now review is the Portfolio Allocation Summary
Report. The Portfolio Allocation Summary Report compiles summary
allocation information for the portfolio, identifying allocation by asset class,
sector, size and investment objective. This report is segregated in four sections,
each section listing allocation. For combined portfolios, benchmark allocation
targets will also be shown if „combined allocation targets‟ have been entered.
Note: most investors understand the important principles of investment
allocation. In essence, allocation can be defined as spreading investment
dollars among different asset types (i.e., cash, bonds, funds, stocks, etc.), and
varying investments w/in asset type. In doing so, investors reduce the
volatility of their portfolios, resulting in more stable returns.
105
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

Select (point & click) the Reports & Graphs Menu.

Select Portfolio Allocation.

On the report setup window, select the Allocation Summary radial dial.

Then click the Report button. Shown will be the Allocation
Summary report with our sample portfolio data (see below). Note:
since we have added just a few sample issues to this portfolio, the
report is limited in showing just these few examples.

Use the printer icon (top, left center of preview window) to print
the report.

To close the report view, click the upper right X button.

Use the Exit button to close the report setup screen for the
Portfolio Allocation Report.
Note: you can also create Allocation reports directly from the Home Page,
Allocation Summary tab (advanced mode).
The Allocation reports can be especially helpful in the „quick‟ setup of
accumulated balances, since it enables you to immediately determine if asset
classes, sector, sizes or fund objectives are consistent with your goals. (for example:
notice the stock size allocations as shown in the lower left hand corner of the report are
dramatically out of balance with our targeted goals).
This concludes the brief review of creating an investment portfolio using your
most recent brokerage statement. This setup method is a helpful way to quickly
begin using Investment Account Manager with your actual data. Once you‟ve
created a portfolio in this manner, you can use this portfolio to monitor your
holdings and make immediate investment decisions. Meanwhile, if you intend to
enter your past historical activity, you can create another portfolio for this
purpose (File Menu | portfolios | create new). As time permits, enter your
historical activity in sequential order to this new portfolio until all transaction
activity reflects your most recent statement. At that point, you can delete the
„statement portfolio‟ first created, and rely on the historical portfolio for future
activity.
Detailed historical investment transactions
Historically
Accurate
Portfolios: Detailed
Transactions
This method of creating a portfolio in Investment Account Manager requires all
historical records entered in sequential order as best as possible, for all past
investment activity. Entering all historical investment records enables the
Investment Account Manager to derive historical performance measurements and
106
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
create accurate tax filing reports (past and current). This is the most thorough way
to use the Investment Account Manager. In using this approach, it is important to
have your records organized in such a fashion that you are able to enter activity in
sequential order. We recommend that investors gather their annual summary
statements that list all monthly activity in sequential order. This will make the
process of entering more efficient than entering activity on a per security basis.
Once all historical data has been entered and your portfolio(s) are up-to-date, you
can then utilize the ability to download or import future investment activity using
the available choices provided on the Transactions Menu.
Note: the process of entering historical activity can be simplified by omitting
securities once, but no longer, owned. That is, if you purchased a security many
years ago and have since sold this security and no longer own this same security,
you can omit the investment entries for this security (buys, dividends, sales, etc.).
Although this will limit Investment Account Manager‟s ability to derive some
historic reports (income received, sold securities, performance), for many
investors, this is a worthwhile tradeoff for getting their current holdings organized.
Importantly, Investment Account Manager will derive accurate reports and graphs
showing values, performance, and tax information for those securities purchased
and still owned.
This tutorial is detailed in nature, and will cover the following features:
Creating a New
Portfolio

Creating a new portfolio with tutorial entries.

Recording purchase transactions for several asset types.

Updating assets to reflect new market prices.

Displaying the Appraisal Report.

Displaying the Allocation Summary Graph.

Recording investment income for assets, including for a dividend
reinvestment (drip) investment.

Displaying the Income/Reinvestment Report to review income transactions.

Displaying the Security Basis - Tax Lots Report to review lot-by-lot records.

Recording sale/withdrawal transactions for several assets.

Reviewing the Sold Securities Report to review profit/loss on sale.

Historical Price Library and Performance Reporting

As of Date Reporting
The first step in using Investment Account Manager is to create a portfolio. A
portfolio is the list of the investment securities you own. You may have several
portfolios - a taxable account, a retirement account, a joint account, etc. - with
each portfolio including one or more of these asset types: cash accounts, stocks,
107
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
reinvestments, income, etc.) are tracked and maintained separately for each
portfolio. Note: Investment Account Manager includes the ability to easily
combine portfolios for aggregate reporting.
Begin Investment Account Manager if not already open by clicking on the
program icon located on your desktop.
For this tutorial, select the File Menu | Add, Edit, Delete Portfolios.
Click on the Create New button.
Hint: throughout the program, data fields displayed in yellow are required
entries. Those displayed in white are optional entries.
For Portfolio Name, enter Detailed Tutorial Portfolio.
Portfolio Targets

Click on the drop down arrow for Investment Objective, and select
Moderate Growth.

Click on the Save button.
Click on the tab labeled Portfolio Targets, and enter the information shown
below. Note: portfolio targets should be set consistent with portfolio
investment objectives. Before saving these settings, please review the Help topic
108
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
for an explanation of Investment Account Manager‟s ability to set industry sector
target percentages based on the composition of the S&P 500.

Select the Save button when finished with entries.

Select the Open button to leave the portfolio setup screen. You will
then be prompted as to how you want to enter this portfolio‟s
investment activity:
109
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
For this tutorial, select the radial dial to „Enter All historical investment
transactions‟.

Set up MMF
Click the Next button.
In most cases, an investment portfolio includes a money market fund, and this
account is used for offsetting other investment activity (cash pooling). We‟ll
create this money market fund for our tutorial portfolio now. If you decide to
enter a reconciled MMF balance at a later time, it can be easily accomplished by
adding an initial deposit to the portfolio.
Select Yes to create the money market fund.
110
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

For Deposit Date: enter 12/01/2008.

For MMF Symbol: enter POA.

Note: if you‟ve already entered this fund as part of another tutorial
review, respond Yes when prompted to use this same money market
fund.

For MMF Description: enter Prime Obligations

For Beginning Balance: enter $50,000.

Click Save to retain your entries.

After using the next button, notice the home page and the portfolio ledger are
now shown, along with the opening account balance for the $50,000 which was
deposited into the money market fund. The portfolio ledger is used to add, edit,
review, and delete portfolio transactions. Now that a money market fund has
been created, it can be used as the offset account for other transaction activity.
Important note: the use of a money market fund for offset is optional.
Investment transactions can be added without cash offsets.
111
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Portfolio Transactions: Purchases
Purchases
This tutorial will now demonstrate how to record purchase transactions for a
mutual fund, exchange traded fund and a common stock. Note: Investment
Account Manager also tracks a variety of bonds, cash equivalents, detailed options
transactions (opening and closing buys and sales), as well as other investment
types.
When entering transactions, if the transaction is a purchase (or deposit in the cash
of a money fund) for a security that is new to Investment Account Manager, then
as part of the transaction, that security is also added to Investment Account
Manager‟s current asset library. The current asset library is the main database
which stores shared information for all securities held within all portfolios. This
information includes security name, type, market price, etc. Individual portfolios
reference the current asset library for this security information. Investment
transaction information - transaction dates, quantities, amounts – are maintained
in each unique portfolio.
Mutual Fund Example

From the Activity Ledger: select the Enter New button (or press Alt-N
key combination).
112
I N V E S T M E N T



A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
For Activity Date: enter 12/17/2008 (you‟ll be prompted this is a date in
excess of 1 year from the current date. click OK to allow entry for this
tutorial).
Click the down arrow to bring up the Current Asset Library pick list . Click
on Add New‟(since this example adds a portfolio transaction for a security
that has not been previously entered into Investment Account Manager (not
part of the Asset Library),

For Security Symbol: enter “FDGRX”, then press the Enter key.

For Security Type: use the drop down arrow to select Mutual Fund.

113
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Note: the market prices shown are based on date of pricing when writing this
help topic.
To enter the data manually:
For Security Name: enter Fidelity Growth.

For date, you can use the current system date while working with this
tutorial.

Skip to the Market Price field and enter 59.50.

Skip the entries for High Alert and Low Alert.

For Fund Objective: use the drop down arrow to select Large Cap
Growth.

Definition: Investment Account Manager allows users to classify mutual funds
within a portfolio based on investment objective. These objectives are used in
the various allocation and diversification reports to indicate the level of
diversification of the funds owned within a portfolio. Diversification analysis
helps investors examine investment goals and portfolio risk. Investment Account
Manager includes over 50 standard fund objectives.
You‟ll also notice a link to Add_Edit Diversification Characteristics. The
fund diversification characteristics enable the user to indicate the allocation
percentages for fund composition (cash vs. bonds vs. stocks vs. other) held in
mutual or exchange traded funds. These allocation percentages are used to
calculate the fund‟s market value for a specific asset class, and these asset class
market values are then used when calculating the overall current portfolio
114
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
allocations. Users can likewise identify the common stock allocations held in
the mutual fund based on size and industry/sector
Now click the Save button (or key combination Alt-S) to add this fund to the
current asset library.
After the current asset library data has been entered for this new security, the
portfolio transaction information can be entered to our tutorial portfolio.
For Transaction Type: select Purchase.
Then OK
115
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

For Shares Purchased: enter 100.

For share Purchase Price: enter 59.50.

Skip the entry for Commissions and Fees.

Notice Net Amount is automatically calculated [(shares purchased x
share purchased price) + commissions]. It can be edited for other
transaction fees if necessary, and should match confirms or broker
statements.

For cash-pooling (i.e., to automatically deduct this purchase from the
money market fund balance), verify the box Deduct From has been
checked for cash-pooling.
 Then click the Save button.
Notice the Portfolio Activity has been updated to reflect the purchase
transaction for Fidelity Growth and the matching deduction from our money
market fund.
116
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
ote: Investment Account Manager allows users to enter any additional service
charges, identify a broker code, and include memo notes when entering
transactions. For the purposes of this tutorial, we are omitting these entries.
Those fields displayed in yellow are required entries; those displayed in white
are optional. After recording and saving the mutual fund transaction
information into the portfolio, the home page will be recalculated showing the
portfolio‟s updated holdings.
Exchange Traded Fund
We‟ll now add an example of an exchange traded fund (ETF).

From the Activity Ledger: select the Enter New button (Alt-N keystroke
combination).

For Activity Date: enter 12/20/2008.

Click Add New‟ button.

Since this is a new issue to this portfolio and Investment Account
Manager‟s current asset library, click „Add New‟.

For Security Symbol: enter DIA, then press the Enter key.

For Security Type: use the drop down arrow to select Exchange Traded
Fund.
Note: the market prices shown are based on date of pricing when writing this
help topic.


For Security Name: Dow Industrials DIA.

For Date, you can use the current system date while working with this
tutorial.



For Fund Objective: use the drop down arrow to select Large Cap Blend.

Now click the Save button (or key combination Alt-S).
After the current asset library data has been entered for this new security, the
portfolio transaction information can then be entered to our tutorial portfolio.

For Transaction Type: verify Purchase is selected, then click the OK
button.

For Shares Purchased: enter 75.
117
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

For share Purchase Price: enter 88.50.

For Commissions and Fees: enter 12.50.

Notice Net Amount is automatically calculated [(shares purchased x share
purchased price) + commissions]. It can be edited for other transaction
fees if necessary, and should match confirms or broker statements.

For cash-pooling (i.e., to automatically deduct this purchase from the
money market fund balance), verify the box Deduct From has been
checked for cash-pooling.

Then click the Save button.
Notice the Portfolio Activity has been updated to reflect the purchase transaction
for DIAMonds Trust and the matching deduction from our money market fund.
Common Stock
Next we will add examples for two common stocks, one being new to
Investment Account Manager, and one that already exists within the
Investment Account Manager current asset library (i.e., one that has been
previously provided with the program sample data).

From the Activity Ledger: select the Enter New button (Alt-N keystroke
combination).


Click Add New‟

Since this is a new issue, Click „Add New‟.

For Security Symbol: enter DHR, then press the Enter key.

For Security Type: use the drop down arrow to select Common Stock.
If you subscribe to the QuoteMedia stock data service, you‟ll be prompted to use
this source for completing entries for this new common stock to Investment
Account Manager. Select Connect to retrieve data, Cancel to bypass the import
and to enter descriptive information manually.
118
I N V E S T M E N T

A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Click OK once the data has been downloaded, and then click the Save
button. Note: the market prices shown are based on date of pricing when
writing this help topic.

For Security Name: enter Danaher Corp..

For Date, you can use the current system date while working with this
tutorial.



For Industry/Sector, use the drop down arrow to select Industrials

For Stock Size, use the drop down to select Large.

Now click the Save button (or key combination Alt-S).
After the current asset library data has been entered for this new issue, the
portfolio transaction information can be entered:

button.

For Shares purchased: enter 100.

For share purchase Price: enter 56.11.

For Commissions & Fees: enter 9.95.

Net Amount is automatically calculated [(shares purchased x share
purchased price) + commissions]. It can be edited for other transaction

Verify box Deduct From is checked.
119
I N V E S T M E N T

A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Notice the Portfolio Activity has been updated to reflect the purchase transaction
for Danaher and the matching deduction from our money market fund.
A second common stock will now be added. For this next example, we will add
two purchases for an asset that already exists - i.e., has been previously added – to
the current asset library. This will exemplify the sharing of data provided by the
asset library, and the Investment Account Manager lot-by-lot accounting features.
Important Note: One of the most useful features provided by Investment
Account Manager is the ability to track each individual purchase of an asset (i.e.,
specific transaction lot) separately. Each purchase lot date, quantity, cost, etc. are
tracked as individual records in g Investment Account Manager. This provides
users with a very useful tax advantage when applying sales and utilizing the
Specific Identification method, in an effort to manage capital gains taxes. Lot-bylot accounting is also very helpful when examining the past performance of
different purchases of the same asset (i.e., dividend reinvestment plans).
From the Activity Ledger: select the Enter New button (or keystroke
combination Alt-N).


For Security Name: select the ADD NEW in the drop down window.

Listed are just the issues we‟ve added to our new portfolio. To select an
issue previously added to another portfolio or Investment Account
Manager‟s asset library, click the radial dial labeled All Securities, which
displays a list of all securities.
Locate Aflac in the asset list using the scroll bar to the right of the table and
select this stock by using a left double-click.

button.




Hint: Net Amount is automatically calculated.


Then click the Save button (keystroke combination Alt-S).

From the Activity Ledger: select the Enter New button (Alt-N).
120
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R


For Security Name: verify Home Depot is entered.

For Transaction Type: select Purchase.




Net Amount is automatically calculated.


After using the save button, notice the Portfolio Activity has been updated to
reflect all the transaction activities entered.
Transaction
Activity Ledger
You can easily change the view of the ledger to show just a single issue by
highlighting a security and selecting the Individual Security tab (or, click the radio
button for individual asset, select the asset, and click the Go! button). You can
also view the current value for the asset by selecting the Portfolio Values tab. Use
the up/down scroll arrow to review all holdings. To change back to the ledger
view, select the Transactions Ledger tab.
Click the Exit button to close the Portfolio Activity Ledger.
Notice the home page is refreshed to provide updated information for portfolio
holdings, diversification, and activity entered.
Note: the year-to-date performance calculation does not yet reflect our new
transaction activity. We‟ll update necessary historical prices for deriving
performance results later in this tutorial.
121
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Update Assets to Reflect Current Market Prices, etc
Update Market
Prices
Thus far you have created a portfolio and entered several purchases transactions.
After a portfolio has been created, users will need to regularly update security
prices to reflect new market prices for up-to-date portfolio valuations. Investment
Account Manager includes several methods for updating assets to reflect current
pricing and other investment data. Users can manually update securities or
automatically access the Internet for free security pricing.
If you have access to the Internet, you can now try the 1-click instant pricing
using Yahoo!® Finance‟s free 20 minute delayed pricing. Note: if you are not
connected to the Internet at this time, please do so to try this feature. Or, skip to
the next section of this tutorial.
From the toolbar, select the Update Prices button (another alternative is to
select the Asset Library | Update Data | Market Prices from the Internet).
Investment Account Manager will connect to the Internet, gather and download
prices, and update prices automatically.
Note: you may need to allow Investment Account Manager within your Internet
security/firewall program. If this is required, you will be prompted by the security
software to make a decision regarding Internet access. Select to allow.
When the price update is completed, you may be prompted if any price alerts
have been triggered. Click on the Yes button to review any price alerts that may
have been triggered.
122
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
notified when the market price of an asset crosses its high or low target price.
This feature automatically checks the updated market prices against your
previously entered high/low price targets. The price alerts screen indicates in
color which price target has been crossed: if the high alert has been exceeded, the
high alert price shows in green; if the low alert has been crossed, the low alert
price shows in red. For this tutorial, we won‟t adjust the price alerts settings:

Use the Exit button to close the Price Alerts screen.

Use the Exit button to close the Update Pricing screen.
Reports and Graphs
Review Reports
Having completed the entering of transactions to the tutorial portfolio, and
updating securities to reflect current market prices, the next step is to review a
couple of useful reports and graphs provided by Investment Account Manager.
Investment Account Manager excels in these areas, providing a variety of
informative reports and graphs. You will now review the Appraisal Report, and
one of the Portfolio Allocation Reports.
Appraisal Report
Perhaps the most frequently referenced report, the Appraisal Report accumulates
and values a portfolio, or combination of portfolios, based on the market prices
and reporting period selected. The Appraisal Report organizes the portfolio,
showing values such as security cost, market price and value, percent of portfolio,
and unrealized gains and losses. The Appraisal Report can be created in several
ways:
From the Investment Account Manager Home Page:

On the Investment Account Manager home page, with the Portfolio Values
tab selected, click the „report button‟ in the upper right corner of this tab.
Or Select the Reports and Graphs Menu:

Select Appraisal Report.

Then click the Report button.

Investment Account Manager prepares and creates the Appraisal Report, and
then provides the page preview version for on-screen review.

Use the printer icon (top, left center of preview window) to print the report.
Use the steps above to Print and/or close the Appraisal Report.
When creating the Appraisal Report, you‟ll have the additional option for drill
down details. Notice, that as you move your mouse pointer over a detail line on
the report, the appearance of the mouse pointer changes to resemble a magnifying
123
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
glass. Using a left double-click in this mode drills down on the detail line to show
the individual records for the issue. For example, move your mouse pointer over
the detail line for Aflac. Now left double-click. Notice the individual purchase
lots for Aflac are listed on screen for even greater reporting detail. This individual
detail can also be printed using the printer icon button. To return to full portfolio
view, click on the Preview tab.
Tip: another useful tip is the ability to lock report headings for scrolling data. If
you move your mouse pointer over the top detail line labeled „Money Market
Funds‟ and right click, you‟ll notice a pop-up window with several choices.

Select the choice for Freeze Pane. Notice a cross hatch line appears in the
preview window and you are now able to horizontally scroll the portion of the
report below the selected detail line. You‟ll find this ideal for scrolling data
below report headings. Unfreeze using the same right click method, and select
Unfreeze Pane.
Use the steps above to print and/or close the Appraisal Report.
Portfolio Allocation Reports
The second report we will now review is the Portfolio Allocation Summary
Report. The Portfolio Allocation Summary Report compiles summary allocation
information for the portfolio, identifying allocation by asset class, sector, size and
investment objective. This report is segregated in four sections, each section
listing allocation. For combined portfolios, benchmark allocation targets will also
be shown if „combined allocation targets‟ have been entered.
Note: most investors understand the important principles of investment allocation. In
essence, allocation can be defined as spreading investment dollars among different asset types
(i.e., cash, bonds, funds, stocks, etc.), and varying investments w/in asset type. In doing so,
investors reduce the volatility of their portfolios, resulting in more stable returns.


Select Portfolio | Portfolio Allocation.

On the report setup window, select the Allocation Summary radial dial.
124
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

Then click the Report button. Shown will be the Allocation Summary
report with our sample portfolio data. Note: since we have added just a
few sample issues to this portfolio, the report is limited in showing just
these few examples.

Use the printer icon (top, left center of preview window) to print the
report.

To close the report view, click the upper right X button.

Use the Exit button to close the report setup screen for the Portfolio
Allocation Report.
Note: you can also create Allocation reports directly from the Home
Page, Allocation Summary tab (advanced mode).
Portfolio Transactions: Income/Reinvestment
Recording Income
Transactions
Thus far, you have learned how to enter purchase transactions, and you have
reviewed two of the useful reports provided by Investment Account Manager.
Now you‟ll learn how to use Investment Account Manager to track investment
income, including dividend reinvestments (DRIPs), and capital gain distributions.
As we demonstrate this feature for our common stocks and mutual fund, you will
quickly learn how Investment Account Manager easily, and accurately, tracks these
transactions, while producing the necessary reports for tax filing.

Select (point and click) the Transactions Menu | Add, Edit, Delete
Transactions
From the Activity Ledger: select the Enter New button.


For Security Symbol: enter AFL (Home Depot).

For Transaction Type: select Income/Reinvestment.
125
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Notice that investment income can be tracked as dividend or interest income, and
taxable or nontaxable. Also notice that if the income received includes capital gain
distributions, you can track gain amounts as short-term or long-term.
For Cash Dividend or Interest Income: enter 25.00, then press the Enter key.

Select the Reinvest Income button (or use Alt-R).
126
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Provided on screen is the ability to now create a new, the unique reinvestment lot
of Aflac for the income received. Reminder: Investment Account Manager maintains
purchases and reinvestments on a lot-by-lot basis. And in the case of a reinvestment, Investment
Account Manager is an ideal tool since it tracks each reinvested lot with fractional shares up to
five (5) decimal places.

For Shares purchased: enter .7532, then press the enter key on your
keyboard.
Hint: Reinvestment means using the income to buy additional units of the
issuer.
Hint: Reinvestment Price is automatically derived.
Hint: Net Amount is automatically defaulted as the gross income
received. It can be edited for other transaction fees if necessary, and
should match confirms or broker statements.
Then click the Save button (or press Alt-S).
Notice the Portfolio Activity Ledger has been updated to reflect the income and
coinciding reinvestment and expense transactions.

Select the Enter New button (or use Alt-N keystroke combination).

For Activity Date: we‟ll use the same date 06/27/09.

Select the Radial Dial to enter security by Name.
127
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R


For Transaction Type: verify Income/Reinvestment is selected, then
click the OK button.

For Cash Dividend or Interest Income: enter 38.00.

For Short-Term Gains Distribution: enter 42.50.

For Long-Term Gains Distribution: enter 73.20.

Select the Reinvest Income button (or use Alt-R).
Investment Account Manager will bring up the dividend reinvestment window to
create a new, individual lot of Fidelity Growth for the reinvestment of the income
and gain distributions received:
 For Shares purchased: enter 3.421.
Hint: Reinvestment means using the income to buy additional units of the
issuer.
Hint: Reinvestment Price is automatically derived.
Hint: Net Amount is automatically defaulted as the gross income
received. It can be edited for other transaction fees if necessary, and

Then click the Save button (or press Alt-S). Notice the
portfolio Activity Ledger is updated to reflect the
income with reinvestment transactions. The ledger is a
great organizational tool for entering and tracking your
activity.

Click the Exit button to close the Activity Ledger.
Notice the home page is automatically refreshed to
provide updated information for portfolio holdings,
diversification, and activity entered.
Reports and Graphs
Income Report
Income Received Report
Now that you have learned how to add income records, you can review the
Income Received Report. The Income Received Report provides the investment
income information necessary for completing tax records: taxable/nontaxable
income, short/long-term capital gains distributions, and other income received.
This report can be produced for an individual asset or the entire portfolio, and can
be isolated for a specific range of dates, for example a specific tax year. You will
find this report to be extremely helpful in preparing your income taxes.
128
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Select the Reports and Graphs Menu:
 Select Income Report.

Click the drop down arrow for reporting period, and scroll up to select „All
Dates‟.


Use the Exit button to close the report setup screen for the Income Received
Report.
Security Basis Report
While the Income Received Report shows the amounts of investment income and
capital gain distributions received, the Security Basis Report shows the
individual purchase lots acquired, including those purchased through dividend
reinvestments. A useful tax-planning tool, this report shows cost, market,
unrealized gain or loss, and percentage gain or loss. This report can be produced
for a single asset or for the entire portfolio.


Select Security Basis Report.


Use the printer icon (top, left center in report preview window) to print
the report.

To close the Security Basis Report view, click the upper right X button.

Use the Exit button to close the report setup screen for the Security
Basis Report.
Thus far you have learned how to use Investment Account Manager to create a
portfolio, enter purchase and income transactions, and to generate informative reports
and graphs. As we continue with this tutorial, you will learn how to enter additional
transaction types and how to use Investment Account Manager‟s historic asset library
for performance reporting.
Portfolio Transactions: Sale
Sales
The next feature demonstrated shows how Investment Account Manager handles
sale transactions for a common stock and a mutual fund.
129
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Tip: one of the most useful features in Investment Account Manager is the
ability to apply sales consistent with your tax planning strategies. Using the
Investment Account Manager sale feature, you can apply a sale based on:
minimum dollar gain, maximum dollar gain, first-in first-out, average cost or
by using specific identification.

Select the Transactions Menu | Add, Edit, Delete Transactions

Select the Enter New button.


For Security Name: enter Aflac.

For Transaction Type: select Sale.

For Shares sold: enter 50.

For share sold Price: enter 29.50

For Commissions: enter 10.50.
.
Hint: Net Amount is automatically calculated [(shares purchased x share purchased
price) - commissions]. It can be edited for other transaction fees if necessary, and
130
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Then click the Specify Sale Method button (or use Alt-M keystroke combination).
Applying Sales
The Specify Sale Method screen is used to allocate the amount sold of the asset
using IRS approved methods. Notice the top portion of this screen indicates the
trade date, security symbol and security description. The lower portion of this
screen indicates the quantity sold and lists a table showing the three purchase lots
for Aflac. Please use the Help button provided on this screen for
descriptions of the available sale methods.
For this example, we will demonstrate the sale application method for Minimum
Gain.
Definition: Minimum Gain should be used to have Investment Account Manager
automatically sort holdings and allocate the sold quantity to result in the minimum dollar
gain realized. Security lots are sorted highest unit cost to lowest unit cost, and reduced in this
order until all the quantity sold has been applied. Be certain to notify the executing broker as
to which lots were used in the sale.

Click the radial dial for Minimum Gain.

Notice the sale application method is automatically entered, with shares
sold based on highest unit cost to lowest unit cost.

Verify the box Deposit To is checked for cash-pooling.

Since the sale has been fully applied, click the Save button.

Click the OK button when prompted the selected securities have been
sold. Notice again the Portfolio Activity Ledger has been updated to
account for the sale entry with the offset deposit to the money market
fund.
131
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
The second sales application you will try is for a mutual fund.
From the Activity Ledger: select the Enter New button.

For Activity Date: we‟ll once again use the same date 07/06/2009.


For Transaction Type: verify Sale is selected, then click OK.

For Shares sold: enter 50

For share sold Price: enter 56.50

Net Amount is automatically calculated [(shares purchased x share
purchased price) - commissions]. It can be edited for other transaction

Select the button for „Specify Sale Method
.
.
Average Cost: in the sale application of mutual funds, Investment Account
Manager enables you to choose between the unit cost paid, or the average paid, to
determine the capital gain or loss realized. Please check with your tax advisor, or
IRS publication IRS Publication 564: Mutual Fund Distributions, for further
reference. Investment Account Manager defaults with the unit cost basis paid for
all security lots. Check the box for average cost, and then select the single-category
average basis, or double-category average basis:
Check the box for „Average Cost‟
Verify the Single Category method id selected.

Click the Save button (Alt-S). You‟ll be prompted to confirm the use of
average cost for this sale. Click Yes.
132
I N V E S T M E N T

A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Click OK to close the sale entry forms.
This completes the demonstration of entering sale transactions. Take a few
minutes to review the Portfolio Activity Ledger. Notice it is continually updated
to reflect transactions as they are entered, and clearly shows the transaction
information and all related records created.
When you are finished reviewing the activity ledger, click the Exit button.
Notice the home page provides updated information for activity entered.
Sold Securities Report
Now that you have entered several sale records, you can review the Sold
Securities Report. This report provides the sales information necessary for
completing tax records: acquisition date, sales date, cost, proceeds and capital gain
or loss. This report can be produced for an individual asset or the entire portfolio,
and can be isolated for a specific range of dates, for example an annual period.
You will find this report to be extremely helpful in preparing your income taxes,
or to review past selling activity for current tax planning.

Select the Reports and Graphs Menu

Select Sold Securities Report.

For Report Period: select Include All Dates.

Click the Report button.

Use the printer icon to print the report.

To close the Sold Securities Report view, click the upper right X button.
Use the Exit button to close the report setup screen for the Sold Securities Report.
Historical Price Library and Performance
Reporting
Historical Reports
The year-to-date performance calculation shown on the home page does not yet
reflect all the activity we‟ve entered for this tutorial. We‟ll now update the
necessary historical price file for deriving this performance calculation.
The Historic Prices library stores the historical security data that enables users to
recreate portfolios as of a specific date, and to calculate past performance. Price
133
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
history, earnings, dividends, etc. are maintained in the historic library, and users
can derive reports for the historic date to derive portfolio values, performance,
etc. Once you have created historical prices for a date in this library, that
date will be available for reporting.
Historic Price Library Tab organizes all the information for securities stored for an
as-of-date entry. Columns can be sorted by left double-clicking a column header,
or moved by using a single left-click of the mouse and then dragging the column
to a new location. The Look For window allows users to search for a specific item
in the left-hand column.
Select the Asset Library Menu.

Select Historical Prices.

Notice the 12/31/2009 date is shown, and includes the new securities
entered in this tutorial. However, the historic prices as of the 12/31/08
date are not yet included for these new issues. We need to update these
prices for actual 12/31/09 prices.

Select the Update Prices choice (an Internet connection is required to
retrieve prices using Yahoo!® Finance free historical pricing.

Once the retrieval is complete, all assets will reflect 12/31/09 prices.
 Click Exit to close the historic prices library.
Use the Refresh Home Page button found in the Home Page toolbar icon
located on the toolbar to update the view.
Click Yes to update with current market prices.
When the update is completed, you may be prompted if any price alerts have
been triggered. Click on the Yes button to review any price alerts that may
have been triggered.
134
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
notified when the market price of an asset crosses its high or low target price. This
powerful feature is automatically checking updated market prices against high/low
price targets in order to keep users informed on asset values. The price alerts screen
indicates in color which price target has been crossed: if the high alert has been
exceeded, the high alert price shows in green; if the low alert has been crossed, the low
alert price shows in red. For this demo, we won‟t adjust the price alerts settings:
 Use the Exit button to close the Price Alerts screen.
Notice the home page is now updated to reflect the correct „year-to-date‟
performance for this tutorial portfolio.

Click on the year-to-date Performance report link. The Portfolio
Performance Report calculates the Internal Rate of Return for individual
assets and the entire portfolio(s), for various user-defined periods.


To close the Performance Report view, click the upper right X button.
Creating Historic Price Files
Creating Historic
Price Files
Investment Account Manager is not limited to reporting performance for just year
to date activity. Rather, Investment Account Manager provides the powerful
ability to recreate your portfolio as of any moment in time. This feature allows
users to go back in time and generate any of the Investment Account Manager
reports as of any prior date, or to do from – to portfolio analysis. For example, if
pricing data has been created for a year-end, users can recreate Appraisal reports
for their portfolios to reflect this as-of date period. Or, if multiple year-end dates
have been created, users can derive performance from the end of one year, to the
end of the next. To demonstrate the as-of-date pricing and performance features,
we need to first create historical price dates.

Select the Asset Library Menu.

Select Historic Prices.

Select the Add New Date button to create an as-of-date entry.

When prompted to enter a date, enter 03/31/2010, then click OK.

When prompted to use data from the current asset library to update data in the
historic asset library, click Yes.
135
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Investment Account Manager cross-references all portfolios to determine those assets
owned on the date entered, and then will prompt you to connect to the Internet and
attempt to retrieve prices for the date. Click Yes.
Once the retrieval is complete, click OK. All assets will reflect 03/31/2010 prices.

Click Exit to close the historic prices library.
Note: users should verify the historic prices returned, and in some cases, will need to
manually update historic prices for those issues not automatically updated. To
manually update a security, highlight the issue and then select the edit/update tab.
As-Of-Date
Reporting
As-Of-Date Reporting: Appraisal Report & Performance Report
Once historical dates are stored, Investment Account Manager can produce most
reports to recreate portfolio values for the as-of-date chosen. We can demonstrate
this with the Appraisal Report and Portfolio Performance Report.
Appraisal Report

Select the Reports & Graphs Menu.

Select Portfolio | Appraisal Report.

For Report Period: Select As of Date.

For Date, click on the drop down and select the 03/31/2010 date just
created in the historic prices library.

Investment Account Manager prepares and creates the Appraisal Report, and then
provides a page preview version for on-screen review. The report now shows the
actual holdings held in this sample portfolio, as of 03/31/2009. All subsequent
activity entered after 03/31/2009 is ignored to recreate the report as of this date.
This is a very powerful feature for recreating portfolios for verifying to statements,
audit checking, and tracking your past activity.

Use the printer icon (top, left center of preview window) to print the
report.

To close the Appraisal Report view, click the upper right X button.

Use the Exit button to close the report setup screen.
Performance Report
Select the Reports & Graphs Menu.

Select Portfolio | Portfolio Performance Report.
136
I N V E S T M E N T

A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
For Report Period: Select Custom Date Range.

For Date range: select 06/30/2009 – today‟s current date (for tutorial
purposes to show the report only).
Note: as more historic dates are created, the custom date range will offer more periods
for reporting. For instance, if additional year end dates are created and stored, annual
performance results can be derived using the „from‟ and „to‟ date selections.

Click the Report button.
Investment Account Manager prepares the Portfolio Performance Report, and then
provides a page preview version for review. This report is ideal for managing your
portfolio, identifying those issues that are over or under performing your expectations.
You can also easily measure the overall performance of your portfolio for long term
results and goals.


To close the Portfolio Performance Report view, click the upper right X
button.

Use the Exit button to close the report setup screen.
This concludes this tutorial. The features reviewed in all parts of the tutorial have
shown Investment Account Manager to be a comprehensive portfolio management
and investment record-keeping software program that not only keeps the detailed
records users need, but also provides features that help the user to learn more about
their portfolios.
Prior to creating your own portfolios, we suggest you review other features to fully
explore the power and comprehensive nature of the Investment Account Manager.
Use the detailed help system as a reference. Some additional features you might like to
review include:
File Menu: backing up data, setting user preferences
Edit: removing securities from portfolios
Transactions Menu: recording security transactions, downloading transactions,
Global transactions for stock split, spin-off or merger;
Reports & Graphs Menu: values, gains/losses, income, transaction activity, audit
reports, etc, exporting reports in PDF format;
Asset Library Menu: price alerts, updating data;
Tools Menu: calculator, calendar utilities;
137
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Help Menu: system-wide help features.
138
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
6
Chapter
Chapter Six - Investment Account Manager &
Financial Institutions
Downloading from
Brokers
I
Investment Account Manager provides several features for integrating with
your financial institution (if available in our list of financial institutions).
These features help users to either quickly create a portfolio of their
accumulated balances for instant analysis, or to download their recent investment
transaction activity, including purchases, sales, income and reinvestment activity.
Investment Account Manager is also able to import a transaction file (OFX,
QFX) provided by many online financial institutions. This is a helpful option in
case your financial institution is not provided in our list of available choices.
Either way, you‟ll find the ability to download or import activity a time saving
feature for keeping your account activity up to date.
Notes:


If the online financial institution you use is not listed in our available
choices, you might like to contact them and request they provide support
for Open Financial Exchange (OFX) for use in Investment Account
Manager. Please direct all questions to
techsupport@quantixsoftware.com.
When using the OFX download or import features, we recommend you
create duplicate portfolios to experiment with the imports for several
months. This will allow you to learn what information is available from
your financial institution, and to learn how Investment Account Manager
handles that information. Creating duplicate portfolios is easy. Start with
a portfolio that is accurate and up-to-date. Select the File Menu | Add,
Edit, Delete portfolios. Next select the Copy/Combine tab. Now
choose the portfolio you wish to try with OFX. Mark it and click the
Next button. Then enter a name - perhaps "Portfolio Name (OFX)".
Then, proceed with the OFX import or download process. The final
step is to manually update the original portfolio so the two can be
compared.
139
I N V E S T M E N T


A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
If you have not successfully been able to download from your financial
institution, verify you are properly entering required log-in information.
Also be sure to regularly check for updates to Investment Account Manager for any
changes to the downloading process.
The ability to use the Batch Broker Download Feature requires successful
account setup (File Menu | Add, Edit, Delete Portfolios
This chapter will review the features for downloading, and alternatively,
importing investment transactions. To further review this feature, please review
Chapter 5 – Tutorials.
Batch Broker Download
Batch Broker
Downloads
This choice now allows download of investment activity from financial institutions for multiple
accounts. Each account download is saved and available for import on a per portfolio basis.
140
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
The Batch Broker Download form will list all portfolios that you have
previously completed the necessary details for accessing your financial
institution. You can enter these necessary details for each portfolio by selecting
the Transactions Menu | Download from Financial Institution.

Listed for each portfolio will be the name, broker account number, and last date range
of most recent download activity range.

Use the Mark All choice to select all portfolios shown for the download process; or
select those individual portfolios that you wish to include by checking the left hand
column box.

Enter (or select from the calendar) the new beginning and ending date range for the
batch download on a per portfolio basis. Be sure to use a beginning date that matches
the prior ending date of the most recent download so that no activity is omitted.

Use the Download Data choice to begin the batch download process. Each portfolio
successfully downloaded will be indicated with the ‘File Pending’ name and date of
download.

When the batch download is complete, use the Exit button.

If the active portfolio was included in the batch download process, you will be
prompted to post the downloaded activity.

As you switch to other portfolios included in the batch process, you will be prompted
to post the downloaded activity.

141
I N V E S T M E N T
Download
Transactions
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Downloading Transactions from Financial Institution
Investment Account Manager is able to download from online financial
institutions your recent investment transaction activity, such as purchases, sales,
income and reinvestment activity. The ability for downloading transactions from
online financial institutions is designed for users that have already created
historically accurate portfolios, and have their transaction history relatively up to
date in Investment Account Manager. It may be necessary (depending on the
extent to which the financial institutions you utilize) to manually update and
verify balances up to the start date selected for the data download. Manually
enter any transactions that are not available so your portfolios accurately reflect
your investment holdings and activity after it is posted. Note: see also File
Menu | Import | Broker Portfolio (OFX, QFX) file.

Verify you have the correct portfolio selected for the downloading
process.

Select the Transactions Menu | Download from Financial
Institution.

Prior to downloading activity from your financial institution, we
strongly suggest you make a backup of your existing portfolio data.
Click the Backup Now button to create a backup.
In the next step of the downloading process, the following form is shown for
you to enter your financial institution account information, and to select the date
range for transaction activity.
142
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

Financial Institution: use the drop down arrow to select your online
financial institution.

Account Number: enter the account number for your online financial
institution.

Save Login ID & Password: use this option to save your account login
ID and password. The password will be saved in encrypted format.

Note: if you are unsure of your account number, but do know your user
ID and login, Investment Account Manager can retrieve your financial
institution account number(s) automatically by selecting the „Find
Account Number‟. If you have multiple accounts, you will be given a
choice of valid account numbers to select for the download process.

Customer ID: enter the customer id/login for your online financial
institution.

Password: enter the password for your online financial institution.

Beginning Date: enter the starting date for the transaction activity range.
Note: most financial institutions only provide 45 days to 18 months of
prior investment activity. To make sure you account stays properly up to
date for investment activity, make certain all prior transaction activity has
been properly entered prior to the date selected for the „beginning‟ date‟.
Investment Account Manager will indicate the prior beginning date
selected in the previous download.

Ending Date: enter the ending date for the transaction activity range.
Notice Investment Account Manager provides the prior ending date
selected in the previous download.

Money Market Symbol: if you have created a money market fund in your
portfolio for the cash-pooling offset for investment transactions, enter
this MMF symbol. If you are unsure of the symbol, select the „pick
existing‟ link. If you have yet to create a MMF, you can use this form for
143
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
adding the MMF symbol for your financial institution. If the money
market fund does not have a standard symbol, create a symbol that is
indicative of the security being entered. For example, if you are tracking
a money market fund in an E*TRADE investment portfolio you might
use „ETMMF‟ as the symbol.

MMF Description: use this field to add a description for your financial
institution money market fund.
As part of the download process, the following form may be shown, listing those
securities new to Investment Account Manager‟s asset library.

Verify the asset type and symbol for those securities new to Investment
download process.

You can also refer to the „Find‟ button to locate from Investment
security listed in this form.

Use the Next button to continue with the download process. If you
subscribe to any of the optional Data Services, Investment Account
Manager will automatically access and update descriptive information for
any new funds and stocks added during the download process.
In the next step of the download process, the following form will show
transactions occurring within the date range selected that Investment Account
Manager is able to recognize and allow you to automatically post to update
activity.
144
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Notice the check box provided to the left of each transaction activity
downloaded. Please be certain to uncheck those transactions that should not
be posted to the current portfolio. For example, if you have multiple accounts at
a single broker that use the same account number and login information, the
financial institution may group all activity for all accounts in the download file.
Be sure to only select those transactions that pertain to the current portfolio you
are updating and those that you may not have already manually entered.
The following information is provided in the Transactions to Post form for
your review prior to posting.


Symbol: matching symbol for security name. Use the drop down arrow
if necessary to select another symbol for this issue.

MMF Account: this column lists money market fund accounts within
the current portfolio. If more than one money market exists in the
portfolio, the most recently used money market account is listed for the
offset transaction (withdrawal, deposit). Use the drop down arrow to
select a different money market fund for any specific transaction as
necessary.


Settlement date: if provided by your financial institution, this date
145
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

o Note: if you have sales activity, and your sales activity is always
applied on a first in-first out basis, you can select the upper check
box option to use the FIFO method. If you do not select this
option, then for each sale activity, you can specifically identify the
sale method: minimum gain, maximum gain, FIFO, Specific ID.
For mutual funds, you can also select average cost, single or
double category methods.



Comm/Exp: total of commissions, expenses and fees for the
transaction.



o If you have sale activity included in the download transactions,
and partial positions have been sold, you‟ll be prompted to
identify how the partial sales should be applied. Please refer to
the help button provided on this form for instructions on
applying partial sale activity.
o After using the Post choice, you‟ll be prompted to review an
audit report indicating those transactions posted, or not posted.
Transactions will not be posted if the activity is a duplicate entry,
or if Investment Account Manager is unable to recognize the
activity, or if current holdings do not match activity downloaded
146
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
(for example, trying to sell more shares than held). Be sure to closely
review this audit report to verify activity and to make necessary manual
entries for those transactions not posted.





As you make changes to the selected transactions, you‟ll be prompted
with a Save or Cancel button to confirm/omit changes.
After all activity has been posted, and you have completed the downloading
process, be sure to review your transaction activity to verify results. Refer to the
Transaction Downloaded Report and enter any activity not automatically posted
to your Transactions Activity Ledger.
Importing Transactions from Financial Institution
Importing OFX
Type Files
Investment Account Manager is also able to import a transaction file (OFX,
QFX) provided by many online financial institutions (these might be listed as MS
Money and/or Quicken files by your financial institution). This is a helpful
option in the event your financial institution is not provided in our list of
available choices. You‟ll find this ability to import activity such as purchases,
sales, income and reinvestment activity a time saving feature for keeping your
account activity up to date. Just as downloading transactions from online
financial institutions, importing transaction history is designed for users that have
already created portfolios and have their transaction history currently up to date
in Investment Account Manager. Since most financial institutions only provide
up to 18 months of past activity (often less), users will want to verify their
portfolios reflect historically accurate balances up to the start date selected for
the data import. Manually enter any transactions that are not available so your
portfolios accurately reflect your investment holdings and activity.

Verify you have the correct portfolio selected for the importing process.

Select the Transactions Menu | Import Transaction File OFX
QFX.

Prior to importing activity from your financial institution, we suggest
you make a backup of your existing portfolio data. Click the Backup
Now button to create a backup.
147
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
In the next step of the import process, the following form is shown where you
can select the file to import.

Select File to Import: use the ... button to locate the file for the import
process.

Beginning Date: this date will default in the starting date as found in the
transactions file from your financial institution.

Ending Date: this date will default in the ending date as found in the

Transactions Last Posted: these dates indicate the last date range used
for an import process. Any transactions included in the current import
that have already been posted will not be imported, and will be shown as
„Duplicates Not Posted‟ on an audit report.

Money Market Symbol: if you have created a money market fund in
your portfolio for the cash-pooling offset for investment transactions,
enter this MMF symbol. If you are unsure of the symbol, select the „pick
existing‟ link. If you have yet to create a MMF, you can use this form for
adding the MMF symbol for your financial institution. If the money
market fund does not have a standard symbol, create a symbol that is
indicative of the security being entered. For example, if you are tracking
a money market fund in an E*TRADE investment portfolio you might
use „ETMMF‟ as the symbol.
148
I N V E S T M E N T

A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
As part of the import process, the following form may be shown, listing those

import process.

security listed in this form. Use the Next button to continue with the
import process.

If you subscribe to any of the optional data services, Investment Account
Manager will automatically access and update descriptive information for
any new funds and stocks added during the import process.
Once the import process has been completed, the following form will show
those transactions provided in the import file that Investment Account Manager
is able to recognize and allow you to automatically post to update activity.
149
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Notice the check box provided to the left of each transaction activity imported.
Please be certain to uncheck those transactions that should not be posted to
the current portfolio. For example, if you have multiple accounts at a single
broker that use the same account number and login information, the financial
institution may group all activity for all accounts in the import file. Be sure to
only select those transactions that pertain to the current portfolio you are
The following information is provided in the Transactions to Post form for
your review prior to posting.



the current asset library. If more than one money market exists in the
necessary.


Settlement Date: if provided by your financial institution, this date
150
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R




transaction.



o If you have sale activity included in the import transactions, and
partial positions have been sold, you‟ll be prompted to identify
how the partial sales should be applied. Please refer to the help
button provided on this form for instructions on applying partial
sale activity.
(for example, trying to sell more shares than held). Be sure to closely
151
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
review this audit report to verify activity and to make necessary manual
entries for those transactions not posted.





After all activity has been posted, and you have completed the importing process,
be sure to review your transaction activity to verify results. Refer to the
Transaction Import Report and enter any activity not automatically posted to
your Transactions Activity Ledger.
152
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
7
Chapter
Chapter Seven: Importing Quicken® Data
Importing
Quicken®
T
his import feature allows the conversion of most investment transactions from
a Quicken 98 (Quicken Interchange Format QIF) file or later into the
Investment Account Manager. Note: if you are using another application
that is able to create files matching the Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) file
structure, these too can be imported. However, you must verify the file structure is the
same and that activities such as stock splits are properly listed in the QIF file. It should
be noted that QIF files exported from Microsoft Money® do not contain the
necessary information for stock splits, thereby making the QIF import limited for
accuracy.
Please contact Investment Account Manager technical support if you have specific
questions or errors regarding the Quicken import function.
Email: techsupport@quantixsoftware.com.
What you will need from Quicken®
Quicken®
Requirements
In order to complete the import process, you should have the following portfolio
information available for reference. Depending on the version of Quicken you are
using, the QIF export file and necessary reports may be located under different sets of
commands. Check your Quicken help documentation for steps on creating the
necessary files and reports.

A unique QIF export file (use the Quicken File Menu | File
Operations | Export | and select the options for Transactions and
Security lists) for each portfolio you will be converting. For each QIF
file you create, include all transaction dates.

A list of all your currently held securities: their standard security
symbols, quantity held, cost basis and recent market value for each
portfolio (in Quicken use the Reports Menu | Investment Reports:
Portfolio Value. Also print the Quicken Security List. Investments |
Security List).
153
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

A listing of all sale transactions for each portfolio (in Quicken use the
Reports Menu | Investment Reports: Capital Gains – earliest to date).
During the Quicken to Investment Account Manager import process you
will be prompted to select a sale application method (i.e., First In First
Out, Specific Lot Identification, Average Cost) for any sale in which only
part of the security position has been sold. Note: if you have
consistently applied all Quicken sale records using the First In – First
Out method, you can select this sale method for automatic conversion of
past sale activity at the beginning of the conversion process. You can
also skip sale activity during the conversion process, but you will need to
later enter those sales directly in Investment Account Manager. Quicken
sale transactions that were entered for all shares owned of a security are
automatically converted during the import process.

A listing of bond-like investments (corporate bonds, Government
bonds, etc.) and how they have been tracked in Quicken. For these
bond-like investments, we suggest you print the Quicken Security Report
that lists the past transaction activity for the security. Once you have
this information, you can indicate at the beginning of the import process
a conversion factor that Investment Account Manager requires for
proper transfer.

Other reports showing investment income, investment performance,
and investment transactions to verify your imported Quicken data. Print
these using the Quicken reporting option for Earliest to Date.

If you have been tracking your daily money market fund (MMF) balances
in Quicken, you can create the matching money market fund in the
import process. This money market fund will be used as the offset for
transaction amounts, as well as other cash transferred in or out of the
account. If you would rather ignore the individual MMF transactions,
you can enter a single net balance for the MMF at the end of the import
process. If you choose this method, please be certain to have the net
balance figure available.
Quicken® Transaction Import Codes and Limitations
Quicken®
Transaction Import
Codes and
Limitations
Investment Account Manager will convert the following Quicken transaction types:




Buy - Buy Security
BuyX - Buy & Transfer
CGLong - Long-term Cap Gain Dist
CGLongX - Long-term Cap Gain Dist & Transfer
154
I N V E S T M E N T

































A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
CGMid - Mid-term Cap Gain Dist
CGMidX - Mid-term Cap Gain Dist & Transfer
CGShort - Short-term Cap Gain Dist
CGShortX - Short-term Cap Gain Dist & Transfer
ContribX – Contribution & Transfer
CvrShrt - Cover Short Sell
CvrShrtX - Cover Short Sell & Transfer
Div - Dividend
DivX - Dividend & Transfer
IntInc - Interest Income
IntIncX - Interest Income & Transfer
MargInt - Margin Interest Expense
MargIntX - Margin Interest Expense & Transfer
MiscExp - Miscellaneous Expense
MiscExpX - Miscellaneous Expense & Transfer
MiscInc - Miscellaneous Income
MiscIncX - Miscellaneous Income & Transfer
ReinvDiv - Reinvest Dividend
ReinvInt - Reinvest Interest
ReinvLg - Reinvest Long-term Cap Gain Dist
ReinvMd - Reinvest Mid-term Cap Gain Dist
ReinvSh - Reinvest Short-term Cap Gain Dist
RtrnCap - Return of Capital
RtrnCapX - Return of Capital & Transfer
Sell - Sell Security
SellX - Sell & Transfer
ShtSell - Short Sell Security
ShtSellX - Short Sell & Transfer
ShrsIns - Add Shares to Account
ShrsOut - Remove Shares from account
StkSplit - Stock Split
Xin -Transfer Cash In
Xout -Transfer Cash Out
Quicken Import Limitations
The following Quicken transaction types are currently not converted, and will be
listed on the QIF import Exception Report, if included in the QIF file.

Quicken ShrsIn will be treated as purchases during the import process.
You can edit these record types in Investment Account Manager after
you have completed the import process if necessary.
155
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

Quicken transactions for mid-term capital gain distributions and
reinvestments are converted and re-classified as long-term capital gain
distributions and reinvestments due to the changes in the tax code.

Quicken transactions prior to 1950 may need to be edited in Investment
Account Manager for proper activity date. For example, if you have a
purchase record dated 1943, the conversion procedure may treat this as
2053 depending on the Quicken export file. Verify activity date in
Investment Account Manager after conversion by using the Transactions
Menu | Portfolio Transactions | and then filter the ledger for the
individual security to verify dates.

The import function currently does not handle the following transactions
at this time. These types of transactions, if any, will be listed on the
Exceptions Report.
o Exercise - Exercise Employee Stock Option
o ExercisX - Exercise Employee Stock Option & Transfer
o Expire - Expire Employee Stock Option
o Grant - Employee Stock Option Grant
o Vest - Vest in an Employee Stock Option
Operational Notes
If during the QIF import process you need to suspend the import process, you can
click on the Suspend button found on any of the import screens. This allows you to
stop the import process, and later begin at this point. This might be necessary, for
example, if you are missing past investment reports and need these to verify historical
transactions.
Important: you should also use the Suspend button to abort the Quicken import
process for a portfolio if you want to start over after correcting errors in your Quicken
data. After suspending the conversion, select the IAM File Menu | Add Edit Delete
Portfolios choice. Select the Quicken portfolio and then use the Delete button to
delete the partially imported portfolio from Investment Account Manager. You can
then begin the QIF import of the portfolio data again.
As part of the conversion process, you may be prompted to enter necessary security
symbols and identify security types. Use the Quicken Security List report as a
reference while entering these securities. As part of the import process you can
uncheck those assets you do not wish to convert. All records for these issues will be
omitted from the import process, and will be listed on the Quicken File Conversion
Exception Report. You can enter these directly into Investment Account Manager
later as necessary.
156
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
During the import process, you will also be prompted to enter security sales
information for any sales recorded in Quicken in which only part of the security
position was sold. Use the Quicken Capital Gains report as a reference while
entering these sale applications into Investment Account Manager. If you have
consistently applied all Quicken sale records using the First In – First Out method, you
can set a conversion preference for past sale activity. If you have not used FIFO for all
previous sale transactions or you are unsure, each Quicken sale transaction can be
confirmed during the conversion process. You can choose between Minimum
Gain, Maximum Gain, First In – First Out, or Specific Identification. Sale
transactions recorded in Quicken in which the entire holding was sold will
automatically be imported to Investment Account Manager.
Getting Started: Importing Your Quicken® Files
Importing Your
Quicken® Files

Click on the File Menu | Import | Quicken® Interchange Format
(QIF) File.

Select the Quicken file for import to Investment Account Manager.

Click the OK button.
Quicken - Create a Portfolio
On the Create Portfolio Setup screen, you need to enter a name for portfolio you are
importing from Quicken. (Note: Investment Account Manager is designed to easily
track an unlimited number of portfolios, and we encourage users to take advantage of
this feature if you have different types of portfolios: i.e. taxable accounts, IRAs, any
157
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
trust accounts, any children accounts, etc.). Portfolios can be combined on IAM
reports for aggregate views and reporting totals.



Enter the Portfolio Name
Enter an optional Investment Objective
Use the Next button to continue. Use the Cancel button to quit the
Quicken import function. Note: other fields shown such as financial
institution, portfolio targets, etc. can be edited at a later time.
Quicken - Import Preferences
Prior to importing your existing Quicken data to Investment Account Manager, you
will need to answer several questions for your Quicken security and transaction files.
Once you have made your selections, use the Next button to continue; or use the
Cancel Import button if you decide to quit the Quicken import in order to print the
necessary reports as described earlier in this document.
158
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

Create money market account (MMF) for cash offset: you can
automatically create a money market fund account for your transactions
during the import process.

Yes: select yes to automatically create one for your transactions during
the import process. As transactions are imported, the money market
fund will account for the cash offsets (deposits/withdrawals)
automatically. You‟ll need to identify the Security Symbol and Security
Description and a Beginning Deposit for this MMF. The beginning
deposit should match the opening balance prior to your investment
activity. The balance entered will show a transaction date matching the
earliest date of your QIF import file. Note: if your QIF file includes
an entry for XIn that reflects the opening balance for your
investment account, leave the beginning deposit entry as $0.00.
The Xin transaction will import as your opening balance deposit.

No: if you prefer to simply enter a balance at the end of the conversion
process, leave this choice as „No.‟

Use money market account for transfer cash in & transfer cash out: if
you have replied yes to the above question, you can also designate if any
cash transferred into or out of your investment account (XIn and XOut
transactions) should be offset using this money market account.

Yes: select yes to treat cash transfers in / cash transfers out as
deposits/withdrawals for this money market fund.

No: select no to ignore cash transfers in / cash transfers out activity.
These will then be listed on the Quicken Exceptions Report.
159
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

Sale application method: for all past sale activity being imported from the
QIF file, you need to identify how to treat the sale application.

Yes: if you have consistently applied all Quicken sale records using the
First In – First Out method, you can select the „Yes‟ option for
automatic conversion of past sale activity.

No: if you have not used FIFO for all previous sale transactions, or you
are unsure, select the option for „No‟. Each Quicken sale transaction can
be confirmed during the conversion process. You can choose between
Minimum Gain, Maximum Gain, First In – First Out, Specific
Identification or Average Cost (mutual funds).

If you have entered bond-like investments into Quicken (corporate
bonds, Government bonds, etc.), you need to indicate the method which
you entered these securities. Please select from the available options. To
accurately define Quicken bond-like investments, be sure you have
created the necessary reports as outlined as earlier in this document.

Would you like to use QuoteMedia Data Services to update information
for mutual funds that are added?

Quicken - Assets to Import
Prior to the import of Quicken® transaction data to Investment Account Manager, a
table is provided that lists the securities in your Quicken Security List file.
160
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Notice the far left column includes a check box option. Those assets with activity in
your Quicken QIF file will be marked for import. You can use this check box to
selectively identify which Quicken assets to convert, including those from other
Quicken investment accounts that are included in the Quicken security list. If you have
old Quicken assets you do not want to import (for example, an asset purchased and
sold many years ago), you can uncheck this box. All records for issues omitted from
the conversion process will be listed on the Quicken Exceptions Report. The
conversion procedure defaults with all Quicken assets checked for conversion to
Assets highlighted in yellow require either a security symbol or security asset type
prior to import. In most cases, this information will be provided in the QIF file if you
included the „security list‟ as part of the QIF export.
For those assets highlighted in yellow, click your mouse in the missing required field to
complete:

Security Symbol: enter the standard security symbol. For example, you
would enter „INTC‟ for Intel. If the security does not have a standard symbol,
create a symbol that is indicative of the security being entered. You can also
use the „Find Symbol‟ button if this asset has been previously entered into the
Investment Account Manager current asset library, but is not being recognized
by your QIF import file. You might find it helpful to use the Quicken Security
List report as a reference while entering these securities.

Asset Type: using the drop down arrow available, select the asset type for the
security being entered. Listed below are the available asset types supported by
161
I N V E S T M E N T












A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
A=Agencies
B=Corporate Bonds
U=U.S. Governments
E=Tax Exempt Bonds
S=Common Stocks
C=Cash Equivalents
F=Mutual Funds
P=Preferred Stocks
M=Money Market Funds
X=Other Investments
T=Exchange Traded Funds
Z=Index
Users of Quicken that have created other user defined asset types can select from the
Investment Account Manager asset types available, or use the „Other Investments‟
category.

Use the Save button to record your entries.

Once all required information has been entered, use the Next button to
continue with the import process.

Use the Cancel Import button to quit and cancel the Quicken import.
Note: if you are importing Quicken transactions for a Certificates of Deposit (CD)
type, Investment Account Manager will convert these as cash equivalents, tracked at
maturity value. The quantity entered into your Quicken file will be used as the dollar
amount of the CD. For example, if you entered the purchase of a $5000 CD in
Quicken, the entry should be a buy with $1 for price, 5000 for shares, for the total
amount of $5,000.
Quicken® Importing Process and Transactions
At the outset of importing Quicken securities and past investment transactions,
Investment Account Manager will automatically download and update common
stocks, exchange traded funds, and mutual funds using the available data sources, as
selected by the user. Once the descriptive data has been updated, users will be
prompted with transaction forms to indicate how to handle past Quicken entries.
Depending on the Quicken transaction history imported, these forms include:

Quicken – Specify Sale
162
I N V E S T M E N T



A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Quicken – Return of Capital
Quicken – Transfer
Quicken – Cover Short
Quicken - Specify Sale
When importing prior Quicken sale transactions of partial positions for multiple
lots owned, this screen is used to identify the security sales information. Use the
Quicken Capital Gains Report as a reference while entering these sale applications.
Note: it is important to match the sale methods used in Quicken so any remaining
cost basis in the security is accurate after the conversion process.
Here‟s how to use the Quicken Capital Gains Report to properly import your
Quicken sales data:

For each sale record that you need to apply, refer to the upper left hand
corner of Investment Account Manager‟s sale transaction window to identify
the trade date for the sold security. Note: Quicken sale transactions that
were entered for all shares owned of a security are automatically imported
into Investment Account Manager.

Then, using the Quicken Capital Gains Report, locate this matching sale
record by referring to the „Sold‟ column.

Notice that the Quicken Capital Gains Report identifies the „Bought‟
date for the sold security. Using this information, you now can locate the
corresponding record listed in the Investment Account Manager table
163
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
showing owned shares by matching the Quicken „Bought‟ date with the
Investment Account Manager „Date Acquired‟.

Now apply the quantity sold by first clicking the radial dial next to
„Specific Identification‟. Note: if you have consistently applied sales using
the minimum gain or maximum gain methods provided in Quicken, you can
select these methods in Investment Account Manager for proper conversion.

Locate the lot to be used for the sale, then point and left click your mouse
in the Quantity Applied column and enter the quantity sold from this
holding.

To sell all quantity held in a lot, point and left-double click in the Quantity
Applied column and Investment Account Manager will default to this field
the total number of shares held in this lot, or the balance of the shares "Left
to Apply". You can edit the number of shares to apply as necessary.

Continue to specifically identify which current position lots to use in this sale
transaction by referring to the Quicken Capital Gains Report until all quantity
sold has been applied. As you apply the sale to specific lots, the "Quantity
Left To Apply" amount is automatically reduced, until you reach zero. At
that point the Save button becomes active. Use the Save button to record
this sale transaction and continue with the import process.

Suspend: If during the import process you need to suspend the program,
you can click on the „Suspend‟ button. This allows you to stop the QIF
import process, and later begin at this point. This might be necessary, for
example, if you are missing past investment reports and need these to verify
historical transactions.

Undo Applied: use this choice (at anytime) to undo all sale lot applications.
The value left to apply will reset to the total shares sold, and all lot sizes will
be restored to their initial amounts. You can then begin the sale application
again.

Skip This Sale: use this button to skip any sale applications during the
import process. You will need to enter these later in Investment Account
Manager. Any skipped transactions will be listed on the Quicken File
Conversion Exception Report. Note: if you skip sale activity for an asset
during the import process, share balances shown prior to subsequent sale
activity for the same asset will be incorrect. This is likely caused by stock split
activity that occurred between the skip sale, and the subsequent sale. By
skipping the sale activity, the import program is using Quicken data to adjust
shares not owned. To prevent this problem, we suggest you suspend the
procedure, obtain the necessary information to complete the sale application,
164
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
and then resume the QIF import process, entering the sale activity as it
occurred.
Note: in the case of mutual funds, you have the ability to apply sales using the Average
Cost method. Follow the method reported by Quicken, or the method reported to
you by the mutual fund company.

Average Cost Single-Category: in the single-category method, the average
cost of ALL shares owned at the time of each sale is derived, regardless of
how long the shares have been held. This includes those shares acquired
with reinvested dividends or capital gains distributions. The basis of the
shares is the basis of ALL shares of that mutual fund in the portfolio at the
time of each sale. Even though you use only one category to compute basis,
you may have short-term or long-term gains or losses. To determine holding
period, the IRS assumes the shares sold are considered to be those acquired
first. Investment Account Manager applies the sale automatically as first in –
first out.

Average Cost Double-Category: in the double-category method, all shares
in a portfolio at the time of sale are divided into two categories: short-term
and long-term. The adjusted basis of each share in a category is the total
adjusted basis of all shares in that category at the time of sale divided by the
total shares in the category. The specific identification method is then used to
indicate from which category the shares are to be sold.
Quicken® - Return of Capital
This screen is used to identify the application of a Quicken return of capital (ROC)
transaction when more then one security lot was owned at the time the return of
capital was received.
165
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
The top portion of this screen indicates the record date, security symbol and security
description. The lower portion of this screen lists the existing lots held of the asset. If
you owned more than one lot of the asset at the time the ROC was received, you can
choose one of two methods to apply the distribution.

Apply proportionally to all lots: this is the defaulted choice for the ROC
application. This choice will reduce proportionally the cost basis of all
existing lots of the asset based on shares held.

Apply to individual lot: use this choice to select (point & double click) a
single lot to apply the return of capital distribution.

Save: use this selection to save the return of capital transaction.

Use the Suspend button to stop the Quicken import process, and later
begin at this point. This might be necessary, for example, if you are
missing past investment reports and need these to verify historical
transactions.

Use the Skip this Transaction button to skip this return of capital
transaction. You will need to enter these later in Investment Account
Manager. Any skipped transactions will be listed on the final
transactions report summarizing all activity. Note: if you skip activity
for an asset during the import process, cost basis shown later in this
import process for the same asset will be incorrect. To prevent this
problem, we suggest you suspend the procedure, obtain the
necessary information to complete the ROC application, and then
166
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
resume the Quicken import process, entering the ROC activity as
it occurred.
Note: it is important to match the method used in Quicken so any remaining cost
basis in the security is accurate after the conversion process. If the remaining cost
basis shown after the ROC has been applied does not match that reported in
Quicken after the import is complete, you can edit the adjusted cost basis by selecting
IAM‟s Transactions Menu | Add Edit Delete Transactions | select the individual
asset‟s purchase record | select the Edit/Delete tab | select the Current Balance record
| and then edit the net amount as necessary. If the remaining cost basis shown after
the ROC has been applied does not match that reported in Quicken, and the security
lot has been used in a subsequent sale application, the realized capital gains shown on
the Investment Account Manager Sold Securities report will not precisely match that
reported on the Quicken Capital Gains report. We suggest you apply the sale now, and
when the import is completed, undo the sale, make the necessary cost basis
adjustments to the sold shares, and then re-enter the sale directly in IAM.
Quicken® – Transfer Shares
This screen is used to identify the application of a Quicken transfer (ShrsOut)
transaction out of the portfolio when more then one security lot of the issue was
owned at the time of the deliver activity.
Investment Account Manager‟s transfer feature allows you to assign what values to use
for the cost basis of shares transferred. Verify the basis you assigned in Quicken, and
then select the proper radial button to assign original cost basis and basis date for
transferred shares, or to assign current market values as cost basis and transfer
date for basis information (for inherited shares, gifts to charity, required distributions
from non-taxable accounts). In most cases, the IRS requires the original cost basis and
167
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
basis date be used for shares transferred. Check with a tax advisor or appropriate IRS
publications as necessary.
You can then selectively apply the transfer to any of the specific lots you own. This
enables you specifically identify which lots to use in the transfer (considering the
holding period and cost basis of the each lot and matching the transferred shares in
Quicken).
Note: the Quicken ShrsOut transaction does not provide the required Market Price
or Market Value for the quantity transferred. To convert this Quicken transaction,
you will need to enter one of these two values.
Identify the lot to be used in the transfer procedure, and then left-click in the quantity
transferred column to enter the quantity for the transfer from this holding.
To transfer all quantity held in a lot, point and left-double click in the quantity
transferred column and Investment Account Manager will default to this field the total
number of shares held in this lot, or the balance of the shares “Left to Apply.” You
can edit the number of shares to apply as necessary.
Continue to specifically identify which current position lots to use in this transfer
transaction until all quantity transferred has been applied. As you apply the quantity
transferred to specific lots, the “Left to Apply” amount is automatically reduced, until
you reach zero “Left to Apply.”
Button Choices:



Use the Save button to save the transfer.
Use the Undo button to undo all transfer lot applications. The value left
to apply will reset to the total transferred, and all lot sizes will be restored
to their initial amounts. You can then begin the procedure again.
Use the Cancel button to cancel this transfer activity.

Use the Suspend button to stop the Quicken import process, and later
transactions or market prices on date of the transfer.

Use the Skip this Transaction button to skip this transfer (deliver)
Manager. Any skipped transactions will be listed on the final
transactions report summarizing all activity. Note: if you skip activity
for an asset during the import process, shares and cost basis shown later
in this import process for the same asset will be incorrect. To prevent
this problem, we suggest you suspend the procedure, obtain the
necessary information to complete the transfer application, and
168
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
then resume the Quicken import process, entering the transfer
activity as it occurred.
Quicken® - Cover Short
This screen is used to identify cover short (CvrShrt) transactions for any previous short
sales recorded in Quicken in which only part of the short security position was
covered. Use the Quicken Capital Gains Report as a reference while entering these
„buy to cover‟ applications. Note: create this report listing all past short activity by sale
date, oldest to newest activity. This will make the process of matching methods used
in Quicken accurate so any remaining short positions are correct after the conversion
process.
Here‟s how to use the Quicken Capital Gains Report to properly import your
Quicken sales data:

For each „buy to cover‟ record that you need to apply, refer to the upper
left hand corner of IAM‟s sale transaction window to identify the trade
date for the short security. Note: Quicken „cover short‟ transactions
that were entered for all shares shorted of a security are automatically
imported into Investment Account Manager.

Then, using the Quicken Capital Gains Report, locate this matching
security short/covered record by referring to the „Bought Date‟ column.

Using this information, you now can locate the corresponding record
listed in the IAM table showing shorted shares by matching the
Quicken „Sold Date‟ with the IAM „Date Shorted‟.

Now apply the quantity covered by first clicking the radial dial next to
„Specific Identification‟. Note: if you have consistently applied „cover
169
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
short‟ using the minimum gain or maximum gain methods provided in
Quicken, you can select these methods in Investment Account Manager
for proper conversion.

Locate the lot to be used for the „cover‟, then point and left click your
mouse in the Quantity Applied column and enter the quantity „covered‟
from this short holding.

To „cover‟ all quantity held short in a lot, point and left-double click in
the Quantity Applied column and IAM will default to this field the total
number of shares held in this lot, or the balance of the shares “Left to
Apply.” You can edit the number of shares to apply as necessary.

Continue to specifically identify which short position lots to use in this
„cover‟ transaction by referring to the Quicken Capital Gains Report
until all quantity „covered‟ has been applied. As you apply the buy to
cover to specific lots, the "Quantity Left to Apply" amount is
automatically reduced, until you reach zero. At that point the Save
button becomes active. Use this selection to save the buy to cover
transaction and continue with the import process.

Suspend: If during the import process you need to suspend the
program, you can click on the „Suspend‟ button. This allows you to
stop the Quicken import process, and later begin at this point. This
might be necessary, for example, if you are missing past investment
reports and need these to verify historical transactions.

Undo Applied: use this choice (at anytime) to undo your entries. The
value left to apply will reset to the total shares „covered‟, and all lot sizes
will be restored to their initial „short‟ amounts. You can then begin the
„buy to cover‟ application again.

Skip This Buy: use this button to skip any „buy to cover‟ applications
during the import process. You will need to enter these later in
Investment Account Manager. Any skipped transactions will be listed
on the final transactions report summarizing all activity. Note: if you
skip „buy to cover‟ activity for an asset during the import process, share
balances shown prior to subsequent „buy to cover‟ activity for the same
asset will be incorrect. To prevent this problem, we suggest you
suspend the procedure, obtain the necessary information to
complete the „buy to cover‟ application, and then resume the
Quicken import process, entering the activity as it occurred.
Quicken - Suspend Import
170
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
If during the conversion process you need to suspend the Quicken import program,
you can click on the Suspend button.
This allows you to stop the conversion and later begin at this point. This might be
necessary, for example, if you are missing past investment reports and need these to
verify historical transactions. You can resume the Quicken import by selecting the File
Menu | Import | Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) File.

You should also use the Suspend button to abort the conversion process for
a Quicken portfolio (for example if you want to start over after correcting
errors in your Quicken data).

To delete a Quicken portfolio, after suspending the conversion select the File
Menu | Add Edit Delete Portfolios and select the Quicken portfolio from
the Investment Account Manager portfolio list.

Use the Delete button to delete the partially imported portfolio from
Investment Account Manager. You can then begin the QIF import of the
Quicken portfolio data again by selecting the File Menu | Import | Quicken
QIF file.
171
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Quicken® – Verifying Results
At the end of the Quicken® import process, this screen will indicate the total number
of records in the QIF import file, and the number of matching records created in the
newly created portfolio.
If any transactions were not imported to Investment Account Manager, use the Print
Exceptions button to print a report listing these transactions. Use this report to
reconcile your Quicken data in Investment Account Manager. The following Quicken
transaction types are currently not converted, and will be listed on the QIF import
Exception Report if included in the QIF file.

Exercise - Exercise Employee Stock Option

ExercisX - Exercise Employee Stock Option & Transfer

Expire - Expire Employee Stock Option

Grant - Employee Stock Option Grant

Vest - Vest in an Employee Stock Option

Skipped Sales

Skipped Assets

If your Investment Account Manager money market fund balance does
not match your Quicken ending cash balance, you can manually edit the
balance derived at the end of the import process. An adjusting entry
will be recorded into the Investment Account Manager transaction
activity ledger. Be certain to review all transactions listed on the
Quicken Conversion File Exceptions Report for the missing offset
transactions.

After printing the Exceptions Report, select Exit to complete the
Quicken import process. Investment Account Manager will recalculate
the IAM home page, reflecting imported Quicken data.
172
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

Using the tabs provided on the Investment Account Manager Home
Page:
o Click on the tab labeled Portfolio Values, and then click on the
„report‟ button in the upper right corner of this tab. Use this
report to compare holdings, quantities, and cost basis.
o Click on the tab labeled Income Received, for Select Range
select „Include All Dates‟, then click on the „report‟ button in
the upper right corner of this tab. Use this report to compare
investment income, interest, and capital gain distributions
received. You should also compare results for other dates
ranges, including for all activity.
o Click on the tab labeled Sold Securities, for Select Range select
„Include All Dates‟, then click on the „report‟ button in the
upper right corner of this tab. Use this report to compare
realized gains and losses for sold issues. You should also
compare results for other dates ranges, including for all activity.
o Refer to the Reports Menu | Portfolio for other reports you can
print to compare transactions, performance, and other data as
necessary.

Be sure to use the File Menu | Backup Data choice to backup
portfolios as you convert them from Quicken.

If you find any discrepancies, please review your Quicken data or edit as
necessary directly in Investment Account Manager by selecting the
Transactions Menu | Add Edit Delete Transactions.
If you have questions with editing, please refer to the online help system or
contact Investment Account Manager support by emailing
173
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
8
Chapter
Investment Account
Manager and Importing
Microsoft® Money Files
I
nvestment Account Manager is able to import a Microsoft Money CSV or QIF
format file. Importing a Money CSV (Excel) file is intended for users looking to
import the current balances of their investments without investment transaction
history. Importing a Money QIF file is intended for users looking to import
investment transaction history as provided by the Money QIF, including buys, sales,
income reinvestments, and other activity. These instructions (Page 9) are separated
into two sections depending on the Money import function you plan to use.
Please contact Investment Account Manager technical support if you have specific
questions or errors regarding the Microsoft® Money import function.
Email: techsupport@quantixsoftware.com.
Importing a Microsoft® Money CSV (Excel) file
Importing a
Microsoft® Money
CSV (Excel) file
Importing a Money CSV (Excel) file is intended for users looking to import the current
balances of their investments without all past investment transaction history. This
method of importing Money data is ideal for those investors:

Concerned with only record keeping and managing their portfolio investments
starting with current balances only. Past sale activity, income activity, etc. is
not available in this Money export method. Refer to importing Money QIF
files discussed later for a more detailed transaction history import method.

This method will group all lots of each security owned as single lump sum
holding, although you can indicate specific individual lot details for
acquisition dates and cost basis if you have this information available.
Please refer to Money reports that list cost basis details for current holdings.
174
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Another useful reference is your brokerage statement that should list lot-by-lot
cost basis details.

This method is much easier to accomplish and provides insight immediately to
what you currently own, and if lot cost basis details have been entered,
also provides the foundation for accurate reporting for future performance, tax
filing and portfolio valuation and allocation tools.
Depending on the version of Microsoft® Money you are using, the steps to create the
necessary reports and the matching CSV (Excel) export files may be located under
different sets of commands. Check your Money help documentation as necessary for
steps on creating the necessary report and files.
Creating your Money® Reference Reports and Import Files
1. Start Money.
2. Under left pane, select Investing Home Investment Account Manager.
3. Your money investment accounts should now show in Investment
Account Manager.
4. For Select view: use the drop down arrow to select by Holdings.
5. For Group by: use the drop down arrow to select by Investment Type.
6. Select the File Menu | Print to print this report for reference during the
import process. Set this report aside for later use.
7. Select Reports.
8. Under Investment, select „Portfolio Value by Investment Account‟. If
you do not see this option, in the left-hand margin pane, under Other
Tasks, click on Change report settings. Select option to Use
Advanced Reports.
9. At the bottom of this page, you‟ll notice a browse window labeled
Accounts. Click the drop down arrow and select a Money investment
account you wish to create an export file for importing to Investment
Account Manager.
175
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
10. In the left hand margin pane, under Common Tasks, select Print this
report. Set this report aside for later use.
11. In the left hand margin pane, under Common Tasks, select Export to
Microsoft Excel.
12. Enter a file name for your exported portfolio file. The file will be saved as
comma-delimited text with a file extension of .csv. Make note of this file
name for import into Investment Account Manager.
13. If Money opens Microsoft Excel, you can print this file for reference.
Close Excel.
14. Repeat steps 9 through 12 for each Money investment account you intend
to import into Investment Account Manager.
15. Once you have exported all Money accounts, close Money.
Creating your IAM Portfolios using Money Import Files
 Click on the File Menu | Import | Microsoft® Money File |
Import Microsoft® Money CSV File.
 Select the Microsoft Money CSV file created above for import to
 Click the Import Data button.
176
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Enter a new portfolio name for the Microsoft Money portfolio you are
importing. Do not use an existing portfolio name.
 Click the Next button.
If you have entered bond-like investments into Microsoft Money (corporate
bonds, municipal bonds, Government bonds, Government Agencies) you will
need to indicate the method which you entered these securities. The conversion
factor will be applied for all bond-like investments imported, so verify you have
used a single consistent entry method in Money.
177
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Select the bond conversion factor for your Money import file, then
click the OK button to continue.
Prior to the import of Money® transaction data to Investment Account Manager, a
table is provided that lists the securities in your Money csv import file.
Notice the far left column includes a check box option. You can use this check box to
selectively identify which Money assets to convert. For each Money asset you are
importing, you must complete the required information:
 Security Symbol: referring to the Microsoft Money Holdings Report
printed earlier enter the security symbol for each security listed. For example,
you would enter „INTC‟ for Intel. If the security does not have a standard
symbol, you can create a symbol that is indicative of the security being
entered. You can also use the „Pick Existing‟ link if this asset has been
previously entered into the Investment Account Manager current asset
library. Security symbols can also be found online.
 Security Type: using the drop down arrow available, select the asset type for
the security being entered. If the asset has been previously entered into the
Investment Account Manager, type will be automatically completed after the
symbol has been entered. Listed below are the available asset types
supported by Investment Account Manager.
178
I N V E S T M E N T












A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Agencies
Corporate Bonds
U.S. Governments
Tax Exempt Bonds
Common Stocks
Cash Equivalents (for CD‟s, TBills)
Mutual Funds
Preferred Stocks
Money Market Funds (for cash accounts)
Other Investments
Exchange Traded Funds
Index
Users of Money that have created other user defined asset types can select from the
category.
 Use the Save button to record your entries.
 Once all required information has been entered, use the Next button to
Investment Account Manager will now import holdings from the Money CSV
portfolio file and list positions that should match those listed on the Money
Holdings report printed earlier.
179
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Please note: if you have access to the original acquisition date and cost basis
amounts for your current balances shown, we suggest you edit these details as part
of this import process. This will allow IAM to create your portfolio with accurate
cost basis information for your current holdings. If you do not have access to this
information, or do not edit these details, IAM will be limited for deriving historical
performance measurements and/or tax basis reports, because you will be starting
with your current accumulated balances only. Since IAM allows for multiple
portfolios, you can later create another historically accurate portfolio (File Menu |
sequentially enter your historical activity to this separate portfolio until all
transaction activity is up-to-date. When complete, you can delete the portfolio
created using this Money import method, and rely on the historically accurate
portfolio going forward.
Edit Cost Basis
Use the Edit Cost Basis button to enter these details as part of your portfolio
setup. This will allow IAM to create your portfolio with accurate cost basis
information for your current holdings. Refer to Microsoft® Money or your
brokerage statements for details on your cost basis for all current holdings.
180
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Enter each unique lot for the selected security, entering the date acquired
and cost basis for accurate tax basis information. Use the Save button
once you have entered all shares to match the imported balances from
your Money file.
 Repeat this for each lot owned, for each security.
 Once you‟ve entered all data, use the Save button, then the Next button
to continue with the Money import feature.
Investment Account Manager will update all new portfolio securities using the
optional data subscriptions (either provided with the trial version or accessing
your paid subscriptions). This includes access to QuoteMedia data service, plus
free price updating with Yahoo! Finance.
181
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Select the OK button to close the Microsoft® Money import. The Investmtent
Account Manager home page will now load showing a summary of your current
holdings.
Importing a
Microsoft® Money
QIF file
Importing a Microsoft® Money QIF file
Importing a Money QIF file is intended for users looking to import investment
transaction history as provided by the Money QIF, including buys, sales,
income reinvestments, and other activity. In order to complete the import
process, you should have the following portfolio information available for
reference. Depending on the version of Microsoft Money you are using, the
QIF export function and necessary reports may be located under different sets
of commands. Check your Money help documentation for steps on creating the
necessary files and reports.
 A unique QIF export file: in Money, open Investment Account
Manager. Then select the File Menu | Export choice.
o Select the choice for „Strict‟ QIF.
o Provide a file name and location for the Money QIF file to be
saved. Make note of this file information for import into IAM.
o When prompted for type of account to export, select
Investment.
o Select an existing Money investment account for export.
182
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Repeat these steps as necessary for other Money investment
accounts you intend to import into Investment Account
Manager.
 Money investment account reports: for each investment account QIF
file created above, you will need to create various reports for reviewing
activity during the import process. Depending on the version of
Microsoft Money you are using, the process of creating necessary
reports may be located under different sets of commands. Check your
Money help documentation for steps on creating the necessary files and
reports.
o Under left pane, select Investing Home Investment Account
Manager.
o Your money investment accounts should now show in Investment
Account Manager.
o For Select view: use the drop down arrow to select by Holdings.
o For Group by: use the drop down arrow to select by Investment
Type.
o Select the File Menu | Print to print this report for reference
during the import process. This report should indicate the
symbols for your current investment holdings.
Select the Reports Menu to print other Investment Reports.
183
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Portfolio value by investment account: this report will be used
to verify at the end of the import process, the quantity held and
cost basis of your current holdings.
o Tax related transactions: this report will be used to verify at the
end of the import process the investment income and gain
distributions received. When creating this report, for the date
range of activity use All Dates.
o Capital gains: this report will be used to verify how previous
sales activity has been applied for proper cost basis allocations.
When creating this report, for the date range of activity use All
Dates. Create this report to include „symbol‟ if allowed in your
version of Money. Symbols for previously owned assets will need
to be entered during the import process.
o Investment Transactions: this report can be used for
comparison purposes and reference during the import process.
o Bond Summary: for any bond-like investments owned, this
report will be referenced to indicate at the beginning of the
import process a conversion factor that Investment Account
Manager requires for proper transfer.
Money® Transaction Import Codes and Limitations
Investment Account Manager will convert the following Money transaction types:






Buy - Buy Security
BuyX - Buy & Transfer
CGLong - Long-term Cap Gain Dist
CGLongX - Long-term Cap Gain Dist & Transfer
CGMid - Mid-term Cap Gain Dist
CGMidX - Mid-term Cap Gain Dist & Transfer
184
I N V E S T M E N T
























A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
CGShort - Short-term Cap Gain Dist
CGShortX - Short-term Cap Gain Dist & Transfer
ContribX – Contribution & Transfer
Div - Dividend
DivX - Dividend & Transfer
IntInc - Interest Income
IntIncX - Interest Income & Transfer
MargInt - Margin Interest Expense
MargIntX - Margin Interest Expense & Transfer
MiscExp - Miscellaneous Expense
MiscExpX - Miscellaneous Expense & Transfer
MiscInc - Miscellaneous Income
MiscIncX - Miscellaneous Income & Transfer
ReinvDiv - Reinvest Dividend
ReinvInt - Reinvest Interest
ReinvLg - Reinvest Long-term Cap Gain Dist
ReinvMd - Reinvest Mid-term Cap Gain Dist
ReinvSh - Reinvest Short-term Cap Gain Dist
RtrnCap - Return of Capital
RtrnCapX - Return of Capital & Transfer
Sell - Sell Security
SellX - Sell & Transfer
ShrsIns - Add Shares to Account
ShrsOut - Remove Shares from account
Money QIF Import Limitations
The following Money transaction types are currently not converted, and will be listed
on the QIF import Exception Report, if included in the QIF file.
 The Money QIF investment export file does not include activity for
your offsetting cash account. You will enter a current balance to be
used going forward in IAM at the end of the import process.
 The Money QIF file does not include stock split history. During the
import process, IAM will retrieve stock split history as possible for
imported securities. At the end of the import process, users should
review the quantities shown for assets held, and enter manually any past
stock splits that were not automatically entered.
 The Money QIF investment export file does not include activity for
options. All prior option activity, as well as current option holdings, can
be entered manually as necessary.
185
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Money ShrsIn will be treated as purchases during the import process.
You can edit these record types in Investment Account Manager after
you have completed the import process if necessary.
 Money transactions for mid-term capital gain distributions and
reinvestments are converted and re-classified as long-term capital gain
distributions and reinvestments due to the changes in the tax code.
 Money transactions prior to 1950 may need to be edited in Investment
Account Manager for proper activity date. For example, if you have a
purchase record dated 1943, the conversion procedure may treat this as
2053 depending on the Money export file. Verify activity date in
Investment Account Manager after conversion by using the
Transactions Menu | Portfolio Transactions | and then filter the ledger
for the individual security to verify dates.
 The import function currently does not handle the following
transactions at this time. These types of transactions, if unable to be
processed, will be listed on the Exceptions Report.
o Exercise - Exercise Employee Stock Option
o ExercisX - Exercise Employee Stock Option & Transfer
o Expire - Expire Employee Stock Option
o Grant - Employee Stock Option Grant
o Vest - Vest in an Employee Stock Option
Operational Notes
As part of the conversion process, you will be prompted to enter necessary security
symbols and identify security types. Use the Money Investment Reports as a
reference while entering these securities. As part of the import process you can
uncheck those assets you do not wish to convert. All records for these issues will be
omitted from the import process, and will be listed on the Exception Report. You can
enter these directly into Investment Account Manager later as necessary.
information for any sales recorded in Money in which only part of the security position
was sold. Use the Money Capital Gains report as a reference while entering these
sale applications into Investment Account Manager. If you have consistently applied
all Money sale records using the First In – First Out method, you can set a conversion
preference for past sale activity. If you have not used FIFO for all previous sale
transactions or you are unsure, each Money sale transaction can be confirmed during
the conversion process. You can choose between Minimum Gain, Maximum
Gain, First In – First Out, or Specific Identification. Sale transactions recorded in
Money in which the entire holding was sold will automatically be imported to
186
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Getting Started: Importing Your Money® Files
Getting Started:
Importing Your
Money® Files
 Click on the File Menu | Import | Microsoft Money® File |
Import Microsoft Money (QIF) File.
 Select the Money file for import to Investment Account Manager.
 Click the Import Data button.
 Enter a new portfolio name for the Microsoft Money portfolio you are
importing. Do not use an existing portfolio name.
 Click the Next button.
187
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
If you have entered bond-like investments into Microsoft Money (corporate
bonds, municipal bonds, Government bonds, Government Agencies) you will
need to indicate the method which you entered these securities. The conversion
factor will be applied for all bond-like investments imported, so verify you have
used a single consistent entry method in Money.
 Select the bond conversion factor for your Money import file, then
click the OK button to continue.
table is provided that lists the securities in your Money csv import file.
188
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
selectively identify which Money assets to convert. For each Money asset you are
importing, you must complete the required information:
 Security Symbol: referring to the Microsoft Money Holdings Report
printed earlier enter the security symbol for each security listed. For example,
you would enter „INTC‟ for Intel. If the security does not have a standard
symbol, you can create a symbol that is indicative of the security being
entered. You can also use the „Pick Existing‟ link if this asset has been
library. Security symbols can also be found online.
 Security Type: using the drop down arrow available, select the asset type for
the security being entered. If the asset has been previously entered into the
Investment Account Manager, type will be automatically completed after the
symbol has been entered. Listed below are the available asset types
supported by Investment Account Manager.












Agencies
Corporate Bonds
U.S. Governments
Tax Exempt Bonds
Common Stocks
Cash Equivalents (for CD‟s, TBills)
Mutual Funds
Preferred Stocks
Money Market Funds (for cash accounts)
Other Investments
Exchange Traded Funds
Index
Users of Money that have created other user defined asset types can select from the
category.
 Use the Save button to record your entries.
 Once all required information has been entered, use the Next button to
189
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Money - Assets to Import
table is provided that lists the securities in your Money import file.
selectively identify which Money assets to import. If you have old Money assets you
do not want to import (for example, an asset purchased and sold many years ago), you
can uncheck this box. All records for issues omitted from the import process will be
listed on the Money Exceptions Report. The conversion procedure defaults with all
Money assets checked for conversion to Investment Account Manager.

Use FIFO method for sales transactions: if you have
consistently applied all Money sale records using the First In –
First Out method, check the box shown prior to importing your
data. If you have not used FIFO for all previous sale
transactions, or you are unsure, do not select this option. Each
Money sale transaction can be confirmed during the conversion
process. You can choose between Minimum Gain, Maximum
Gain, First In – First Out, Specific Identification or Average Cost
(mutual funds).
 Use the Import button to continue with the Money QIF import.
190
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Money® Importing Process and Transactions
Users will be prompted with transaction forms to indicate how to handle past Money
entries. Depending on the Money transaction history imported, these forms include:




Money – Specify Sale
Money – Return of Capital
Money – Transfer
Money – Cover Short
Money - Specify Sale
When importing prior Money sale transactions of partial positions for multiple
lots owned, this screen is used to identify the security sales information. Use the
Money Capital Gains Report as a reference while entering these sale applications.
Note: it is important to match the sale methods used in Money so any remaining cost
basis in the security is accurate after the conversion process.
Here‟s how to use the Money Capital Gains Report to properly import your Money
sales data:
 For each sale record that you need to apply, refer to the upper left hand corner
of Investment Account Manager‟s sale transaction window to identify the
trade date for the sold security. Note: Money sale transactions that were
entered for all shares owned of a security are automatically imported into
 Then, using the Money Capital Gains Report, locate this matching sale
record by referring to the „Date Sold‟ column.
191
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Notice that the Money Capital Gains Report identifies the „Date Bought‟
for the sold security. Using this information, you now can locate the
corresponding record listed in the Investment Account Manager table showing
owned shares by matching the Money „Bought‟ date with the Investment
Account Manager „Date Acquired‟.
 Now apply the quantity sold by first clicking the radial dial next to „Specific
Identification‟. Note: if you have consistently applied sales using the
minimum gain or maximum gain methods provided in Money, you can select
these methods in Investment Account Manager for proper conversion.
 Locate the lot to be used for the sale, then point and left click your mouse
in the Quantity Applied column and enter the quantity sold from this holding.
 To sell all quantity held in a lot, point and left-double click in the Quantity
Applied column and Investment Account Manager will default to this field the
total number of shares held in this lot, or the balance of the shares "Left to
Apply". You can edit the number of shares to apply as necessary.
 Continue to specifically identify which current position lots to use in this sale
transaction by referring to the Money Capital Gains Report until all quantity
sold has been applied. As you apply the sale to specific lots, the "Quantity
Left To Apply" amount is automatically reduced, until you reach zero. At
that point the Save button becomes active. Use the Save button to record this
sale transaction and continue with the import process.
 Undo Applied: use this choice (at anytime) to undo all sale lot applications.
The value left to apply will reset to the total shares sold, and all lot sizes will be
restored to their initial amounts. You can then begin the sale application again.
Note: in the case of mutual funds, you have the ability to apply sales using the Average
Cost method. Follow the method reported by Money, or the method reported to you
by the mutual fund company.
 Average Cost Single-Category: in the single-category method, the average
cost of ALL shares owned at the time of each sale is derived, regardless of how
long the shares have been held. This includes those shares acquired with
reinvested dividends or capital gains distributions. The basis of the shares is
the basis of ALL shares of that mutual fund in the portfolio at the time of each
sale. Even though you use only one category to compute basis, you may have
short-term or long-term gains or losses. To determine holding period, the IRS
assumes the shares sold are considered to be those acquired first. Investment
Account Manager applies the sale automatically as first in – first out.
 Average Cost Double-Category: in the double-category method, all shares in
a portfolio at the time of sale are divided into two categories: short-term and
long-term. The adjusted basis of each share in a category is the total adjusted
192
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
basis of all shares in that category at the time of sale divided by the total shares
in the category. The specific identification method is then used to indicate
from which category the shares are to be sold.
Money - Specify Sale
This screen is used to identify the application of a Money return of capital (ROC)
The top portion of this screen indicates the record date, security symbol and security
description. The lower portion of this screen lists the existing lots held of the asset. If
you owned more than one lot of the asset at the time the ROC was received, you can
choose one of two methods to apply the distribution.
 Apply proportionally to all lots: this is the defaulted choice for the ROC
application. This choice will reduce proportionally the cost basis of all existing
lots of the asset based on shares held.
 Apply to individual lot: use this choice to select (point & double click) a
 Save: use this selection to save the return of capital transaction.
Note: it is important to match the method used in Money so any remaining cost basis
in the security is accurate after the conversion process. If the remaining cost basis
shown after the ROC has been applied does not match that reported in Money after
the import is complete, you can edit the adjusted cost basis by selecting IAM‟s
193
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Transactions Menu | Add Edit Delete Transactions | select the individual asset‟s
purchase record | select the Edit/Delete tab | select the Current Balance record | and
then edit the net amount as necessary. If the remaining cost basis shown after the
ROC has been applied does not match that reported in Money, and the security lot has
been used in a subsequent sale application, the realized capital gains shown on the
Investment Account Manager Sold Securities report will not precisely match that
reported on the Money Capital Gains report. We suggest you apply the sale now, and
when the import is completed, undo the sale, make the necessary cost basis
adjustments to the sold shares, and then re-enter the sale directly in IAM.
Money® – Transfer Shares
This screen is used to identify the application of a Money transfer (ShrsOut)
Investment Account Manager‟s transfer feature allows you to assign what values to use
for the cost basis of shares transferred. Verify the basis you assigned in Money, and
then select the proper radial button to assign original cost basis and basis date for
transferred shares, or to assign current market values as cost basis and transfer
date for basis information (for inherited shares, gifts to charity, required distributions
from non-taxable accounts). In most cases, the IRS requires the original cost basis and
basis date be used for shares transferred. Check with a tax advisor or appropriate IRS
publications as necessary.
194
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
holding period and cost basis of the each lot and matching the transferred shares in
Money).
Note: the Money ShrsOut transaction does not provide the required Market Price or
Market Value for the quantity transferred. To convert this Money transaction, you
will need to enter one of these two values.
 Identify the lot to be used in the transfer procedure, and then left-click in
the quantity transferred column to enter the quantity for the transfer from
this holding.
 To transfer all quantity held in a lot, point and left-double click in the
quantity transferred column and Investment Account Manager will default
to this field the total number of shares held in this lot, or the balance of
the shares “Left to Apply.” You can edit the number of shares to apply as
necessary.
 Continue to specifically identify which current position lots to use in this
transfer transaction until all quantity transferred has been applied. As you
apply the quantity transferred to specific lots, the “Left to Apply” amount
is automatically reduced, until you reach zero “Left to Apply.”
Button Choices:
 Use the Save button to save the transfer.
 Use the Undo button to undo all transfer lot applications. The value left
 Use the Cancel button to cancel this transfer activity.
 Use the Skip this Transaction button to skip this transfer (deliver)
Manager. Any skipped transactions will be listed on the final transactions
report summarizing all activity. Note: if you skip activity for an asset
during the import process, shares and cost basis shown later in this
import process for the same asset will be incorrect. .
Money® - Cover Short
This screen is used to identify cover short (CvrShrt) transactions for any previous short
sales recorded in Money in which only part of the short security position was covered.
Use the Money Capital Gains Report as a reference while entering these „buy to
cover‟ applications. Note: create this report listing all past short activity by sale date,
oldest to newest activity. This will make the process of matching methods used in
Money accurate so any remaining short positions are correct after the conversion
process.
195
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Here‟s how to use the Money Capital Gains Report to properly import your Money
sales data:
 For each „buy to cover‟ record that you need to apply, refer to the upper
date for the short security. Note: Money „cover short‟ transactions
 Then, using the Money Capital Gains Report, locate this matching
security short/covered record by referring to the „Date Bought‟ column.
 Using this information, you now can locate the corresponding record
listed in the IAM table showing shorted shares by matching the Money
„Date Sold‟ with the IAM „Date Shorted‟.
 Now apply the quantity covered by first clicking the radial dial next to
„Specific Identification‟. Note: if you have consistently applied „cover
short‟ using the minimum gain or maximum gain methods provided in
Money, you can select these methods in Investment Account Manager
 Locate the lot to be used for the „cover‟, then point and left click your
 To „cover‟ all quantity held short in a lot, point and left-double click in
196
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Continue to specifically identify which short position lots to use in this
„cover‟ transaction by referring to the Money Capital Gains Report until
all quantity „covered‟ has been applied. As you apply the buy to cover to
specific lots, the "Quantity Left to Apply" amount is automatically
reduced, until you reach zero. At that point the Save button becomes
active. Use this selection to save the buy to cover transaction and
 Undo Applied: use this choice (at anytime) to undo your entries. The
Money® – Verifying
Results
Money® – Verifying Results
At the end of the Money® import process, IAM will create a Transactions Import
Report. Use this report to reconcile your Money data in Investment Account Manager.
You can as you complete the Money import, also create an offsetting money market
fund for the imported portfolio:
Once you‟ve entered a money market, the import will be complete. You can
now use the following tabs provided on the Investment Account Manager Home
Page to verify imported results:
„report‟ button in the upper right corner of this tab. Use this report
to compare holdings, quantities, and cost basis.
o Click on the tab labeled Income Received, for Select Range select
„Include All Dates‟, then click on the „report‟ button in the upper
right corner of this tab. Use this report to compare investment
income, interest, and capital gain distributions received. You should
also compare results for other dates ranges, including for all activity.
197
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
„Include All Dates‟, then click on the „report‟ button in the upper
right corner of this tab. Use this report to compare realized gains
and losses for sold issues. You should also compare results for other
dates ranges, including for all activity.
necessary.
 Be sure to use the File Menu | Backup Data choice to backup portfolios
as you convert them from Money.
 If you find any discrepancies, please review your Money data or edit as
Transactions Menu | Add Edit Delete Transactions.
If you have questions with editing, please refer to the online help system or
198
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
9
Chapter
Chapter Eight - Importing Captools Data
C
aptools® Investment Software data conversion is available with Investment
Account Manager. This import feature allows the conversion of the most
common investment transactions from Captools Investment Software
(desktop versions) into Investment Account Manager.
What you will need from Captools
Import Captools®
In order to complete the import process, you should have the following portfolio
information available for reference. Depending on which version of Captools you are
using, the necessary reports may be located under different sets of commands. Check
your Captools help documentation for steps on creating the necessary files and reports.

A Captools Security List export file containing security descriptive
information for each security you will be converting. See steps below for
creating this security list file.

A unique Captools transactions list export file for each portfolio you
will be converting. See steps below for creating the transactions list file.

A list of all your currently held securities: their standard security
symbols, quantity held, cost basis and recent market value for each
portfolio. In Captools use the Reports Menu | Position Reports:
Positions by lot.

A list of all your transaction activity. In Captools use the Reports
Menu | Transactions Reports: All Transactions.

A listing of all sale transactions for each portfolio. In Captools use the
Reports Menu | Income Reports: Realized Capital Gains report, for all
activity dates. Note: if possible, create this report listing all past sale
activity by sale date, sorting by oldest to newest activity. During the
Captools import, you will be prompted to select a sale application method
(i.e., First In First Out, Specific Lot Identification, Average Cost) for any
sale in which only part of the security position has been sold. Note: if
you have consistently applied all Captools sale records using the First In –
199
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
First Out method, you can select this sale method for automatic
conversion of past sale activity at the beginning of the conversion process.
You can also skip sale activity during the conversion process, but you will
need to later enter those sales directly in Investment Account Manager.
Captools sale transactions that were entered for all shares owned of a
security are automatically converted during the import process.
Captools
Transaction Import
Codes and
Limitations

A listing of bond-like investments (corporate bonds, Government
bonds, etc.) and how they have been tracked in Captools. For these bondlike investments, you will need to indicate, at the beginning of the import
process, a conversion factor that Investment Account Manager requires
for proper transfer.

Other reports showing investment income, investment performance, and
investment transactions for all activity to verify your imported Captools
data.

If you have been tracking your daily money market fund (MMF) balances
in Captools, you can create the matching money market fund in the import
process. This money market fund will be used as the offset for transaction
amounts, as well as other cash transferred in or out of the account. If you
would rather ignore the individual MMF transactions, you can enter a
single net balance of the MMF as of the date of the conversion at the end
of the import process. If you choose this method, please be certain to have
the net balance figure available.
Investment Account Manager will convert the following Captools transaction types:












DPF: Deposit Funds (to cash)
RCV: Receive Shares (non-cash transaction)
DLV: Deliver Shares (non-cash transaction). Use to indicate shares
delivered out of the portfolio.
BUY: Buy (payment from cash)
BYD: Buy and Deposit (zero net cash change)
CBA: Cost Basis Adjustment (non-cash transaction). This code is used to
adjust the cost basis of a security.
IN+: Interest Income (to cash)
IN-: Interest Payment (from cash)
IRI: Interest Income Reinvested (zero net cash change)
IOB: Interest Income on Cash Balance
DV+: Dividend Income (to cash)
DRI: Dividend Reinvested (zero net cash change)
200
I N V E S T M E N T































A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
DVW: Dividend Income Withdrawn (zero net cash change)
SGD: Short Term Gains Distribution (zero net cash change)
SGR: Short Term Gains Distribution Reinvested (zero net cash change)
SGW: Short Term Gains Distribution Withdrawn (zero net cash change)
CGD: Long Term Gains Distribution (zero net cash change)
CGR: Long Term Gains Distribution Reinvested (zero net cash change)
CGW: Long Term Gains Distribution Withdrawn (zero net cash change)
WDF: Withdraw Funds (from cash)
SLL: Sell (Proceeds to Cash)
SLW: Sell & Withdraw (zero net cash change)
CIL: Cash in Lieu (of fractional shares, proceeds to cash)
ROC: Return of Capital (to cash)
RCR: Return of Capital Reinvested (zero net cash change)
RCW: Return of Capital Withdrawn (zero net cash change)
EXP: Expenses (paid from cash)
MFE: Management Fee (paid from cash)
FEE: Administrative Fee (paid from cash)
OFE: Other Fee ((paid from cash)
MFS: Management Fee (paid from shares sold, zero net cash change)
FES: Administrative Fee (paid from shares sold, zero net cash change)
MFD: Management Fee (paid from deposited funds, zero net cash
change)
FED: Administrative Fee (paid from deposited funds, zero net cash
change)
OFS: Other Fee (paid from shares sold, zero net cash change)
OFD: Other Fee (paid from deposited funds, zero net cash change)
SLS: Sell Short (proceeds to cash).
BYC: Buy to Cover Short Position (payment from cash).
XOP: Exercised Option (non-cash transaction). If an XOP is for a Put
exercised, it will be followed by a SLL transaction for underlying security
XOP: Exercised Option (non-cash transaction). If an XOP is for a Call
exercised, it will be followed by a BUY transaction for the underlying
security.
SP+: Split Shares Received (non-cash transaction). If negative number
shares in SP+ transaction, represents a reverse split.
TXW: Tax Withheld (from cash).
TXD: Tax Withheld (zero net cash change).
The Captools import function currently does not handle the following transactions
at this time. These types of transactions, if any, will be listed on the IAM Import
Exceptions Report at the end of the import process.
201
I N V E S T M E N T








A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
DV-: Dividend payment (on short position)
SP-: Split shares delivered (on short position)
Capital Gain Distributions: CLD (Capital Loss Distribution), SLD (Short
Term Capital Loss Distribution), Undistributed Capital Gains
Bond Discounts / Premiums: ACR (Accretion on Purchase Discount),
AMT (Amortization on Purchase Premium),
Partnerships / Direct Investments: DST (Partnership Distribution), DSR
(Partnership Distribution Reinvested), DSW (Partnership Distribution
Withdrawn).
Real Estate / Depreciation: BRW (Borrow of Funds), RPY (Repay Funds),
RNT (Rent Received), DPR (Depreciation)
Tax Related: ETX (Estimated Tax Adjustment), SCO (Short Term
Carryover), LCO (Long Term Carryover), TDG (Tax Deductible Gift).
Other Transaction Codes: MMO (Memo Transaction), ERR (Error
Transaction), SAX (Sub-account Transfer), CMX (Cash / Margin
Transfer), ROP (Receive Options), NCI (Non-Cash Income).
Creating and Exporting the Captools Security List
Note: a sample Captools Security List CSL_IAM.EXP template file with the required
items has been provided and is located in your Investment Account Manager
installation directory if you prefer to use this rather than creating your own. Copy this
file to your Captools directory and select this as the format for the export procedure.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Start Captools
Select File Menu | Open....
Select your Security List from the drop-down menu and Press OK
Select View Menu | Standard View
Select the File Menu | Export choice
Select under the heading Preferences the option to „Select‟
In the „Select Format‟ window, select the option for „New‟
For File Name, use „csl_pm5.exp‟ and then click OK.
Click on the new format file created in step 6, and then click on the „Select‟
button.
10. Under Preferences, select „Edit‟ to create a new export format
a. Field 1: select „Symbol‟
b. Field 2: select „Description‟
c. Field 3: select „Type‟
d. Field 4: select „Cusip‟
e. Field 5: select „Latest Price‟
f. Field 6: select „Latest Prc Date‟
g. Field 7: select „Div./Share‟
h. Select „OK‟
i. Select „Yes‟ to save changes to new format.
202
I N V E S T M E N T
j.
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Select „Export‟ to create your Captools Security List to file for use
in importing to Investment Account Manager using for file name
and type „csl_pm5.csv‟
Creating and Exporting a Captools Portfolio Transactions List
Note: a sample Captools Transactions List TRANSLST.EXP template file with the
required items has been provided and is located in your Investment Account Manager
installation directory if you prefer to use this rather than creating your own. Copy this
file to your Captools directory as select this as the format for the export procedure.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
If not yet running, Start Captools
Select the File Menu | Open | and select your portfolio
Select the View Menu | Standard View
Select the File Menu | Export choice
Select under the heading Preferences the option to „Select‟
In the „Select Format‟ window, select the option for „New‟
For File Name, use „translst.exp‟ and then click OK.
Click on the new format file created in step 6, and then click on the
„Select‟ button.
Under Preferences, select „Edit‟ to create a new export format using these
fields with these data items:
a. Field 1: select „Symbol‟
b. Field 2: select „Description‟
c. Field 3: select „TAC‟
d. Field 4: select „Date‟
e. Field 5: select „Quantity‟
f. Field 6: select „$ Amount‟
g. Field 7: select „Commission‟
h. Field 8: select „Trade Fees‟
i. Field 9: select „Accrued Int.‟
j. Field 10: select „Aux. Date‟
k. Field 11: select „Aux. Amount‟
l. Select „OK‟
Select „Yes‟ to save changes to new format.
Select the „Export‟ button to save your Captools Portfolio file using .csv as
file type extension (comma separated values, example joe1port.csv).
Using this new export file format, repeat step 11 for each portfolio you
wish to export using a unique file name for each portfolio. Use names
that you can easily recognize for the import process.
Operational Notes
203
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
If during the Captool import process you need to suspend the import process, you can
click on the Suspend button found on any of the import screens. This allows you to
stop the import process, and later begin at this point. This might be necessary, for
example, if you are missing past investment reports and need these to verify historical
transactions.
Important: you should also use the Suspend button to abort the Captool import
process for a portfolio if you want to start over after correcting errors in your Captool
data. After suspending the conversion, select the File Menu | Add, Edit, Delete
Portfolios. Locate and select the Captool portfolio from the Investment Account
Manager portfolio list. Use the Delete button to delete the partially imported
portfolio from Investment Account Manager. You can then begin the import of the
portfolio data again.
As part of the conversion process, you may be prompted to enter necessary security
symbols and identify security types. Use the Captools Security List report as a
reference while entering these securities.
information for any sales recorded in Captools in which only part of the security
position was sold. Use the Captools Realized Capital Gains report as a reference
while entering these sale applications into Investment Account Manager. If you have
consistently applied all Captools sale records using the First In – First Out method,
you can set a conversion preference for past sale activity. If you have not used FIFO
for all previous sale transactions, or you are unsure, each Captools sale transaction can
be confirmed during the conversion process. You can choose between Minimum
Gain, Maximum Gain, First In – First Out, or Specific Identification. When
applying sales activity in the conversion process, make certain you properly identify
those lots sold to match the sales method used previously in Captools. Sale
transactions recorded in Captools in which the entire holding was sold will
automatically be converted during the import process.
Getting Started: Importing Your Captool Files

Click on the File Menu | Import | Captool File.

Select the Captool security list and transactions list file created earlier for
import to Investment Account Manager.

Click the Import Data button.
204
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Captools - Create a Portfolio
On the Create Portfolio Setup screen, you need to enter a name for portfolio you are
importing from Captools. (Note: Investment Account Manager is designed to easily
track an unlimited number of portfolios, and we encourage users to take advantage of
this feature if you have different types of portfolios: i.e. taxable accounts, IRAs, any
trust accounts, any children accounts, etc.). Portfolios can be combined on IAM
reports for aggregate views and reporting totals.



Enter the Portfolio Name
Enter an optional Investment Objective
Use the Next button to continue. Use the Cancel button to quit the
Captools import function.
Captools - Import Preferences
205
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Prior to importing your existing Captools data to Investment Account Manager, you
will need to answer several questions for your Captools security and transaction files.
Once you have made your selections, use the Next button to continue; or use the
Cancel Import button if you decide to quit the Captools import in order to print the
necessary reports as described earlier in this document.

Would you like to create a money market fund for offsetting
transactions?
o Yes: select yes if you have used in Captools a cash account for
offsetting transactions, such as buys, sales, dividends, etc. As
your Captools transactions are imported, this money market fund
in Investment Account Manager will account for the cash offsets
(deposits/withdrawals) automatically. Create a Security Symbol
and Security Description for the money market fund.
o No: if you prefer to simply enter a balance at the end of the
Captools import process, leave this choice as „No.‟ Investment
Account Manager will ignore all cash offsets during the import
process.

Would you like all sales to be done automatically on a FIFO basis?
206
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Yes: if you have consistently applied all Captools sale records
using the First In – First Out method, you can select the „Yes‟
option for automatic conversion of past sale activity.
o No: if you have not used FIFO for all previous sale transactions,
or you are unsure, select the option for „No‟. Each Captools sale
transaction can be confirmed during the conversion process.
You can choose between Minimum Gain, Maximum Gain, First
In – First Out, Specific Identification or Average Cost (mutual
funds). To accurately import past sale activity, be sure you have
created the necessary reports as outlined earlier in this document.

What conversion factor would you like to use for bond-like investments?
o If you have entered bond-like investments into Captools
(corporate bonds, Government bonds, etc.), you need to indicate
the method which you entered these securities. Please select
from the available options. To accurately define Captools bondlike investments, be sure you have created the necessary reports
as outlined as earlier in this document.
Captools - Assets to Import
Prior to the import of Captools® transaction data to Investment Account Manager, a
table is provided that lists the securities in your Captools Security List file that have
matching transaction data.
207
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Assets highlighted in yellow require you to identify either the security symbol or the
security asset type prior to import. In most cases, the security symbol and asset type
will be provided in the Captools security file. You may add a new symbol, or
overwrite an existing symbol, by clicking your mouse in the symbol column. If the
Captools security has previously been entered into the Investment Account Manager
asset library, but is not indicated in this form, use the „Find‟ button to select the proper
matching symbol from the Investment Account Manager asset library.
Captools security types will be translated to the matching asset type in Investment
Account Manager (see below). For those assets highlighted in yellow, click your
mouse in the missing required field(s) to complete for the following:

Security Symbol: enter the standard security symbol. For example, you
would enter „INTC‟ for Intel. If the security does not have a standard
symbol, create a symbol that is indicative of the security being entered.
You can also use the „Find Symbol‟ button if this asset has been
library, but is not being recognized by your Captools import file. You
might find it helpful to use the Captools Security List report as a
reference while entering these securities.

Asset Type: using the drop down arrow available, select the asset type
for the security being entered. Captools security types will be translated
to the matching asset type in Investment Account Manager if the
Captools file has identified type. Listed below are the Captools security
types and matching Investment Account Manager types.
208
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Captools Security Types
Matching IAM Types




















Money Market Funds
Cash Equivalents
Other Investments
Mutual Funds
Money Market Funds
Corporate Bonds
Cash Equivalents
Common Stocks
Tax Exempt Bonds
Mutual Funds
Cash Equivalents
Other Investments
U.S. Governments
Agencies
Index
Other Investments
Mutual Funds
Preferred Stocks
U.S. Governments
Corporate Bonds or U.S.
Cash/Cash Equivalents
Cash Equivalents
Annuities
Bond Mutual Funds
Money Market Funds
Corporate Bonds
Certificate of Deposits
Common Stocks
Municipal Bonds
Treasury Mutual Funds
Fixed Income (CD‟s)
Guaranteed Investment Contracts
Government Backed Bonds
Ginnie Mae‟s
Indices
Limited Partnerships
Stock Mutual Funds
Preferred Stocks
U.S. Treasuries
Zero Coupon Bonds
Government
Users of Captools that have created other user defined asset types can select
from the Investment Account Manager asset types available, or use the „Other
Investments‟ category.

Use the Save button to record your entries.

After all the required information has been entered, use the Next button
to continue with the import process.

Use the Cancel Import button to quit and cancel the Captools import.
Captools Importing Process and Transactions
At the outset of importing Captools securities and past investment transactions,
Investment Account Manager will automatically download and update common
stocks, exchange traded funds, and mutual funds using the available data sources, as
selected by the user. Once the descriptive data has been updated into IAM‟s asset
library, users will be prompted with transaction forms to indicate how to handle past
209
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Captools entries. Depending on the Captools transaction history imported, these
forms include:

Captools – Specify Sale

Captools – Return of Capital

Captools – Transfer

Captools – Buy to Cover
Captools - Specify Sale
When importing prior Captools sale transactions of partial positions for multiple lots
owned, this screen is used to identify the security sales information. Use the Captools
Realized Capital Gains Report as a reference while entering these sale applications.
Note: if possible, create this report listing all past sale activity by sale date, oldest to
newest activity. This will make the process of matching sale methods used in Captool
accurate so any remaining cost basis in the security is correct after the conversion
process. In Captools use the Reports Menu | Income Reports: Realized Capital Gains
report, for all activity dates.
Here‟s how to use the Captools Realized Capital Gains Report to properly import your
Captool sales data:

For each sale record that you need to apply, refer to the upper left hand
corner of Investment Account Manager‟s sale transaction window to
identify the trade date for the sold security. Note: Captools sale
210
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
transactions that were entered for all shares owned of a security are
automatically imported into Investment Account Manager.

Then, using the Captools Realized Capital Gains Report, locate this
matching security sale record by referring to the „Sell Date‟ column.

Notice that the Captools Realized Capital Gains Report identifies the
„Buy Date‟ for the sold security. Using this information, you now can
locate the corresponding record listed in the Investment Account
Manager table showing owned shares by matching the Captools „Buy
Date‟ with the Investment Account Manager „Date Acquired‟.

Now apply the quantity sold by first clicking the radial dial next to
„Specific Identification‟. Note: if you have consistently applied sales
using the minimum gain or maximum gain methods provided in
Captools, you can select these methods in Investment Account Manager

Locate the lot to be used for the sale, then point and left click your
mouse in the Quantity Applied column and enter the quantity sold from
this holding.

To sell all quantity held in a lot, point and left-double click in the
Quantity Applied column and Investment Account Manager will default
the shares "Left to Apply". You can edit the number of shares to apply
as necessary.

Continue to specifically identify which current position lots to use in this
sale transaction by referring to the Captools Realized Capital Gains
Report until all quantity sold has been applied. As you apply the sale to
specific lots, the "Quantity Left to Apply" amount is automatically
reduced, until you reach zero. At that point the Save button becomes
active. Use this selection to save the sale transaction and continue with
the import process.

Suspend: if during the import process you need to suspend the
program, you can click on the „Suspend‟ button. This allows you to stop
the Captool import process, and later begin at this point. This might be
necessary, for example, if you are missing past investment reports and
need these to verify historical transactions.

Undo Applied: use this choice (at anytime) to undo all sale lot
applications. The value left to apply will reset to the total shares sold,
and all lot sizes will be restored to their initial amounts. You can then
begin the sale application again.

Skip This Sale: use this button to skip any sale applications during the
import process. You will need to enter these later in Investment
Account Manager. Any skipped transactions will be listed on the final
transactions report summarizing all activity. Note: if you skip sale
211
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
activity for an asset during the import process, share balances shown
prior to subsequent sale activity for the same asset will be incorrect. This
is likely caused by stock split activity that occurred between the skip sale,
and the subsequent sale. By skipping the sale activity, the import
program is using Captool data to adjust shares not owned. To prevent
this problem, we suggest you suspend the procedure, obtain the
necessary information to complete the sale application, and then
resume the Captool import process, entering the sale activity as it
occurred.
Note: in the case of mutual funds, you have the ability to apply sales using the
Average Cost method. Follow the method reported by Captool or the method
reported to you by the mutual fund company.

Average Cost Single-Category: in the single-category method, the
average cost of ALL shares owned at the time of each sale is derived,
regardless of how long the shares have been held. This includes those
shares acquired with reinvested dividends or capital gains distributions.
The basis of the shares is the basis of ALL shares of that mutual fund in
the portfolio at the time of each sale. Even though you use only one
category to compute basis, you may have short-term or long-term gains
or losses. To determine holding period, the IRS assumes the shares sold
are considered to be those acquired first. Investment Account Manager
applies the sale automatically as first in – first out.

Average Cost Double-Category: in the double-category method, all
shares in a portfolio at the time of sale are divided into two categories:
short-term and long-term. The adjusted basis of each share in a category
is the total adjusted basis of all shares in that category at the time of sale
divided by the total shares in the category. The specific identification
method is then used to indicate from which category the shares are to be
sold.
Captools - Return of Capital
This screen is used to identify the application of a Captools return of capital (ROC)
212
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

The top portion of this screen indicates the record date, security symbol and
security description. The lower portion of this screen lists the existing lots
held of the asset. If you owned more than one lot of the asset at the time the
ROC was received, you can choose one of two methods to apply the
distribution.

Apply proportionally to all lots: this is the defaulted choice for the
ROC application. This choice will reduce proportionally the cost basis of
all existing lots of the asset based on shares held.

Apply to individual lot: use this choice to select (point & double click) a

Save: use this selection to save the return of capital transaction and
continue with the Captools import.

Use the Suspend button to stop the Captools import process, and later
transactions.

Use the Skip this Transaction button to skip this return of capital
during the import process, cost basis shown later in this import process
for the same asset will be incorrect. To prevent this problem, we
suggest you suspend the procedure, obtain the necessary
information to complete the ROC application, and then resume the
Captool import process, entering the ROC activity as it occurred.
213
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Note: it is important to match the method used in Captools so any remaining cost
basis in the security is accurate after the conversion process. If the remaining cost
basis shown after the ROC has been applied does not match that reported in
Captools after the import is complete, you can edit the adjusted cost basis by selecting
Investment Account Manager‟s Transactions Menu | Add, Edit, Delete Transactions |
select the individual asset‟s purchase record | select the Edit/Delete tab | select the
Current Balance record | and then edit the net amount as necessary. If the remaining
cost basis shown after the ROC has been applied does not match that reported in
Captools, and the security lot has been used in a subsequent sale application, the
realized capital gains shown on the Investment Account Manager Sold Securities report
will not precisely match that reported on the Captools Realized Capital Gains Report.
We suggest you apply the sale now, and when the import is completed, undo the sale,
make the necessary cost basis adjustments to the sold shares, and then re-enter the sale
directly in Investment Account Manager.
Captools - Transfer
This screen is used to identify the application of a Captools transfer (deliver = DLV)
The Captools deliver transaction indicates:



Transfer Date: the date of the transfer you are recording.
Quantity Transferred: the quantity of the transfer.
Market Price: the market price on the date of the transfer.
214
I N V E S T M E N T

A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Market Value: the market value of the quantity transferred on the date of
the transfer.
Note: Investment Account Manager‟s transfer feature allows you to assign what
values to use for the cost basis of shares transferred. Verify the basis you assigned in
Captools, and then select the proper radial button to assign original cost basis and
basis date for transferred shares, or to assign current market values as cost basis
and transfer date for basis information (for inherited shares, gifts to charity, required
distributions from non-taxable accounts). In most cases, the IRS requires the original
cost basis and basis date be used for shares transferred. Check with a tax advisor or
appropriate IRS publications as necessary.
holding period and cost basis of the each lot and matching the delivered shares in
Captools).

Identify the lot to be used in the transfer procedure, and then left-click in
the quantity transferred column to enter the quantity for the transfer from
this holding.

To transfer all quantity held in a lot, point and left-double click in the
quantity transferred column and Investment Account Manager will default
the shares “Left to Apply.” You can edit the number of shares to apply as
necessary.

Continue to specifically identify which current position lots to use in this
transfer transaction until all quantity transferred has been applied. As you
apply the quantity transferred to specific lots, the “Left to Apply” amount
is automatically reduced, until you reach zero “Left to Apply.”
Button Choices:



Use the Save button to save the transfer.
Use the Undo button to undo all transfer lot applications. The value left
Use the Cancel button to cancel this transfer activity.

Use the Suspend button to stop the Captools import process, and later
transactions.

Use the Skip this Transaction button to skip this transfer (deliver)
215
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
during the import process, shares and cost basis shown later in this
import process for the same asset will be incorrect. To prevent this
problem, we suggest you suspend the procedure, obtain the
necessary information to complete the transfer application, and
then resume the Captools import process, entering the transfer
activity as it occurred.
Captools - Buy to Cover (short sales)
If during the Captools import process you have previous Buy to Cover transactions,
this screen is used to identify „buy to cover‟ transactions for any previous short sales
recorded in Captools in which only part of the short security position was covered.
Use the Captools Realized Capital Gains Report as a reference while entering these
„buy to cover‟ applications. Note: create this report listing all past short activity by sale
date, oldest to newest activity. This will make the process of matching methods used
in Captools accurate so any remaining short positions are correct after the conversion
process. In Captools use the Reports Menu | Income Reports: Realized Capital Gains
report, for all activity dates.
Here‟s how to use the Captools Realized Capital Gains Report to properly import your
Captools sales data:

For each „buy to cover‟ record that you need to apply, refer to the upper
date for the short security. Note: Captools „buy to cover‟ transactions
216
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

Then, using the Captools Realized Capital Gains Report, locate this
matching security short/covered record by referring to the „Sell Date‟ /
„Buy Date' column.

Notice that the Captools Realized Capital Gains Report identifies the
„Sell Date‟ for the covered lot of the security. Using this information,
you now can locate the corresponding record listed in the IAM table
showing shorted shares by matching the Captools „Sell Date‟ with the
IAM „Date Shorted‟.

Now apply the quantity covered by first clicking the radial dial next to
„Specific Identification‟. Note: if you have consistently applied sales
using the minimum gain or maximum gain methods provided in
Captools, you can select these methods in Investment Account Manager

Locate the lot to be used for the „cover‟, then point and left click your

To „cover‟ all quantity held short in a lot, point and left-double click in

Continue to specifically identify which short position lots to use in this
„cover‟ transaction by referring to the Captool Realized Capital Gains
Report until all quantity „covered‟ has been applied. As you apply the
buy to cover to specific lots, the "Quantity Left to Apply" amount is
automatically reduced, until you reach zero. At that point the Save
button becomes active. Use this selection to save the buy to cover
transaction and continue with the import process.

Suspend: If during the import process you need to suspend the
program, you can click on the „Suspend‟ button. This allows you to stop
the Captool import process, and later begin at this point. This might be
necessary, for example, if you are missing past investment reports and
need these to verify historical transactions.

Undo Applied: use this choice (at anytime) to undo your entries. The

Skip This Buy: use this button to skip any „buy to cover‟ applications
during the import process. You will need to enter these later in
Investment Account Manager. Any skipped transactions will be listed on
the final transactions report summarizing all activity. Note: if you skip
217
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Buy to cover activity for an asset during the import process, share
balances shown prior to subsequent buy to cover activity for the same
asset will be incorrect. To prevent this problem, we suggest you
suspend the procedure, obtain the necessary information to
complete the buy to cover application, and then resume the
Captool import process, entering the activity as it occurred.
Captools - Suspend Import
If during the conversion process you need to suspend the Captools import program,
you can click on the Suspend button.
This allows you to stop the conversion, and later begin at this point. This might be
necessary, for example, if you are missing past investment reports and need these to
verify historical transactions. To resume the Captools import, select the File Menu |
Import | Captools File.

You should also use the Suspend button to abort the conversion process
for a Captools portfolio (for example, if you want to start over after
correcting errors in your Captools data).

After suspending the conversion, select the Captools portfolio from the
Investment Account Manager portfolio list (File Menu | Add, Edit,
Delete Portfolios).

Use the Delete button to delete the partially imported portfolio from
Captools. You can then begin the Captools import of the portfolio data
again.
Captools – Verifying Results
At the completion of the Captool import process, you should verify converted data by
printing several of the Investment Account Manager reports. Use these reports to
compare with those created from Captools and referenced for the import process.
218
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

If your Investment Account Manager money market fund balance does
not match your Captools ending cash balance, you can manually edit the
balance derived at the end of the import process. An adjusting entry
will be recorded into the Investment Account Manager transaction
activity ledger. Be certain to review all transactions listed as „not
imported‟ on the Investment Account Manager / Captools Transaction
Import report for the missing offset transactions.

At the end of the Captools import, you‟ll be prompted to review an audit
report listing all activity that was properly imported into the newly
created portfolio. Please carefully review this report to verify accuracy
with the transaction activity report created in Captools.

When complete with the import, Investment Account Manager will
recalculate the IAM home page, reflecting imported Captool data.

Using the tabs provided on the Investment Account Manager Home
Page
„report‟ button in the upper right corner of this tab. Use this
report to compare holdings, quantities, and cost basis.
o Click on the tab labeled Income Received, for Select Range
select „Include All Dates‟, then click on the „report‟ button in
the upper right corner of this tab. Use this report to compare
investment income, interest, and capital gain distributions
received. You should also compare results for other dates ranges,
including for all activity.
„Include All Dates‟, then click on the „report‟ button in the
upper right corner of this tab. Use this report to compare
realized gains and losses for sold issues. You should also
compare results for other dates ranges, including for all activity.
necessary.

Be sure to use the File Menu | Backup Data choice to backup
portfolios as you convert them from Captools.

If you find any discrepancies, please review your Captools data, or edit as
Transactions Menu | Add, Edit, Delete Transactions.
If you have questions with editing, please refer to the online help system, or
219
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Reference
R1
File Menu Features and Functions
Investment Account Manager provides the many features needed to effectively manage
your investment portfolios. Whether you have the responsibility to administer one or
many portfolios, Investment Account Manager will help guide you toward better
decisions.
This reference chapter will provide a detailed explanation of each Investment Account
Manager feature by exploring the various menu choices.
Main Menu
There are eight menu choices found in Investment Account Manager:
File Menu, Edit Menu, Transactions Menu, Reports and Graphs Menu, Asset Library
Menu, Tools Menu, Window Menu, Help Menu and Check for Updates.
File Menu:
Add, Edit, Delete
Portfolios
220
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Selecting Add, Edit Delete Portfolios will result in the following
window:
List Portfolios
Portfolios can be thought of as investment accounts. They are a collection of
investments with a common characteristic. For instance, your IRA would be one
portfolio, your taxable account another. Portfolios can also be segregated by financial
institution. Since you can track an unlimited number of portfolios within Investment
Account Manager, and you can combine your portfolios on the various reports to meet
your specific reporting goal, each of your portfolios should be tracked separately.
Provided on this screen are four tabs:
List Portfolios: The List Portfolios tab organizes all portfolios currently within
Investment Account Manager. You can also create new portfolios from the List
Portfolio Tab using the Create New button:
221
I N V E S T M E N T
Edit Portfolio
Descriptions
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
The Edit Portfolio tab lists the following descriptive portfolio information. Users can
edit this information as necessary. Use the Save button to record changes, Cancel to
ignore changes.
 Portfolio ID: used internally and generated automatically when first creating a
portfolio, this can be edited as preferred by the user. It can be changed by the
user also, but must be 4 characters in length.
 Portfolio Name: portfolio description. This description will appear on
reports.
 Address 1, Address 2, City, State, Zip Code, Phone, Extension - for
descriptive purposes only.
 Tax ID#: tax identification number is used for descriptive purposes only.
 Tax/NTax: used to designate taxable vs. non-taxable accounts.
 Investment Objective:
o Preservation Portfolio: the main goal of this investment objective is to
preserve capital. It should be the reference point for investors with a low
tolerance for risk.
222
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Conservative Growth Portfolio: the main objective of this portfolio is the
desire for a modest level of growth over inflation, while protecting the
principal.
o Balanced Portfolio: the asset allocation of this investment objective is
often split equally between stocks and bonds, with the goal to provide a
balance between growth and current income. Longer investment horizon
portfolios (generally longer than five years) consider balanced portfolios.
o Moderate Growth Portfolio: here the desire is for growth, but less risk
tolerance than for a pure equity portfolio. These portfolios have a higher
risk level, so a longer time horizon is required. Investors with this objective
must be able to tolerate the equity market‟s fluctuations.
o Aggressive Growth Portfolio: this investment objective is considered by
investors with a long term investment horizon, who are able to tolerate
several back-to-back years of negative returns. This is the highest risk
profile, and therefore should provide the highest return potential. Desire
for long term growth outweighs the desire for short term capital
preservation.
 Canadian Tax Rules: check this option to default to the average cost basis
method for applying common stock sales.
 Include On Home Page Portfolio List: uncheck this option to exclude a
portfolio from showing on the Investment Account Manager home page
portfolio list. For instance, if you are demonstrating the software, and do not
want to show all portfolios, you can select/de-select the inclusion on the
Portfolio Pane on the Home Page.
 Financial Institution: use the drop down arrow to select your online
financial institution. Note: if you financial institution is not included, that does
not necessarily mean you cannot download your portfolio‟s transactions.
BIPM is also able to import OFX files if they are available, as described under
the Transactions Menu | Import Transaction File.
 Account Number: enter the account number for your online financial
institution. Note: if you financial institution is not included, that does not
necessarily mean you cannot download your portfolio‟s transactions. BIPM is
also able to import OFX files if they are available, as described under the
Transactions Menu | Import Transaction File.
223
I N V E S T M E N T
Copy or Combine
Portfolios
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Copy/Combine: The Copy/Combine Portfolio tab is used to physically combine, or
duplicate any of the portfolios you are tracking. This is a static combination – i.e., a
combination snapshot of a moment in time.
This is a useful feature if you wish to group multiple portfolios together to create a
new aggregate picture of your holdings, or if you wish to duplicate a portfolio to
gauge the impact of hypothetical transactions. The original portfolios selected for
the copy/combine feature remain individual and intact. Note: Any changes made
to the original portfolios after they have been combined, or duplicated, will not
affect the newly created portfolio. To have this show in the aggregate, simply
recombine as before. You can duplicate / combine portfolios as often as you like.
Hint: Investment Account Manager provides the ability to combine portfolios "on-the-
fly" on any report. This combination is configured on the Report Setup screen, by simply
selecting which of your portfolios you wish to include on the specific report. Investment
Account Manager will instantly combine all of the selected portfolios‟ transactions on the
report. This ability is very useful and should be tried if you are managing multiple
portfolios.
Listed in the Copy/Combine table are all your portfolios. Columns can be sorted
by left double-clicking a column header, or moved by using a single left-click of
the mouse and then dragging the column to a new location. The following
portfolio information is shown: portfolio name, portfolio objective and
portfolio market value.
224
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Select portfolio(s) to copy or combine by using a left mouse click in the check
box. You can select one or more portfolios. Then use the Next button to create a
new portfolio for the duplicate or combined information. Select Cancel to quit.
Portfolio Allocation
Targets
Portfolio Targets tab: The Portfolio Targets tab is used to set portfolio target
percentages for asset class allocation (cash vs. bonds vs. stocks vs. other).
Investment Account Manager will generate a series of reports identifying current
portfolio allocations in relation to these target portfolio allocations, indicating possible
rebalancing requirements. Users can likewise set common stock allocations based on
size and industry/sector.
o Portfolio Allocation - enter your portfolio target allocation percentages
for the following asset classes. Asset target allocations should be set in
relation to portfolio objectives.
o Cash - includes Money Market Funds, Cash Equivalents, cash held by
Mutual Funds.
o Bonds - includes Corporate, Tax-Exempt, Governments, Agencies, bonds
held by Mutual Funds.
o Stocks - includes Common, Preferred, stocks held by Mutual Funds.
o Common stocks can be further defined by % domestic and % foreign.
o Other - includes Investment Clubs, Options, and Other Investments,
other held by Mutual Funds.
225
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Common Stock Allocation - enter your portfolio target allocation
percentages for common stocks based on size and/or industry sector. Note:
click on the Guidelines link for additional information on setting
Industry/Sector and Size allocation based on the S&P 500 benchmark
weightings.
Industry/Sector
Industry Sectors
o Consumer Discretionary - includes consumer discretionary common stocks
and consumer discretionary common stocks held by mutual funds in the
portfolio: auto-related, housing, media & entertainment, lodging, restaurants
and retailers.
o Consumer Staples - includes consumer staple common stocks and consumer
staple common stocks held by mutual funds in the portfolio: food, beverages,
tobacco, household products, cosmetics, super retail centers, and food retailers.
o Energy - includes energy common stocks and energy common stocks held by
mutual funds in the portfolio: international and domestic integrated, oil & gas,
exploration and production, and oil service/drillers.
o Financials- includes financial common stocks and financial common stocks
held by mutual funds in the portfolio: banks, insurance, securities brokers,
investment managers, and real estate.
o Healthcare - includes healthcare common stocks and healthcare common
stocks held by mutual funds in the portfolio: pharmaceuticals, biotechnology,
medical supplies, hospitals, and HMOs.
o Industrials - includes industrial common stocks and industrial common stocks
held by mutual funds in the portfolio: electrical equipment, machinery,
aerospace, waste management, transportation, and business services.
o Information Technology - includes information technology common stocks
and information technology common stocks held by mutual funds in the
portfolio: semiconductor, software, hardware, telecom equipment, electronics,
data processing, and internet services.
o Materials - includes materials common stocks and materials common stocks
held by mutual funds in the portfolio: chemicals, metals and mining, steel,
paper and packaging.
o Telecommunication Services - includes telecommunication services common
stocks and telecommunication services common stocks held by mutual funds
in the portfolio: wireless and fixed-line, cellular and fiber optic.
226
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Utilities - includes utility common stocks and utility common stocks held by
mutual funds in the portfolio: electric, gas, water utilities, independent and
alternative power.
Company Size
Company Size
o Small - includes small capitalization common stocks and small capitalization
common stocks held by mutual funds in the portfolio.
o Medium - includes medium capitalization common stocks and medium
capitalization common stocks held by mutual funds in the portfolio.
o Large - includes large capitalization common stocks and large capitalization
common stocks held by mutual funds in the portfolio.
File Menu | Import:
File Imports from
Other Programs
Import Internet
Price File
Import – use this choice to import data from several outside data sources: an Internet
price file, an Investor‟s Toolkit Portfolio(s), SSG estimated high and low prices, broker
transaction files, MS® Money, and Quicken® Interchange Format (QIF) Files.
o Import Internet Price File (Available in advanced mode): Use the Import
Internet Price File choice to import an Internet CSV (Comma Separated
Values) price file. The file format imported must be in the following order:
Symbol, Price, and Date. Example: AMGN,54.04,5/18/2008
Enter the location of the import file by indicating the drive\path\filename, or
use the Windows File Find feature to search directories on your system to
locate, and select the file. Once the file name is entered, select the "Import"
button.
227
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Listed in the scroll window are all assets in your import price file. Review this
data carefully prior to importing into Investment Account Manager. Use the
Print button to generate a pre-audit report of the import file data. Use the
Import button to update the current and / or historic asset library data. Assets
on this list that match those in the program will be updated. A second audit
report will list any assets that were included in your price file but are not in
Investment Account Manager. Use the Cancel button to quit.
o Importing Investor's Toolkit 6 Portfolio: Investment Account Manager
allows users of Investor‟s Toolkit 6 to import portfolios they have created in
Toolkit. Investment Account Manager will import for each Toolkit portfolio
you have created the common stocks positions held and quantity of shares
entered. Note: Since Investor‟s Toolkit does not track cost basis information,
Investment Account Manager will instead allow you to download current
market prices to substitute and use as cost basis. And although you will not
initially have this important cost basis data, you will be able to quickly review
allocation and diversification reports to identify any rebalancing needs.
This feature is particularly helpful for quickly creating a portfolio in Investment
Account Manager for immediate review of your investment holdings. Once
imported into Investment Account Manager, you‟ll be able to review allocation and
diversification reports to identify any rebalancing needs.
Select the File Menu | Import | Toolkit 6 Portfolio
o Indicate the data source location for the Investor‟s Toolkit 5 / Toolkit 6
Portfolio(s), and then click the Get Portfolios button.
228
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o All portfolios found in the Investor‟s Toolkit 5 or Toolkit 6 directory will be
listed in a scroll window indicating they will be included in the import process.
You can use the Clear All or Select All buttons to indicate which portfolios to
include. You may also select / deselect individual portfolios by using a left
mouse click in the check box provided.
o After you have selected portfolios, click the Import button. Those portfolios
selected will be imported to Investment Account Manager. If you‟ve already
imported a Toolkit portfolio and it still exists in Investment Account Manager,
it will be overwritten during the import process.
o If you subscribe to the QuoteMedia stock data service, and have indicated this
as the data provider source under the File Menu | Preferences, you‟ll be
prompted to connect to the data service to download fundamental data for the
new securities. Select Connect to retrieve data, No to bypass the update
process.
o When prompted to update market prices as part of the portfolio setup, click
Yes. After the price updating and any price alerts review has been completed,
you‟ll have finished the import of your Toolkit portfolio(s).
o Click Yes when prompted to open an imported Toolkit portfolio.
Import SSG High and Low Prices: (Available in advanced mode)
Import SSG High
and Low Prices
This feature allows importing the estimated high and low prices from your Stock
Selection Guide software, Investor‟s Toolkit, Toolkit 6. This selection uses the
estimated high and low prices from your SSG analysis software to derive the upsidedownside report for portfolios monitored in Investment Account Manager.
Investment Account Manager can also use these estimated high and low prices for
229
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
setting price alerts in Investment Account Manager that match the buy-sell price zones
from your SSG analysis.
Identify the SSG analysis software you are using and the location of the data source.
Use the Find Data Directory to browse for this location if not installed in the default
locations provided.
Once you‟ve indicated the source, select the Get Estimated Prices button.
Prior to deriving the upside/downside ratio based on the estimated high price and
estimated low price from your SSG analysis software, Investment Account Manager
will list any duplicate symbols that are used in your SSG analysis software. You need to
indicate for each duplicate symbol, one set of prices that will be used for the import
process.
All matching symbols for stocks held in Investment Account Manager and found in
your SSG analysis software will be listed in a grid for your review.
230
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
The grid shows the following information: Symbol, Name, Last Updated, Estimated
High Price, Estimated Low Price, Investment Account Manager Current Price, and the
Upside Downside ratio. The upside/downside ratio is derived based on the current
market prices in Investment Account Manager‟s current asset library, so make certain
your prices reflect recent market activity.
o Notice in the grid the check box option to „Set Price Alerts‟. You can also
select to Set Price Alerts in Investment Account Manager using either the
33%-33%-33% or 25%-50%-25% buy-hold-sell price zones. Using the
estimated low price shown in this grid, the upper price of the buy zone shown
in Section 4C will be used as Investment Account Manager‟s Low Alert. This
buy price represents the „low price alert‟ for you to consider when purchasing a
stock on your watch list. Likewise, using the estimated high price shown in this
grid, the lower price of the sell zone shown in Section 4C will be used as
Investment Account Manager‟s High Alert. This sell price represents the „high
price alert‟ for you to consider when selling a stock you may own. A third
option is to choose „None‟ for zoning and setting price alerts. In this case, the
estimated high price will be used as the Investment Account Manager high
alert; the estimated low price will be used as the Investment Account Manager
Low alert.
o Use the Import Ratios button to add the derived upside-downside ratio into
the Investment Account Manager current asset library. Use the Print button to
print a report showing the grid information. Use the Cancel button to cancel
the import process.
o Once you‟ve imported the estimated high and low prices, you may like to
review the Portfolio Upside – Downside Report. Available in advanced mode,
the Upside-Downside Report is used to monitor the overall risk and reward
expectations for a portfolio using BetterInvesting‟s classic measurements of
231
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
risk, the upside-downside ratio (U/D). While individual U/D ratios for your
investments are likely to vary widely, the overall portfolio average upsidedownside ratio (shown in the image below as the top blue horizontal bar) can
be a useful tool for estimating the overall risk-reward relationship of your
portfolio.
Import Broker Portfolio (OFX, QFX) File
Import Broker
Portfolio (OFX,
QFX) File:
Investment Account Manager is able to create a new portfolio by importing a
broker portfolio transaction file (OFX, QFX) as provided by many online
financial institutions. This is a helpful option in the event your financial
institution is not provided in our list of available choices, yet you have a long
history of activity in a compatible OFX QFX file. This choice enables you to
create a new portfolio by importing all available historical activity.

Enter a new portfolio name for the Broker Portfolio OFX QFX File.
Do not use an existing portfolio name.

Click the Next button.
In the next step of the import process, the following form is shown where you
can select the file to import.
232
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

Select File to Import: use the ... button to locate the file for the import
process.

Beginning Date: this date will default in the starting date as found in the

Ending Date: this date will default in the ending date as found in the

Transactions Last Posted: these dates indicate the last date range used
for an import process. Any transactions included in the current import
that have already been posted will not be imported, and will be shown as
„Duplicates Not Posted‟ on an audit report.

Account Number: if provided in your broker import file, your account
number will be shown.

Money Market Symbol: if you have a money market fund in your
broker portfolio for the cash pooling offset for investment transactions,
enter this MMF symbol. If the money market fund does not have a
standard symbol, create a symbol that is indicative of the security being
entered. For example, if you are tracking a money market fund in an
E*TRADE investment portfolio you might use „ETMMF‟ as the symbol.


Select the Import Data Button to continue.
As part of the import process, the following form will be shown, listing those
233
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R

import process.

security listed in this form. Use the Next button to continue with the
import process.

Portfolio Manager will automatically access and update descriptive
information for any new funds and stocks added during the import
process if subscription to BI data services is current and properly
configured.
Once the import process has been completed, the following form will show those
transactions provided in the import file that Investment Account Manager is able
to recognize and allow you to automatically post to update activity.
234
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Notice the check box provided to the left of each transaction activity imported.
Please be certain to uncheck those transactions that should not be posted to the
current portfolio. For example, if you have multiple accounts at a single broker
that use the same account number and login information, the financial institution
may group all activity for all accounts in the import file. Be sure to only select
those transactions that pertain to the current portfolio you are updating and those
that you may not have already manually entered.
The following information is provided in the Transactions to Post form for your
review prior to posting.



the current asset library. If more than one money market exists in the
necessary.


Settlement Date: if provided by your financial institution, this date

reinvestment, deposit, open sale, closing buy, short sale, buy to cover.



transaction.

235
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R


o If you have sale activity included in the import transactions, and
partial positions have been sold, you‟ll be prompted to identify
how the partial sales should be applied. Please refer to the help
button provided on this form for instructions on applying partial
sale activity.
(for example, trying to sell more shares than held). Be sure to
closely review this audit report to verify activity and to make
necessary manual entries for those transactions not posted.





After all activity has been posted, and you have completed the importing process,
be sure to review your transaction activity to verify results. Refer to the
Transaction Import Report and enter any activity not automatically posted to your
transactions activity ledger.
NOTE:
236
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Occasionally, particularly with income and reinvestments of mutual funds, the
account summary statement provided by your broker will list activity on as “As Of
date” basis. In other words, an income item might be posted on the statement
with a date that is slightly different that the actual date of the activity (i.e., the as of
date). This can cause confusion when balancing your monthly statements. A
remedy for this problem is to edit the transaction dates after importing and
posting them in Investment Account Manager. To do so, open the Transactions
Menu | Add, Edit Delete transactions choice. Double-click on the transaction(s),
and then change the date to match the date as shown on your broker‟s statement.
Microsoft Money (See Chapter Import Quicken (See Chapter 7): Investment
Account Manager is able to import a transaction file compatible with Quicken (QIF).
This is a helpful option in the event your financial institution is not provided in our list
of available choices, does not provide the standard OFX or QFX file format, or if you
are appending ongoing activity from your Quicken software.
File Menu | Export
Exporting Data to
Other Programs
Use this choice to export asset library data, a security price file or security symbol list to
be used in another program.
Export Asset
Library
Asset Library Data: use the Export Asset Library Data choice to create a comma
separated values or spread sheet compatible file. Once exported, this file can be used
for outside analysis of a customized list of variables from the Investment Account
Manager current asset library. The export file can be created to include all assets in the
Investment Account Manager Asset Library, or filtered for a specific portfolio as
chosen by the user.
237
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Select the radial dial for Current Asset Library or Individual Portfolio (and
then use the drop down list to locate and select portfolio).
o Listed in a scroll window are the available Fields to Include in Export with
check marks defaulted to include all items in the export file. You can use the
Select All or Clear All buttons to customize the data items to be included in
the export file. You may also select / deselect individual data items by using a
left mouse click in the check box provided.
o The Asset Types to Include table allows users to selectively mark asset types
for the export file. For example, users could mark to include only mutual
funds and common stocks to create an export file for just those investment
types. The default setting for this table is to include all asset types.
o The Sort By option allows users to organize the export file in a preferred
order. The asset data can be sorted by name, symbol or type.
o Use the Export button to create the export file. You'll be prompted to enter a
location and name for the export file. Use a location and file name that you
can easily recognize for use in you other software tools. Use the Cancel
button to quit.
Export Security Price File (Available in advanced mode):
Export Price File
o Use the Export Security Price File to create a price file compatible with other
software programs, i.e. Investor's Toolkit, Club Accounting, and Stock Analyst,
238
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
or other outside applications. The file format exported is comma separated
value file (CSV) in the following text format: Symbol, Price, and Date.
o Listed in the scroll window are all assets currently in Investment Account
Manager. Review this data carefully prior to creating an export file. If any of
the pricing data is inaccurate, then select the Asset Library | Current Asset
Library | Edit/Update feature to update the security information as necessary.
o Use the Export button to create the price file. You'll be prompted to enter a
location and name for the export file. Use a location and file name that you can
easily recognize for the import function of your other software tools. Use the
Cancel button to quit.
Export Security Symbol List (available in advanced mode):
Export Security
Symbols
o Use the Export Security Symbol List for pricing choice to create a text file of
existing security symbols for either an individual portfolio or for all assets in
the Investment Account Manager current asset library. This file can then be
used to automatically create a ticker list for use on Internet sites that provide
pricing data. Select the radial dial for Current Asset Library or Individual
Portfolio (and then use the drop down list to locate and select portfolio).
239
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Listed in a scroll window are all assets in Investment Account Manager, with
check marks defaulted for those currently marked „yes‟ for online pricing. You
can use the Select All or Deselect All buttons to customize the securities to be
included in the export file. You may also select / deselect individual securities
by using a left mouse click in the check box provided.
o Use the Save to File choice to create the security symbol export file on disk.
Enter the location and name for the export file, and then click the save button.
Use the Copy to Clipboard to save the export file to your clipboard. You can
then use the Windows paste command (Ctrl+V, or Edit | Paste) when
prompted by an Internet site to enter the symbols for pricing.
File Menu | Password
Password Protect
The Password feature allows you to choose a password that will be required to open
and start Investment Account Manager. When choosing a password, please select one
that you will remember. As a precaution, please write it down. After you have decided
to use a password, you will not be able to start Investment Account Manager without
entering that password. If you are using a password, you can change or remove it at
any time. Click on the button labeled Password to protect unauthorized access into
240
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
If you are currently using a password, but wish to change it, you‟ll need to first enter
your current password. You can then create a new password as you like. Click NONE
if you no longer want to use a password when using Investment Account Manager.
If you do not wish to password-protect your copy of Investment Account Manager,
simply click on the button labeled NONE.
Important: If you should forget your password, you will need to contact
QUANT IX SOFTWARE technical support for assistance. You will be required
to provide proof of purchase prior to a removal code. Additionally, you must
have your registration on file with QUANT IX SOFTWARE in order for us to
help you remove the password.
File Menu | Backup Data
Backup Data
241
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Backing up your Investment Account Manager data files is essential and easy to
accomplish. A few minutes needed to backup can prevent many hours of re-entry
work. Please read this section carefully.
o The first step in the backup procedure is to identify your backup directory.
You are able to back up to another hard drive location, to a removable drive
such as a zip, floppy, or flash drive, or to a writeable CD drive provided you
are using Windows XP or later versions. Note: if you are using Windows XP or
later, and have a writeable CD drive, Investment Account Manager will use
Windows XP to backup all files to a temporary location. In a second step,
you‟ll need to invoke Windows to actually write your backup to CD from this
temporary location (see additional notes below).
o After you have identified your backup directory, a window will list all the
portfolios currently in Investment Account Manager, each selected with a
check mark, indicating the portfolio is to be included in the backup process.
Notice the line above the table indicates the backup destination. If you wish to
change this location, use the button labeled Directory.
Note: if backing up to a writeable CD, the directory button is inactive since
Windows XP requires a specific temporary location for the Investment
Account Manager backup files.
o Use the Clear All or Select All buttons to customize the portfolios to be
included in the backup. You may also select / deselect individual portfolios by
using a left mouse click in the check box provided. After selecting which
portfolios for backup, click the Backup button.
Important notes for backup to CD:
Investment Account Manager can create a backup of your files to a temporary
location that Windows can then use to „backup‟ to your writeable CD drive. Be sure
you have set your writeable CD drive recording properties so that you have „Enabled
CD Recording on this drive‟.
242
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Insert a writeable CD to your CD drive.
Select the File Menu | backup choice.
In the backup process, identify your CD drive location.
Click OK
Identify the portfolios for backup.
Click on the Backup button.
When the backup is complete, you‟ll notice a Windows message shown in the lower
portion of your display near your task bar:
You can click on this „balloon‟ to open the Windows temporary location where your
Investment Account Manager backup files reside. If this „balloon‟ does not show, click
OK to finish the backup process, minimize Investment Account Manager, select the
„my computer‟ icon on your desktop, and then select your CD drive.
o You‟ll now view the Windows directory window for your writeable CD drive.
o Click on the link „Write these files to CD‟ under the CD Writing Tasks pane to
complete the backup process.
o Once complete, close the CD drive window, and you‟ll be returned to
Investment Account Manager where you can click the OK button to exit the
backup function. If you have already closed the backup feature, and have
minimized Investment Account Manager previously, then maximize
Investment Account Manager to continue working.
243
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Unique subfolders by date
Select the File Menu | preferences | backup tab, and select the option Create Unique
Subfolder to create a subfolder for your Investment Account Manager backup data.
This enables you to save backup files easily identified by date (BIPMdata_date).
Note: if you select the option to create unique backup dates, then BIPM will create
separate sub-folders for each back instead of overwriting previous backups. Then use
the File Menu | backup choice and backup to a hard disk location (default is \backups
folder in the Investment Account Manager 5 directory).
Notes for other external target drive, (i.e., a USB flash drive) backup:
o Using external disks for backup is a good safeguard for your files in the event
of a hardware failure.
o If you choose to use external disks for backup, we suggest you rotate backup
diskettes on a regular basis. A systematic disk rotation ensures that you will be
able to restore selected files or all files if necessary. One suggestion is to rotate
among 2-3 backup sets. For example, have a back up for Monday, Tuesday
and Wednesday. On Thursday, overwrite Monday's backup, on Friday
overwrite Tuesday's, etc. Another suggestion is to simply rotate between two
backup sets, alternating even and odd days. By having multiple sets of backup
disks, if the most recent backup set becomes damaged, you'll be able to use the
second most recent backup set to restore your data.
o Note: if you create a selective backup of portfolios, and use a previous
Investment Account Manager backup disk, please note that all data on the
backup disk will be removed prior to the selective backup. If you wish to retain
prior backup data, use a new unique disk.
244
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o It is recommended that you utilize at least two independent backup media to
external drives (i.e., CD or flash drive) to protect your data in the event of a
hardware failure.
File Menu | Restore Data
Restoring Your
Data
In the event of software or hardware failure it may become necessary to restore your
data into Investment Account Manager using a previously made backup disk. The
backup is required to restore you data.
o The Restore From window lists the various drives and folders. Here, we show
the C:\investment_account_manager\backup folders are opened – to open
folders double left-click on the folder icon to view its contents.
245
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o If the data to restore is found in a backup made on 03/27/09, then scroll
down the list to find that date. Double-left click on that folder.
o After you have indicated the restore source location, all portfolios found in the
restore source directory will be listed in a scroll window, with check marks
defaulted for each portfolio, indicating the inclusion of each portfolio in the
restore procedure. In most cases, all portfolios including the Master Asset
Library should be restored. This guarantees all portfolio databases are properly
restored to reflect the activity details of the backup set used. See the notes
listed below if you are restoring a subset of portfolios from the restore source.
o You can use the Clear All or Select All buttons to customize the portfolios to
be included in restore procedure. You may also select individual portfolios by
using a left mouse click in the check box provided. Once you‟ve selected
portfolios for restore, click the Restore button. Those portfolios selected will
be restored to your system.
o The Add As-Of-Date button enables users to create a historical pricing date
entry using the master portfolio file found in the backup source. This is an easy
way for past users of Investment Account Manager to build a historic price
246
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
file that can be used for deriving past reports that reflect holdings, values and
performance as of a specific date. Historic values are edited and updated using
the Asset Library | Historical Prices | Edit/Update choices. Note: this feature
simply restores the Asset Library only for the as of date - it does not restore
any of your individual portfolios, leaving your portfolios‟ transactional
information up-to-date.
Important Notes:
o If you are restoring all databases, be certain the check box is marked to
include the Asset Library located in the restore source drive. The Asset
Library contains the market prices, earnings rates, and other variables
coinciding to the portfolio database backups and is necessary for
generating portfolio values, P/E‟s, yields, etc. All portfolio databases in
Investment Account Manager will be overwritten.
o If you are restoring a single portfolio, or a specific set of portfolios, to a
new computer running Investment Account Manager, you should also
select to restore the Asset Library. This Asset Library contains the market
prices, earnings rates, and other variables coinciding to the portfolio
database backups and is necessary for generating portfolio values, P/E
values, yields, etc.
o If you are restoring a single portfolio, or a partial list of portfolios to
Investment Account Manager that holds other portfolios not included in
the restore source drive, you should not restore the Asset Library (for
example, you are currently tracking several portfolios and need to restore a
single portfolio from a different backup set not containing the same
portfolios). You goal is to only add the portfolio databases, not to
overwrite the Asset Library files, since they contain data for the existing
portfolios. Any assets held in the new portfolio portfolios, but not found
in the current asset library, will be added automatically to the existing
current asset library. You can then update these issues as necessary using
the Asset Library Menu | Current Asset Library.
247
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
File Menu | Preferences
Program
Preferences
The Preferences options allow you to set your individual program preferences
including Backup frequency and directory, Report Settings, Home Page, User Mode,
Advanced program settings, Stock Data Provider, and Internet Sites of interest.
 Backup Settings:
Backup Frequency
o Prompt for Backup Reminder: use this setting to define how often you
wish to be notified for backing up your data. Choices include: after every
session, after every other session, or after every five sessions.
o Automatic Backup: use this setting to run the backup process
automatically after 0 – 30 sessions. Based on your user preference, as you
exit Investment Account Manager, the backup process will be performed
to your desired destination folder. If you have set the destination to a
removable media source, be certain the required media is in place for the
backup process.
o Create Unique Subfolder: use this option to create a subfolder for your
Investment Account Manager backup data. This enables you to save
backup files easily identified by date (BIPM_year_month_day_time). This
248
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
preference setting is not recognized with floppy disk backups due to space
limitations.
 Report Settings:
Report Print
Settings
o Report Disclaimer: Use this setting to enter a report disclaimer to be
printed globally on all reports. The disclaimer serves the important
purpose of reminding users of the practical limitations of the program
and we recommend you include a disclaimer.
o Report Heading: Use this setting to enter a report heading to be
automatically used as a global default for all reports. An example of a
global heading might be „Year End Reports for the period ending
12/31/07‟. Note: You can override the global setting prior to printing
any individual report.
249
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Preview Magnification: Use this setting to set a global page preview
magnification level. Settings range from whole page up to 150%. Note:
You can also adjust the magnification setting each time you preview
any individual report.
o Report Margin Setup: Use this setting to globally set the report
margins for report printing. The following margin settings are used as
defaults: Top: 0.50, Bottom: 0.25, Left: 0.25, Right: 0.25
o Sort Default: Many of Investment Account Manager features require you
to identify the asset prior to adding transactions, updating with current
information, printing individual asset reports, etc. The sort feature enables
you to quickly arrange the list of assets currently in the system. You can set
the default sort order globally to: most recent use, symbol, name, or type.
o Set Session Date: use this setting to change the session date. This date will
be the date defaulted into date entry screens, and printed on all reports.
For instance, the report may be prepared and printed a few days after the
month end, and you would like the month end date to appear on the
reports.
o Fiscal Year ends in the Month: Use this setting to globally set the reporting
periods for a fiscal year-end other than December. For example, if you
want to generate reports based on a fiscal year-end in February, select this
month. Later, when you want to print a report for the last fiscal year, or
current fiscal year, (like the Income Received report) Investment Account
Manager will default this reporting period to reflect your February year-end
choice.
o Include printer Setup: With this option enabled, you will be prompted with
the printer setup dialogue form prior to printing reports. You‟ll be able to
select a specific printer, quality preferences, and other printer options.
250
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Home Page:
Home Page
Preferences
o Update market prices: each time the home page is refreshed. This choice
access the Internet for 15 minute delayed pricing as part of the home page
refresh process.
o Prompt before updating prices from home page.
o Check for updates when Investment Account Manager starts (requires an
internet connection).
Use this option to set a user-defined schedule to have Investment Account
Manager automatically check for a newer maintenance release for your
copy of Investment Account Manager. The default check is after 30
sessions (Valid ranges are none (uncheck), or between 1-99 sessions). If a
newer update is available, and your technical support policy is up to date,
you‟ll be prompted to download this newer release. Make certain you are
251
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
connected to the Internet, and your firewall is configured to allow
Investment Account Manager access to the Internet for
downloading files.
o Performance Index to show on the Home Page: Use this option to set an
index preference for performance comparison on the Investment Account
Manager home page. The index must have already been added in your Current
Asset Library and Historical Price Libraries with accurate prices
o Use Microsoft® Excel Charts and Graphs or Simple charts: If your
computer includes Microsoft Excel, then use this choice. If not, then select
Simply Charts.
 Bypass Price Alerts on Startup: Use this choice to bypass the price alerts
feature when starting Investment Account Manager.
User Mode:
Beginner or
Advanced Mode
The following menu items and features are additionally available when using
Investment Account Manager in the „Advanced‟ user mode. Please see the
„Advanced‟ tab for additional options.
252
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Home Page: when operating in Advanced mode, you‟ll find additional
tabs showing: portfolio diversification and allocation information.
o File Menu: when operating in Advanced mode, you‟ll see these additional
menu items listed. Import Internet Price File, Import SSG Estimated
High and Low Prices, Export Security Price File, Export Security Symbol
List
o Edit Menu: when operating in Advanced mode, you‟ll see these
additional menu items listed: Copy a Security to another Portfolio,
Transfer a Security to another Portfolio
o Transactions Menu: when operating in Advanced mode, you‟ll see these
additional menu items listed: Global Transactions | Income
o Reports and Graphs: when operating in Advanced mode, you‟ll see
these additional menu items listed: Portfolio Reports, Upside Downside,
Portfolio Summary, Additional Audit, Assets under Management, Capital
Gain Distributions, Exchanges, Mergers & Spin-offs, Qualified Dividends,
ST to LT Holding Period, Transfers, Wash Sale, Master Asset List, and
Batch Reports.
253
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Advanced Mode (additional features)
Advanced Mode
The following menu items and features are additionally available when using
Investment Account Manager in the „Advanced‟ user mode.
Performance Report Options:
o Transactions Menu option to Update Portfolio Performance Table and
use the Performance Table with Performance Report: Investment
Account Manager. This Portfolio Performance Table used for storing
and linking the annual performance returns for a portfolio, or for an
individual security. The table also provides the ability to store the yearly
performance returns for three common indices: DJIA, S&P 500, and
NASDAQ. This enables you to compare how well your portfolio or assets
have performed in relation to these indices. This feature also allows the
creation of performance graphs to illustrate the information included in
254
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
the table. Use the Reports Menu | Portfolio Performance | Linked
Returns Graph.
o Report setup option for Current Only on the Performance Report: the
Portfolio Performance Report will derive the annualized internal rate of
return for either all historical portfolio activity, or for only those issues
currently held. If you select All Activity, all transaction flows for all issues
with historic data will be included on the report, including those purchased
and then later entirely sold. If you select Current, the IRR will be derived,
accounting for all transaction flows, for only those issues that are currently
owned in the portfolio. NOTE: doing so will ignore the historical impact
of securities no longer held within a portfolio.
Additional Reports:
o Margin Accounts: the Margin Account Report compiles information
regarding margin accounts held in a portfolio. The Enter/Edit Balances,
found on the report setup screen, allows you to enter and track the current
margin balances and margin rates for this portfolio.
o Portfolio Descriptions: the Portfolio Descriptions report was designed for
users who may have multiple portfolios within Investment Account
Manager.
o Search by Objective: the Portfolio Search by Objectives Report was
designed for users who may have multiple portfolios within Investment
Account Manager.
User Defined Choices:
o Create user defined mutual fund objectives: Investment Account Manager
includes over 40 mutual fund investment objectives based on fund type.
These fund objectives help investors identify the diversity of mutual funds
owned in portfolios. This advanced option allows you to create/edit new
fund objectives. Note: these user defined objectives will appear as
„undefined‟ on Investment Account Manager Allocation Reports,
but will appear on the Fund Investment Objectives report.
Internet Instant Pricing:
Instant Prices,
Historical Prices
o Show option to create historical prices: this option allows the user to create
a historical price date as part of the Internet current pricing functions.
Each time you retrieve current market prices for updating current security
valuations, you‟ll be prompted as to whether or not you would like to also
save these current prices for a historic date entry. Since many users have
other asset types in addition to common stocks, and these assets may not
be included in the instant pricing feature, they will be omitted from the
255
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
historic price date created if this option is selected. If selected, you‟ll be
prompted to use the imported prices to create a historic asset price date.
Note: the best way to create historical price dates is to select the asset
library menu | historic asset library | add new date function.
Stock Data Provider
Stock Data
Provider
If you subscribe to the QuoteMedia data service, or subscribe to the AAII Stock
Investor Pro software, these optional data services will help you to complete
descriptive information for stocks as they are added to Investment Account Manager.
This includes access to fundamental stock data such as dividends, earnings, industry
sector, stock size, etc. for common stocks. Note: if you are using the trial version of
Investment Account Manager, a 45 day temporary free subscription is provided
to QuoteMedia data subscription.
256
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Adding Internet
Sites
 Internet Sites: the Internet Sites form lists web sites for easy user access from
within Investment Account Manager‟s Toolbar.
o Use the Add Item and Delete Item buttons to customize the list of web
sites in this list. Sites added to this list will be added to the tool bar „sites of
interest‟ list.
o Exit – Use to close Investment Account Manager as an alternative to the
red “X” in the upper right corner of the Home Page window.
257
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
File Menu | Convert BetterInvesting Portfolio Manager Data
BetterInvesting ™
Portfolio Manager
Data
This choice is used to convert data from either NAIC Portfolio Record Keeper v3
or BetterInvesting Portfolio Manager v4 or BetterInvesting Portfolio Manager v5.
Select the version of previous software you are using to convert to Investment
Account Manager. If your previous data files are not listed, use the Directory
button to locate the \Data folder of the directory where your previous version is
located.
Once your portfolios are listed, use the Convert Now button to import your
previous data. Use the Exit button cancel without converting.
Note: You can also use a backup made from Portfolio Manager to restore your data into Investment
Account Manager. Use File Menu | Restore Data.
258
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Reference
R2
Edit Menu and Functions
Investment Account Manager provides the many features needed to effectively manage
your investment portfolios. Whether you have the responsibility to administer one or
many portfolios, IAM will help guide you toward better decisions.
Edit Menu:
Edit Menu
The purpose of the File Menu is to provide access to features normally used to begin a
process.
Edit Menu | Copy a Security to Another Portfolio:
Copying Securities
This choice is used to copy all historical records (purchases, sales, income, etc.) of one
or more securities from one portfolio to another. This feature copies the entire
asset‟s transaction history from the original portfolio to the destination portfolio.
Investment Account Manager will prompt you to backup your data prior to copying a
security. This precautionary step will allow you to revert back to the pre-copy status in
the event of an error.
259
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
For example, copying securities from one portfolio to another would be used if the
transaction history was posted to the wrong portfolio. This differs from Transfer a
Security to Another (or out of IAM completely) in which part or all of a security is
transferred as of a particular day as a single transfer transaction (i.e., transfer to a
charity).
 Listed in the upper scrollable table are securities held – either currently or at
any time in the past) in the original (open) portfolio. Those that are currently
owned show the total quantity held and current market value.
o To select a security to copy, find it in the upper table, then left-click in
the check box provided to mark the security (you can copy multiple
securities simultaneously).
o Use the Clear All button to remove selections.
 Listed in the lower table are all IAM portfolios.
o To select the destination portfolio, locate the portfolio in the lower
table, then left-click in the check box provided. You may only select a
single destination portfolio.
o Next, use the Copy Securities button. All transaction records for the
selected securities will be copied to the destination portfolio.
260
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 After the records have been copied, you can elect to delete these securities
from the original portfolio if you wish to remove the history from the original
portfolio.
Edit Menu | Transfer a Security to another Portfolio: (advanced mode)
Transfer Security
The Transfer a Security to another Portfolio choice is used to transfer either a portion
of a security holding or an entire position to another portfolio being tracked in
Investment Account Manager as a single transaction. It can also be used to deliver
holdings out of Investment Account Manager (i.e. to a charity). Note: if you are trying to
copy the entire transaction history for a security to another portfolio, use the Copy a Security to Another
Portfolio feature.
Listed in the upper scroll table are the securities currently owned in the open portfolio,
listing the total quantity and the current market value.
 To select a security for transfer, locate the issue and then left-click in the check
box provided.
 Listed in the lower scroll table are all portfolios currently in Investment
Account Manager. To select the destination portfolio, locate the portfolio and
then left-click in the check box provided.
261
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Use the Create New Portfolio button to create a new portfolio to receive the
transferred shares. You may only select a single destination portfolio.
 If you are transferring the security out (i.e., to a charity, or other outside
account), select the check box Transfer out of Investment Account Manager.
After you‟ve indicated the destination for the transferred shares, click the Next button.
The second part of transferring a security, IAM displays the various purchase lots for
the security being transferred.
After entering the transfer date, the quantity transferred, cost basis selection and the
market price on the transfer date (or another meaningful price; i.e., if using the
transfer feature in the case of a step-up-in-basis from an estate use the step-basis as
price), then select which lot to transfer under the Quantity Transferred column in the
table.
 To select which lots to use (in a partial transfer) move your pointer to the
row of the lot under the Quantity Transferred column.
 Double-click you mouse. The window will adjust by reducing the quantity
of the selected lot to the extent possible.
 Continue lot selection until all transfer shares are allocated.
Hint: The ability to select which lots to transfer is very important for effective
tax planning. For instance, you might want to donate your lowest cost basis
262
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
lots to a charity since doing so will allow you the full value of the gift, without
the recognition of any capital gains (vs. selling, realizing the gain, and donating
the proceeds).
Edit Menu | Remove a Security from this Portfolio:
Removing a
Security
The Remove a Security from this Portfolio feature will completely delete that security‟s
historical data from the portfolio.
Important: Removing A Security from a portfolio will completely delete that security‟s
historical data from the portfolio – it will be completely erased from the portfolio. This
feature removes all transaction records for the asset selected from the open portfolio the purchases, sales, income, return of capital, etc.
Note: If you wish to delete a specific transaction due to an error, you may need to
only change a specific transaction entry - i.e. a specific purchase, sale, an income record,
etc. If this is the case, then use the Transactions Menu | Add, Edit, Delete
Transactions choice.
IAM lists are all securities either currently or previously held, in the open portfolio. For
those that are currently owned, the table also shows the current quantity held and
current market value.
263
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 To remove a security, locate the issue and then left-click in the check box
provided. You can remove multiple securities at the same time.
 After a security has been selected, two additional buttons will appear:
o Use the Clear All button to remove selections.
o Use the Delete Marked Securities button. All selected securities will
be deleted from the active portfolio.
Note: if any matching deposits or withdrawals were created as part of the deleted
security transactions, you will be asked if these should also be deleted. Select Yes or
No. If Yes is selected any activity posted to a money market account being used as the
transaction offset (sweep) account for the portfolio will be reversed.
264
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Reference
R3
Transactions Menu and Functions
Transactions Menu
Investment Account Manager provides Investment Account Managers the needed
abilities to record a wide variety of portfolio transactions. These include buying, selling,
depositing, withdrawing, short-selling, option transactions, downloading, etc. in specific
portfolios. IAM also provides the ability to apply global transactions (i.e., system wide
posting) for stock splits, spinners, mergers, etc.
As a refresher, recall from an earlier chapter the distinction between portfolio
databases, which hold transactional information, and the Asset Libraries which
maintains the collective data needed by the program. Portfolio transactions are added
to the individual portfolio (i.e., specific purchase, sale, etc), while collective data is
stored in the Asset Libraries – either the Current Asset Library or Historical Price
Library. This collective information includes security name, security symbol, asset type,
market price, etc. and is shared with the portfolios.
Additionally, Global Transactions are those that are applied to all portfolios holding a
specific security, instead of requiring users to post a general transaction repeated to
different portfolios. For instance, if XYZ declares a 2:1 stock split, and XYZ is held in
10 different portfolios on the ex-date of the stock split, IAM‟s Global Stock Split
feature will adjust each portfolio accordingly, rather than requiring 10 different manual
entries. A more detailed explanation follows under Global Transactions.
265
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Transactions Menu | Add, Edit Delete Transactions:
Entering Portfolio
Transactions
IAM handles a wide variety of securities and transaction types, which are entered via
the Portfolio Transactions Ledger. The Portfolio Activity Ledger provides the ability
for users to review, add, edit and delete portfolio transactions.
(Also see Quick Transactions button found in tool bar)
 Transactions Ledger
Transaction
Ledger
When accessing the ledger, it is opened in the Transaction Ledger tab view. This
tab lists all previously recorded transaction records for the open portfolio in
chronological order.
The information listed in the ledger includes:
o Basis Date: this is the date of the transaction.
o Symbol: security symbol.
o Trans Type: type of investment transaction. See below for a description of
the transaction types listed in the ledger view.
o Memo: any previous entered transaction memo.
o Quantity: amount of shares, etc. associated with the transaction. Note: If the
quantity or cost for a selected issue does not match with the quantity or cost
shown on Investment Account Manager reports, select the Tools Menu |
266
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Portfolio Diagnostic Tool for help on fixing these data entry errors. These
types of errors are due to past editing mistakes, and will need to be corrected
by adjustment or deletion. See Portfolio Diagnostic Tool under the Tools
Menu.
o Dollar Amount: transaction net amount, income received, expenses paid, etc.
o Total MMF Balance: total running balance, if any, for all money market
funds in the portfolio. This is a combined total if the portfolio has multiple
money market funds. To see individual MMF account balances, use the
Individual Security tab for the account.
o The transaction ledger can be sorted to group all portfolio activity by symbol
by left-double clicking on the symbol column. This allows you to review all
portfolio activity on a symbol-by-symbol sort order. Note: sorting all activity
by symbol inactivates the running MMF account balance. Use the Defaults
Settings button to restore column widths and sort orders, and the running
MMF balances.
o The Calc Balances box is used to indicate if you would like to derive running
balances of individual asset quantity and cost totals. If you uncheck this box, these
totals are not derived each time and will increase the loading speed of the ledger.
Deselecting the Calc Balances will increase the speed of the operation, especially
for slower computers.
o Button Choices:
o Enter New: use this button to add new transactions to the portfolio.
Transaction types available for selections are dependent on the asset type.
o Print: use this button to create and print either the ledger.
o Save: use this button to record changes.
o Cancel: use this button to ignore changes.
o Default Settings: use this button to restore column widths and sort orders,
and the running MMF balances.
o Users can customize the view of the ledger:
o Select either Entire Portfolio (all transactions for the portfolio) or
Individual Asset (transactions for a single security) via the radio button.
If Individual Asset is selected, then an addition drop-down pick list
will appear listing all securities individually. Selecting the asset, and
then the Go! Button (or by highlighting an asset in the portfolio view
and selecting the Individual Security Tab).
267
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Users can also filter the ledger for certain transaction types by selecting
the transaction type
Finding past
transactions
o Users can also filter for a date range by selecting the range.
These useful tools help to located previously entered transactions.
268
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Portfolio Activity Ledger – Edit/Delete Transaction Tab:
Changing or
Editing
Transactions
The Edit/Delete Transaction Tab lists the information entered for the selected
transaction. To select a transaction for edit or delete, simply double-click your mouse
on the detail line in the Activity Ledger. This will take you to the Edit/Delete
Transaction window. This window is dependent on the transition type selected.
Button Choices:
o Delete: use this button to delete the selected asset transaction.
Important notes: As transactions are entered into Investment Account Manager, they
are date and time stamped for an internal audit trail. This allows Investment Account
Manager to find and modify related records automatically. It is therefore advisable to
delete and re-enter transaction errors, rather than editing records, thereby allowing
IAM to change all the related records. When deleting, delete in reverse order of entry;
that is most recent to oldest. An exception to this general rule would be if a date error
is to be changed. When in doubt… delete and re-enter. Additionally, if a specific
security is incorrect you may wish to remove all the transaction activity for specific
security from the portfolio and re-enter its history. Select Transactions Menu |
Remove a Security from the portfolio.
269
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Original Lot vs. Current Balance:
Original Lot
Current Balance
Lot
When you record a purchase transaction, two corresponding records are actually
created - an Original Lot Record and a Current Balance Record. Current
Balance records reflect activity whereas Originals generally do not.
Original Lot records serve as the permanent historical records of purchase
transactions, provide the ability to create historical reports, and provide an audit
trail to match to confirmation statements you have entered into Investment
Account Manager. Original lot records are your way of reviewing historical
purchases, and they are generally not adjusted for changes in share balance and
cost (Note: cost is reduced on original lot records in the cases of spin-off or
merger activity. This is required for proper tax accounting for IRS rules where
original cost basis is allocated to the recipient company).
For example, if 100 shares of ABC were purchased on 10/01/05 for $1000, at the
time of purchase, two related records are created within Investment Account
Manager: the original lot and current balance records which would show the same
information immediately following the purchase. However, if a 2:1 stock split is
then recorded for ABC on 03/13/06, the records would then show different
information - the original lot record will still show the original 100 shares
purchased, while the current balance now shows 200 shares (100 * 2). The Current
Balance Record is used to derive the current market value for ABC on the various
reports, while the original lot acts as an audit trail to the confirmation ticket
received when ABC was first purchased.
Continuing with this example, on 02/01/2007 50 shares of ABC are now sold. The
current balance will be reduced to 150 shares (200 – 50), while the original lot remains
unchanged. As above, the 150 shares held in the current balance is used to derive the
current market value for ABC, while the original lot continues to act as an audit trail to
the confirmation ticket received when ABC was first purchased.
Current Balance records indicate what the Original Lot has become after
being adjusted to reflect all subsequent activity since the lot was purchased. These
records are adjusted to reflect sale activity, stock split or stock dividend activity,
spin-off activity, etc. Current Balance records are used to derive current market
values of your investments.
In summary, Current Balance Records are dynamic – they are continually adjusted for
changes in share balance and cost. Original Lot Records are static – they act as an audit
trail to the confirmation ticket first entered and are not adjusted for changes in share
balance and cost (Note: cost is reduced on original records in the cases of spin-off or
merger activity which is required for proper tax accounting for IRS rules where original
cost basis is allocated to the recipient company).
270
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Portfolio Activity Ledger – Individual Security Tab:
Portfolio Activity
Ledger Isolated
Sometimes it is useful to view the ledger filtered for a single security‟s activity. This
view is especial helpful when isolating past activity.
The Individual Security Tab lists all transaction records filtered for an individual
security in chronological order. The data shown can be additionally filtered by using
the drop down arrows to select only specific transaction types and/or reporting
periods. You can change the selected security by using the drop down pick list to Select
Asset, and then pressing the Go! button.
Information provided:
o Basis Date: transaction date.
o Symbol: security symbol.
o Trans Type: type of investment transaction.
o Memo: any previous entered transaction memo.
o Quantity: amount of shares, etc. associated with the transaction.
o Dollar Amount: transaction net amount, income received, expenses paid, etc.
o Balance Quantity: running balance of the quantity held for the security, adjusted
for transaction activity. Quantity is increased for new purchases, reinvestments,
transfer received, spin-off received, merger received, stock split and stock dividend
distributions. Quantity is reduced by sales, transfers delivered, and merger
271
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
exchanged. Note: if the transaction has no effect on the running balance quantity,
the most recent balance for quantity is shown in gray. If a discrepancy exists
between the ledger‟s balance quantity, and the quantity shown on the various
reports, please see Portfolio Diagnostic Tool.
o Balance Cost: running balance of the cost for the security, adjusted for transaction
activity. Cost is increased for purchases, reinvestments, transfers received, spin-off
received, and merger received. Cost is reduced by sales, return of capital, transfers
delivered, spin-off issued, and merger exchanged. Note: if the transaction has no
effect on the running balance cost, the most recent balance for cost is shown in
gray.
Notes:
o If the quantity or cost for a selected issue does not match with the quantity or
cost shown on Investment Account Manager reports, select the Tools Menu |
Portfolio Diagnostic Tool for help on fixing these data entry errors. These
types of errors are due to past editing mistakes, and will need to be corrected
by adjustment or deletion. See Portfolio Diagnostic Tool under the Tools
Menu.
o Use the Defaults Settings button to restore column widths and sort orders, and
the running MMF balances.
o The Calc Balances box is used to indicate if you would like to derive running
balances of individual asset quantity and cost totals. If you uncheck this box,
these totals are not derived each time and will increase the loading speed of the
ledger (usually only required with older, slower computers).
272
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Portfolio Activity Ledger –Portfolio Values Tab:
Transaction
Ledger Tabs
The Portfolio Values Tab accumulates holdings and values a portfolio based on the
market prices stored in the current asset library. This view segregates securities
according to type, and lists this information:
Portfolio Values
Tab
mutual fund, etc.
of the security.
of the security.
273
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Listed below this table is a summary for the total cost, total market value, total
unrealized gain/loss, and total percentage unrealized gain/loss for all assets in the
portfolio.
Button Choices:
o Export: use this choice to create a plain text file that includes symbol, name,
total quantity, unit cost, and total cost to be used in other software programs.
o Enter New: use this button to add new transactions to the portfolio. Refer to
the help provided with specific transaction entries.
o Print: use this button to create and print the Appraisal Report.
o Default Settings: use this button to restore column widths and sort orders,
and the running MMF balances.
Entering Transactions
Entering
Transactions
The various transaction windows shown are dependent on the asset type involved in
the security transaction being recorded. For instance, when adding common stocks
certain transactions are available (i.e., buy, sell) while others are available for money
market funds (i.e., deposit, withdrawal).
Any data fields shown in yellow shading are required data fields. Others are optional.
To begin select the Enter New Button from the Portfolio Transactions Ledger ( a
shortcut method is to use the Quick Transactions button found in the tool bar which
avoids viewing the Transactions Ledger).
274
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Deposit transaction - Money Market Funds:
Deposit Funds MMF
Money Market Funds: use this asset category to track your money market funds,
especially if you want the ability for cash pooling, also known as cash sweeping.
Although not required, cash pooling allows a money market fund that has been added
to a portfolio to be used for the automatic “sweeping” of funds: deduction of purchase
amounts, the depositing of sale proceeds and investment income. If you have a money
fund associated with your investment account that is routinely used as the offset
account for portfolio transactions, you should use this feature.
275
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
General Notes:
o Security transactions can be added either by name of by symbol. Most money
market funds have a standardized ticker symbol; if in doubt, check with your
financial institution. If not, then it will be necessary to create a ticker symbol
for the money market fund so it can be tracked in IAM- i.e., for a money
market fund you might use MMF_1. NOTE: symbols can be changed at any
time from the Asset Library | Current Asset Library.
o If the security being added to the currently open portfolio has previously been
added to the Current Asset Library because it is held elsewhere, you can select
it from a pick list available via the drop down which shows the assets within
the Asset Library. Recall, securities MUST BE part of the Current Asset
Library in order to be added into portfolios.
o The various transaction windows shown are dependent on the asset type
involved in the security transaction being recorded. For instance, when adding
common stocks certain transactions are available (i.e., buy, sell) while others are
available for money market funds (i.e., deposit, withdrawal).
o Any data fields shown in yellow shading are required data fields. Others are
optional.
If the security is new to Investment Account Manager – not held in other
portfolios – select ADD NEW to add to the Current Asset Library. This will
divert you to enter security data into the Current Asset Library before recording
transactions into the portfolio.
276
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Reminder: the Current Asset Library stores the most recently updated data for all of
the assets within Investment Account Manager. This database shares this information
globally by all portfolios within Investment Account Manager. It contains the general
information about securities held in the various individual portfolios. This data is used
for deriving values and reports. It includes data items like security name, symbol, type,
recent market price, dividend rate, earnings per share, etc. Recall that the individual
portfolios hold their specific transactional data and reference the Current Asset Library
for general asset information.
277
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o After the addition to the Current Asset Library, you will then be directed to the portfolio to
add the transactional activity.
Notice the top portion of this screen indicates the deposit date, security symbol and
security description. A summary band is also shown that indicates the total current
balance for the security. The lower portion of this screen includes the necessary entry
fields for recording the deposit transaction.
278
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Dollar Amount: the total dollar amount of the deposit.
o Service Charge: service charges are the miscellaneous expenses that may be
included as part of a purchase transaction. They are not included in the net dollar
amount of the specific transaction because these expenses are tax-deductible, and
can be deducted in the year incurred, based upon certain limitations.
o Total: total is automatically calculated by Investment Account Manager and is the
sum of dollar amount + service charges. This is the total dollar amount of the
transaction. This field cannot be edited.
o Transaction Notes: an optional entry, use this area to record transaction notes or
reminders.
Button Choices:
o Deduct From: use this check box to automatically deduct the total dollar amount
of the deposit transaction from another existing money market fund account in
this portfolio. If you check this option, indicate which money market fund should
be used for the deduction.
o Save and Enter Another: use this selection to save the deposit transaction and
automatic cash deduction if selected, and to enter another new deposit.
o Save: use this selection to save the deposit transaction and automatic cash
deduction if selected.
o Use the Cancel button to quit without saving this deposit entry.
Deposit transaction – Cash Equivalents:
Cash Equivalents
Use this asset category for cash-like securities, such a certificates of deposit, short-term
treasury bills, etc. Cash equivalents are NOT used as a portfolio‟s sweep account for
offsetting other portfolio transaction activity. Rather, use the asset type Money Market
Funds for „sweeping ‟.
General notes for cash equivalents:
Since cash equivalents do not utilize standardized ticker symbols, it will be necessary to
create a ticker symbol for the cash equivalent so it can be tracked in Investment
Account Manager - i.e. CASH_1. Note: symbols can be changed at any time from the
Asset Library | Current Asset Library.
279
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o The cost per unit and current market price per unit for cash equivalents is
considered by Investment Account Manager to be $1.00 and does not fluctuate.
o Cash Equivalents do not appear on the Sold Securities Report since there is no
associated capital gain.
Please refer to the immediately preceding discussion on deposits to money market
funds for sample deposit screens and instructions.
Buy Transactions: Common Stocks, Preferred Stocks, Mutual Funds, and
Exchange Traded Funds:
Buying Stocks,
Funds
General Notes:
o Security transactions can be added either by name of by symbol
o If the security being added to the currently open portfolio has previous been
it from a pick list available via the ADD NEW in the drop down window
which then shows the assets within the Asset Library.
280
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Use the drop down list to select the security, in this case, Kohl‟s was previous added to the
Current Asset Library so it is available in the list. If the security is new to Investment
Account Manager, select Add New from the list. This will divert you through the Current
Asset library to add the security‟s collectively shared data; afterwards you will then be
directed to the portfolio to add the transactional activity.
Reminder: the Current Asset Library stores the most recently updated data for all of the
assets within Investment Account Manager. This database shares this information globally
by all portfolios within Investment Account Manager. It contains the general information
about securities held in the various individual portfolios. This data is used for deriving
values and reports. It includes data items like security name, symbol, type, recent market
price, dividend rate, earnings per share, etc. Recall that the individual portfolios hold their
specific transactional data and reference the Current Asset Library for general asset
information.
281
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
IMPORTANT TO REMEMBER: After a security is part of the Current Asset
Library this step is avoided when adding future portfolio transactions for the security
to any portfolio.
o Only certain transaction types apply to initial purchases for stock investments.
282
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Use the Purchase transaction screen to enter the information for the security
purchase activity. Notice the top portion of this screen indicates the trade date,
security symbol, security description and recent price. A summary band is also
shown that indicates the total quantity currently held in the portfolio, the total
cost basis, and the total current market value for the security. The lower
portion of this screen includes the necessary entry fields for recording the
purchase transaction.
Purchase
o Shares: the number of shares purchased. Each security lot should be entered
into the program separately.
o Price: the price paid per share when you bought the asset. This field is not
required and will be automatically derived using the Net Amount divided by
the number of shares.
283
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Commissions and Fees: enter the commissions and fees associated with the
purchase transaction and are included in the net amount of the transaction. Do
not include service charges in this amount if they are not included in the net
amount of the trade.
o Net Amount: the net total cost for the transaction. Note: net amount is
automatically calculated by Investment Account Manager if you have entered a
share purchase price [(shares purchased x share purchase price) +
commissions]. It can be manually adjusted to account for additional fees or
costs associated with the purchase transaction.
o Service Charge: service charges are the miscellaneous expenses sometimes
charged as part of a purchase transaction. These miscellaneous service
charges/expenses are not part of the purchase amount used to calculate cost
basis and capital gains. They are not included in the net amount (and therefore
not added to the commissions/fees) of the transaction because these expenses
are tax-deductible in the year in which they occur, based upon certain
limitations. For example, in a direct purchase of a mutual fund or common
stock, there is often a transaction fee that is charged. This transaction fee is
considered a service charge, and is not included in the cost basis. Note: any such
service charge will be recorded as an „Account/Service Fee‟ for reporting purposes. You
can edit this charge if necessary on the edit tab for the expense record.
o Total: total is automatically calculated by Investment Account Manager and is
the sum of net amount + service charge. This value represents the total dollar
amount of the transaction that can be deducted from an existing money
market fund account in the portfolio. This field cannot be edited.
o Transaction Notes: an optional entry, use this area to record transaction
notes or reminders. If recorded here, they will indicate on the Portfolio
Transaction Ledger in red font under the Memo column. The can be printed
on the Transaction Activity Report also.
Button Choices
 Deduct From: use this check box to automatically deduct the total dollar
amount of the purchase transaction from an existing money market fund
account in this portfolio. In order for a money market fund(s) to appear, it
must have been already added to the portfolio. If you check this option,
indicate which money market fund should be used for the deduction. Only
money market funds can be used for offset. Note: you can deduct total cost in
excess of balance available, i.e., buying on margin.
 Save: use this selection to save the purchase transaction and automatic cash
 Use the Cancel button to quit without saving this purchase entry.
284
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Fixed Income – Corporate Bonds US Governments, Agencies, and Tax
Exempt Bonds
Bonds
Basic bond facts:
o Bonds are issued with a stated par value – usually $1000 per bond. Therefore,
Investment Account Manager uses the standard method for tracking bond-like
investments – 1 bond = $1000 par value. Bond prices are quotes as a percentage
of par value – i.e., $100 = 100% of par value, $98 = 98% of par (trading at a
discount) , $102 = 102% of par (trading at a premium).
o US Government bonds are quoted with a minimum change of 1/32nd (rather than
in 1/8 increments for other bonds). Therefore, if the quote for a US Government
appears as 99.24 that means 99 24/32 or 99.75.
o Original issue discount securities are bonds that are issued for an amount less than
the par value face amount. The difference between the redemption par value at
maturity and the original issue price is the original issue discount. An example of an
OID bond is a Zero-coupon bond. Please see the online help for hints entering
OID bonds.
o Bond prices must be manually updated within Investment Account Manager by
selecting the Asset Library Menu | Current or Historical | find the bond and
change its price. There are various Internet sources for finding bond prices: For
updating prices of bonds in Investment Account Manager, try
www.investinginbonds.com, www.bondsonline.com, and
www.municipalbonds.com.
o Government bonds (US and Agency) do not use standardized ticker symbols.
Therefore, when entering these types of bonds, create a ticker that is
meaningful to you: USG_note1, Muni_1, etc.
o Any data fields shown in yellow shading are required data fields. Others are
optional .
285
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
General Notes:
o Security transactions can be added either by name of by symbol. As previously
stated, bond-like investments may not have standardized security symbols.
added to the Current Asset Library because it is held in another portfolio, you
can select it from a pick list available by selecting the ADD NEW in the drop
down window which then shows the assets within the Asset Library.
o If the security is new to Investment Account Manager – not held in other
portfolios – you will be routed to the Current Asset Library to add the
security‟s collectively shared data by selecting the Add New button, afterwards
then directed to the portfolio to add the transactional activity.
o Reminder: the Current Asset Library stores the most recently updated data for
all of the assets within Investment Account Manager. This database shares this
information globally by all portfolios within Investment Account Manager. It
contains the general information about securities held in the various individual
portfolios. This data is used for deriving values and reports. It includes data
items like security name, symbol, type, recent market price, dividend rate,
earnings per share, etc. Recall that the individual portfolios hold their specific
transactional data and reference the Current Asset Library for general asset
information. After a security is part of the Current Asset Library, the previous
step is avoided when adding future portfolio transactions for the security to
any portfolio.
286
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Then the transactional information to be recorded into the portfolio:
287
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Use the Purchase transaction screen to enter the information for the security purchase
activity. Notice the top portion of this screen indicates the trade date, security symbol,
security description and recent price. A summary band is also shown that indicates the
total quantity currently held in the portfolio, the total cost basis, and the total current
market value for the security. The lower portion of this screen includes the necessary
entry fields for recording the purchase transaction.
o Quantity: the number of bonds where each 1 bond equals $1000 par value.
Each security lot should be entered into the program separately.
o Price: the price paid per share when you bought the asset. This field is not
required and will be automatically derived using the Net Amount divided by
the number of shares.
288
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Principal Amount: the net total cost for the transaction. Note: net amount is
purchase price [(quantity purchased x 1000 x purchase price) + commissions].
It can be manually adjusted to account for additional fees or costs associated
with the purchase transaction.
o Accrued Interest: accrued interest represents the amount of interest earned
on a bond-like investment since the last regular payment date. It is included in
the Total Amount due for the purchase of the. Accrued interest is owed to the
previous seller, and paid by the buyer of the bond, and it is therefore is paid by
you to the seller. It is recorded with the bond purchase, and is then tracked as
negative income amount in Investment Account Manager. At the next regular
payment date the purchaser receives interest for the entire period since the last
payment date. When the full interest payment is received and recorded, the
two entries net to the correct interest amount to the buyer.
o Service Charge: service charges are the miscellaneous expenses occasionally
limitations. Note: any such service charge will be recorded as an „Account/Service
Fee‟ for reporting purposes. You can edit this charge if necessary on the edit tab for the
expense record.
the sum of principal amount + accrued interest + service charge. This value
represents the total dollar amount of the transaction that can be deducted from
an existing money market fund account in the portfolio, if there is a sweep
money market fund for cash pooling. This field cannot be edited.
Button Choices
o Deduct From: use this check box to automatically deduct the total dollar
amount of the purchase transaction from an existing money market fund
account in this portfolio. In order for a money market fund(s) to appear, it
must have been already added to the portfolio. If you check this option,
289
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
indicate which money market fund should be used for the deduction. Only
money market funds can be used for offset.
o Note: you can deduct total cost in excess of balance available, i.e., buying on
margin.
o Save: use this selection to save the purchase transaction and automatic cash
o Use the Cancel button to quit without saving this purchase entry.
Buy Transactions Investment Clubs
Investment Clubs
Investment Account Manager allows you to track your ownership units in an
investment club. When creating the symbol, make it descriptive. Investment Clubs are
quoted in valuation units (i.e. 100 = 100 units).
Investment clubs do not use standardized security ticker symbols. Therefore, when
entering these types of investments, create a ticker that is meaningful to you – i.e.,
MYCLUB1.
Manually market price update is required for Investment Clubs in order to determine
the changing market current value. Select Asset Library | Current or Historical | find
the investment club and edit its market price. Any data fields shown in yellow shading
are required data fields. Others are optional.
To begin select the Enter New Button from the Portfolio Transactions Ledger, then:
290
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Since this security is not part of Investment Account Manager‟s Asset Library, must be
added as part of the portfolio transaction. Then click Save.
Then the portfolio transaction information:
291
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Valuation Units: the number of units purchased. Each unit lot should be
entered into the program separately.
o Unit Value: the price paid per unit.
purchase transaction and are included in the net amount of the transaction.
o Amount Invested: the net total cost for the transaction.
charged as part of a unit purchase transaction.
amount of the investment club investment.
Button Choices
amount from an existing money market fund account in this portfolio. In
order for a money market fund(s) to appear, it must have been already added
to the portfolio. If you check this option, indicate which money market fund
should be used for the deduction. Only money market funds can be used for
offset. Note: you can deduct total cost in excess of balance available, i.e.,
buying on margin.
o Save: use this selection to save the transaction and automatic cash deduction if
selected.
o Use the Cancel button to quit without saving this entry.
Buy transactions - Options: To purchase an equity option (i.e., to go long the
option).
Option
Transactions
Note: At the time of this printing, standardized option symbology was being
modified. Please check the online Help System for a more detailed explanation
of the various option transactions. Also, be sure you are using the most recent
version (Tool Bar \ Check for Updates).
292
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
General Notes:
o Security transactions can be added either by name of by symbol. Options use
standardized security symbols which identify the underlying security, the
option strike price, and the expiration cycle. Visit www.cboe.com for option
education and tutorials. During 2010, standardized options symbology is being
dramatically changed.
o Option market prices must be updated manually (Asset Library Menu).
it from a pick list available via the ADD NEW in the drop down window
which then shows the assets within the Asset Library.
293
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
If the security is new to Investment Account Manager you will be routed to the
Current Asset Library to add the security‟s collectively shared data by selecting the Add
New button, afterwards then directed to the portfolio to add the transactional activity.
294
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Opening Buy:
Opening Buy
The top portion of this screen indicates the trade date, security symbol, security
description, type of option (call or put), recent price, exercise price and expiration date.
Note: when first entering your option be certain to include as many details in the
security name as possible, particularly whether a Call or Put, strike price and expiration.
This can help in identifying options on various Investment Account Manager reports.
You can edit option descriptions under the Current Asset Library | edit tab.
A summary band is also shown that indicates any total quantity currently held, the total
cost basis, and the total current market value for the option. The lower portion of this
screen includes the necessary entry fields for recording the opening buy transaction.
o Contracts: the number of option contracts purchased.
295
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Price: the per contract price you paid when you bought the option. This is an
optional entry. Investment Account Manager will derive the price paid per
contract internally based on the quantity purchased and the net amount.
o Net Amount: the total cost for the transaction. Note: net amount is
automatically calculated by [(contracts purchased x shares per contract x
contract purchase price) + commissions]. It can be manually adjusted to
account for additional fees or costs associated with the opening buy
transaction.
limitations. Note: any such service charge will be recorded as an „Account Fee‟ for
reporting purposes. You can edit this charge if necessary on the edit tab for the expense record.
amount of the transaction that can be deducted from an existing cash account
in the portfolio. This field cannot be edited.
notes or reminders.
Button Choices
amount of the opening buy transaction from an existing money market fund
account in this portfolio. If you check this option, indicate which money
market fund should be used for the deduction. Note: you can deduct total cost
in excess of balance available, i.e., buying on margin.
o Save: use this selection to save the purchase transaction and automatic cash
296
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Buy transactions - Options:
The "Other Investments" type allows users to track a wide variety of assets - precious
metals, real estate, antiques, vintage automobiles, etc. When entering an asset as an
Other Investment, Investment Account Manager will list all of the possible data fields.
Complete only the fields that apply to the asset you are recording.
Depending on the asset being added, you will need to experiment when entering
current price, quantity and purchase price. Remember that Net Amount is based on
the following: [(shares purchased x share purchase price) + commissions].
For example, if you would like to track your home which was bought for $100,000 and
is now worth $200,000:
o Quantity could be 1000 (units)
o Purchase price: 100.
o Recent Price: 200, as entered into the Current Asset Library.
Withdrawal Transactions:
Withdraw Funds
The various transaction windows shown are dependent on the asset type involved in
the security transaction being recorded. For instance, when adding common stocks
certain transactions are available (i.e., buy, sell) while others are available for money
market funds (i.e., deposit, withdrawal).
Hint: Any data fields shown in yellow shading are required data fields. Others are
option.
To begin select the Enter New Button from the Portfolio Transactions Ledger
(transactions can also be added via the tool bar | Quick Transactions button):
297
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Withdrawal Transaction – Money Market Funds:
298
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Money Market Funds - the top portion of this screen indicates the withdrawal date,
security symbol and security description. A summary band is also shown that indicates
the total current balance for the security. The lower portion of this screen includes the
necessary entry fields for recording the withdrawal transaction.
Dollar Amount: the total dollar amount of the withdrawal.
Service Charge: service charges are the miscellaneous expenses often included as part
of a withdrawal transaction. They are not included in the net dollar amount of the
specific transaction because these expenses are tax-deductible, and can be deducted in
the year incurred, based upon certain limitations. Service charges are deducted from the
dollar amount of the withdrawal, and the remaining amount is the net cash received for
deposit to a different cash account, or mailed directly to you in a check. Note: any such
service charge will be recorded as an „Account/Service Fee‟ for reporting purposes. You can edit
this charge if necessary on the edit tab for the expense record.
Total: total is automatically calculated by Investment Account Manager and is the sum
of dollar amount - service charges. This is the total dollar amount of the transaction.
This field cannot be edited.
299
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
notes or reminders.
Button Choices
o Deposit to: use this check box to automatically deposit the total dollar amount
of the withdrawal transaction to a different existing money market fund within
this portfolio. If you check this option, indicate which money market fund
should be used for the deposit.
o Save: use this choice to record the withdrawal transaction and the automatic
deposit to the money market fund if selected.
o Use the Cancel button to quit without saving this withdrawal entry.
Withdrawal – Cash Equivalents:
To begin select the Enter New Button from the Portfolio Transactions Ledger. Then,
300
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Cash Equivalents - the top portion of this screen indicates the withdrawal date,
security symbol and security description. A summary band is also shown that indicates
the total current balance for the security. The lower portion of this screen includes the
necessary entry fields for recording the withdrawal transaction.
o Dollar Amount: the total dollar amount of the withdrawal. For example, if
you are entering the redemption of a Treasury bill, then enter the par value (i.e.
the value at maturity). If you are entering the redemption of a certificate of
deposit, enter the full value of the CD.
o Service Charge: service charges are the miscellaneous expenses often included
as part of a withdrawal transaction. They are not included in the net dollar
amount of the specific transaction because these expenses are tax-deductible,
and can be deducted in the year incurred, based upon certain limitations. Note:
any such service charge will be recorded as an „Account Fee‟ for reporting purposes. You can
edit this charge if necessary on the edit tab for the expense record.
the sum of dollar amount - service charges. This is the total dollar amount of
the transaction. This field cannot be edited.
notes or reminders.
Button Choices
301
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
of the withdrawal transaction to another existing money market fund account
in this portfolio. If you check this option, indicate which money market fund
o Save: this choice is active if the withdrawal transaction is for the entire balance
currently held. Use this choice to record the withdrawal transaction and the
automatic deposit to the money market fund if selected.
o Specify Sale Method: this choice will be active if the withdrawal transaction is
for an amount less than currently held.
o Use the Cancel button to quit without saving this withdrawal entry.
Sale Transactions:
Entering Sales
General:
Lot-by-Lot Accounting - One of the more useful features provided by Investment
Account Manager is the ability to track each purchase record (i.e., specific transaction
lot) separately. Each lot‟s purchase date, quantity, cost, etc. are tracked as individual
records in Investment Account Manager. Individual purchase lots can be reviewed in a
variety of places within Investment Account Manager, but the most widely used
summary is the Security Basis Report.
Choosing
Purchase Lots for
Sales
The ability select which purchase lots to use when allocating partial sales provides the
ability to effectively manage realized capital gains and losses, by utilizing one of these
methods:
o Minimum Gain: use this choice to have Investment Account Manager
automatically sort holdings and allocate the sold quantity to result in the
minimum dollar gain realized. Security lots are sorted highest unit cost to
lowest unit cost and reduced in this order until all quantity sold has been
applied.
o Maximum Gain: use this choice to have Investment Account Manager
automatically sort holdings and allocate the sold quantity to result in the
maximum dollar gain realized. Security lots are sorted lowest unit cost to
highest unit cost and reduced in this order until all quantity sold has been
applied.
o First-In First-Out: when you choose to apply a sale transaction using the
first-in first-out method, security lots are automatically sorted and reduced by
holding period, starting with the oldest lot held, then the next oldest, and so
on, until the sale is totally applied. The IRS assumes the first-in, first-out
302
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
method was used unless the investor specifically identifies which lots were used
(the specific identification method).
o Specific Identification: when you choose to apply a sale transaction using the
specific identification method, you have the flexibility of applying the sale to
specific asset lots held in order to maximize or minimize any associated gains
or losses for tax purposes. To help manage your taxable gains, use the Sort By
options to organize security lots by holding period and unit cost. To select a lot
for sales application:
o Average Cost: in the sale application of mutual funds, and stocks being
tracked for Canadian average cost tax rules, Investment Account Manager
enables you to choose between the unit cost paid, or the average paid, to
determine the capital gain or loss realized. Please check with your tax advisor,
or IRS publication IRS Publication 564: Mutual Fund Distributions, for further
reference. Investment Account Manager defaults with the unit cost basis paid
for all security lots. Check the box for average cost, and then select the singlecategory average basis, or double-category average basis:
o Single Category: in the single-category method, the average cost of ALL
shares owned at the time of each sale is derived, regardless of how long the
shares have been held. This includes those shares acquired with reinvested
dividends or capital gains distributions. The basis of the shares is the basis
of ALL shares of that mutual fund in the portfolio at the time of each sale.
Even though you use only one category to compute basis, you may have
short-term or long-term gains or losses. To determine holding period, the
IRS assumes the shares sold are considered to be those acquired first.
Investment Account Manager applies the sale automatically as first in –
first out.
o Double Category: in the double-category method, all shares in a portfolio
at the time of sale are divided into two categories: short-term and longterm. The adjusted basis of each share in a category is the total adjusted
basis of all shares in that category at the time of sale divided by the total
shares in the category. The specific identification method is then used to
indicate from which category the shares are to be sold.
303
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Sale Transactions – Common Stocks, Preferred Stocks, Mutual Funds and
Exchange Traded Funds:
Selling Stocks,
Funds, Etc.
Begin by selecting the Enter New Button from the Portfolio Transactions Ledger.
Then,
304
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Use the Sale transaction screen to enter the information for the security sale
activity. Notice the top portion of this screen indicates the trade date, security
symbol, security description and recent price. A summary band is also shown
that indicates the total quantity currently held, the total cost basis, and the total
current market value for the security. The lower portion of this screen includes
the necessary entry fields for recording the sale transaction.
o Shares: the number of shares sold.
o Price: the price received per share when you sold the asset. Investment
Account Manager will derive the price received per share internally based
on the shares sold and the net amount.
o Commissions and Fees: enter the commissions and fees associated with
the sale transaction and are included in the net amount of the transaction.
Do not include service charges in this amount if they are not included in
the net amount of the trade.
o Net Amount: the net total proceeds for the transaction. Note: net amount
is automatically calculated by Investment Account Manager if you have
entered a share sale price [(shares sold x share sale price) - commissions]. It
305
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
can be manually adjusted to account for additional fees or costs associated
with the sale transaction.
o Service Charge: service charges are the miscellaneous expenses
sometimes charged as part of a sale transaction. These miscellaneous
service charges/expenses are not part of the sale amount used to calculate
proceeds and capital gains. They are not included in the net amount (and
therefore not added to the commissions/fees) of the transaction because
these expenses are tax-deductible in the year in which they occur, based
upon certain limitations. For example, in a sale of certain investments,
there may be a transaction fee that is deducted from the net proceeds, and
the remaining amount is the actual cash received. This transaction fee is
considered a service charge, and is not included in the Net Amount. Note:
any such service charge will be recorded as an „Account/Service Fee‟ for reporting
purposes. You can edit this charge if necessary on the edit tab for the expense record.
o Total: total is automatically calculated by Investment Account Manager
and is the sum of net amount - service charge. This value represents the
total dollar amount of the transaction that can be deposited to an existing
money market fund account in the portfolio. This field cannot be edited.
notes or reminders.
Button Choices:
o Deposit to: use this check box to automatically deposit the total dollar
amount of the sale transaction to an existing money market fund account
in this portfolio. If you check this option, indicate which money market
fund should be used for the deposit.
o Save: this choice is active if the sale transaction is for the entire quantity
currently held, or only one lot is available for a partial sale application. Use
this choice to record the sale transaction and the automatic deposit to the
money market fund if selected. Note: for mutual funds, and stocks being
tracked for Canadian average cost rules, the choice for „specify sale‟ will be
active so that „average cost‟ can be used for the most recent sale if average
cost has been used in prior sales.
o Specify Sale Method: this choice will be active if the sale transaction is
for a quantity less than currently held and more than one security lot is
owned.
o Use the Cancel button to quit without saving this sale entry.
If allocating a partial sale, then you will need to identify which purchase lots to use in
the sale. Clicking the Specify Sale Method provides:
306
I N V E S T M E N T
Allocating Sales
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Sale Transaction - Specify Sale Method
If more than one lot of a security is owned, and only a partial quantity is being sold,
the Specify Sale Method screen is used to allocate the sold quantity of the asset using
IRS approved methods. Notice the top portion of this screen indicates the trade date,
security symbol and security description. The lower portion of this screen indicates the
quantity sold and lists a table showing all current holdings of the asset.
o Date Acquired: the trade date when the security lot was first purchased.
o Holding Period: short-term (1 year or less) or long-term (greater than 1 year)
holding period.
o Unit Cost: the cost paid per unit (share) of the transaction.
o Quantity Held: the total quantity of the security lot.
o Quantity Applied: the amount of quantity sold allocated to the security lot.
o Realized Gain or Loss: the dollar gain or loss for the quantity sold of the
security lot.
o Remaining Cost: the portion of cost retained for the quantity still held in the
security lot.
307
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Apply the quantity sold using one of several methods: Minimum Gain, Maximum
Gain, First-In First-Out, Specific Identification, or Average Cost.
When using Specific ID method:
o
Locate the lot to be used for the sale, then point and left click your mouse in
the Quantity Applied column and enter the quantity sold from this holding.
o To sell all quantity held in a lot, point and left-double click in the Quantity
Applied column and Investment Account Manager will default to this field the
total number of shares held in this lot, or the balance of the shares "Left to
Apply". You can edit the number of shares to apply as necessary.
o Continue to specifically identify which current position lots to use in this sale
transaction until all quantity sold has been applied. As you apply the sale to
specific lots, the "Quantity Left To Apply" amount is automatically reduced,
until you reach zero. At that point the Save button becomes active.
Button Choices
o Undo Applied: use this choice (at anytime) to undo all sale lot applications.
The value left to apply will reset to the total shares sold, and all lot sizes will be
restored to their initial amounts. You can then begin the sale application again.
o Save: once the entire quantity sold has been properly applied, this button
becomes active. Use this selection to save the sale transaction and automatic
cash deposit if selected.
Sale Transactions – Corporate Bonds, US Governments, Agencies, and TaxExempt Bonds:
Sale - Bonds
Basic bond facts:
 Bonds are issued with a stated par value – usually $1000 per bond. Therefore,
Investment Account Manager uses the standard method for tracking bond-like
investments – 1 bond = $1000 par value. Bond prices are quotes as a
percentage of par value – i.e., $100 = 100% of par value, $98 = 98% of par
(trading at a discount), $102 = 102% of par (trading at a premium).
 US Government bonds are quoted with a minimum change of 1/32nd (rather
than in 1/8 increments for other bonds). Therefore, if the quote for a US
Government appears as 99.24 that means 99 24/32 or 99.75.
Begin by selecting the Enter New Button from the Portfolio Transactions Ledger.
Then,
308
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
309
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Use the Sale transaction screen to enter the information for the security sale
activity. Notice the top portion of this screen indicates the trade date, security
symbol, security description and recent price. A summary band is also shown that
indicates the total quantity currently held, the total cost basis, and the total current
market value for the security. The lower portion of this screen includes the
necessary entry fields for recording the sale transaction.
o Quantity: the quantity sold. For example: if the redemption value of your
bond sale is $10,000, this represents 10 units of the bond, each with a
redemption value of $1000. Enter 10 for quantity.
o Price: the price received per unit when you sold the asset.
sale transaction and are included in the net amount of the transaction. Do not
include service charges in this amount if they are not included in the net
o Principal Amount: principal is the total dollar amount of the transaction after
factoring in all costs and fees of the transaction, but does not include accrued
interest and service charges (see below). Note: principal amount is
sale price [(quantity sold x 10 x sale price) - commissions]. It can be manually
adjusted to account for additional fees or costs associated with the sale
transaction.
o Accrued Interest: accrued interest represents the amount of interest earned
since the last regular payment date that is owed to you at the time of this sale.
In sale transactions, accrued interest is paid by the buyer to the seller, and
therefore is recorded as income in Investment Account Manager (at the next
regular payment date the buyer receives interest for the entire period since the
last payment date).
charged as part of a sale transaction. These miscellaneous service
charges/expenses are not part of the sale amount used to calculate proceeds
and capital gains. They are not included in the net amount (and therefore not
added to the commissions/fees) of the transaction because these expenses are
tax-deductible in the year in which they occur, based upon certain limitations.
This transaction fee is considered a service charge, and is not included in the
Net Amount. Note: any such service charge will be recorded as an „Account/Service
Fee‟ for reporting purposes. You can edit this charge if necessary on the edit tab for the
expense record.
the sum of (principal + accrued interest - service charges). This value
represents the total dollar amount of the transaction that can be deposited to
310
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
an existing money market fund account in the portfolio. This field cannot be
edited.
notes or reminders.
Button Choices
of the sale transaction to an existing money market fund account in this
portfolio. If you check this option, indicate which money market fund should
be used for the deposit.
currently held, or only one lot is available for a partial sale application. Use this
choice to record the sale transaction and the automatic deposit to the money
market fund if selected.
o Specify Sale Method: this choice will be active if the sale transaction is for a
quantity less than currently held and more than one security lot is owned.
Sale Transactions – Investment Clubs:
Sale Investment
Clubs
Use the Sale transaction screen to enter the information for the security sale activity.
Notice the top portion of this screen indicates the trade date, security symbol, security
description and recent price. A summary band is also shown that indicates the total
quantity currently held, the total cost basis, and the total current market value for the
311
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
security. The lower portion of this screen includes the necessary entry fields for
recording the sale transaction.
o Valuation Units: the number of valuation units sold.
o Unit Value: the per unit price you received when you sold the valuation units.
Investment Account Manager will derive your valuation unit price based on
the net amount of the transaction.
sale transaction and are included in the net amount of the transaction. This
amount is found on the club member report. Do not include service charges in
this amount if they are not included in the net amount.
o Amount Withdrawn: the total amount for the transaction. Note: amount
withdrawn is automatically calculated by [(val. units sold x unit value price) commissions]. It can be manually adjusted to account for additional fees or
costs associated with the transaction.
Note: any such service charge will be recorded as an „Account/Service Fee‟ for
reporting purposes. You can edit this charge if necessary on the edit tab for the expense record.
the sum of net amount - service charge. This value represents the total dollar
amount of the transaction that can be deposited to an existing money market
fund account in the portfolio. This field cannot be edited.
notes or reminders.
Button Choices
of the sale transaction to an existing money market fund account in this
portfolio. If you check this option, indicate which money market fund should
be used for the deposit.
currently held, or only one lot is available for a partial sale application. Use this
choice to record the sale transaction and the automatic deposit to the money
market fund if selected.
312
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Specify Sale Method: this choice will be active if the sale transaction is for a
quantity less than currently held and more than one security lot is owned.
Sale transactions - Options: To sell a long equity option position (i.e., to close out a
previous purchase).
Sale Options
Note: for a more detailed explanation of the various option transactions, please
see section Other Transaction Types. During 2010 option symbology is being
modified. Please be certain to periodically use “Check for Updates” in IAM‟s
tool bar to verify you are using the most recent version of IAM.
General Notes:
Security transactions can be added either by name of by symbol. Options use
standardized security symbols which identify the underlying security, the option strike
price, and the expiration cycle. Visit www.cboe.com for option education and tutorials.
Closing Sale: a Closing Sale transaction is the sale of a previously purchased
(opening buy) call or put option.
Closing Sale:
313
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
description, type of option (call or put), recent price, exercise price and expiration date.
A summary band is also shown that indicates the total quantity currently held, the total
cost basis, and the total current market value for the option. The lower portion of this
screen includes the necessary entry fields for recording the closing sale transaction.
o Contracts: the number of option contracts sold.
o Price: the per contract price you received when you sold the option. This is an
optional entry. Investment Account Manager will derive the price received per
contract internally based on the quantity sold and the net amount.
closing sale transaction and that are included in the net amount of the
transaction. Do not include service charges in this amount if they are not
included in the net amount of the trade.
automatically calculated by [(contracts sold x shares per contract x contract
purchase price) - commissions]. It can be manually adjusted to account for
additional fees or costs associated with the closing sale transaction.
314
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
charges/expenses are not part of the sale amount used to calculate cost basis
Note: any such service charge will be recorded as an „Account Fee‟ for reporting purposes.
You can edit this charge if necessary on the edit tab for the expense record.
amount of the transaction that can be deposited to an existing cash account in
the portfolio. This field cannot be edited.
notes or reminders.
Button Choices
o Specify Sale Method: if more than one purchase lot exists for the option, and
you are only selling a portion of the total quantity held, this choice is used to
identify which lots held should be used in the closing sale transaction. (see
additional instructions below)
o Deposit To: use this check box to automatically deposit the total dollar
amount of the closing sale transaction to an existing money market fund
market fund should be used for the deposit.
o Save: use this selection to save the closing sale transaction and automatic cash
deposit if selected.
Sale transactions – Other:
Use the Sale transaction screen to enter the information for the security sale activity.
Notice the top portion of this screen indicates the trade date, security symbol, security
description and recent price. A summary band is also shown that indicates the total
security. The lower portion of this screen includes the necessary entry fields for
recording the sale transaction.
315
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Quantity: the quantity sold. Note: be consistent with how you treat quantity
for the investment. The quantity sold should reflect the same base method
used when purchased.
o Price: the per quantity price received when you sold the asset.
sale transaction and are included in the net amount of the transaction. Do not
include service charges in this amount if they are not included in the net
share sell price [(shares sold x share sell price) - commissions]. It can be
manually adjusted to account for additional fees or costs associated with the
sale transaction.
For example, in a sale of certain investments, there may be a transaction fee
that is deducted from the net proceeds, and the remaining amount is the actual
cash received. This transaction fee is considered a service charge, and is not
included in the Net Amount. Note: any such service charge will be recorded as an
„Account/Service Fee‟ for reporting purposes. You can edit this charge if necessary on
the edit tab for the expense record.
amount of the transaction that can be deposited to an existing money market
fund account in the portfolio. This field cannot be edited.
notes or reminders.
316
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Income / Reinvestment
Dividends,
interest, etc.
Use the Income / Reinvestment transaction screen to record investment income,
cash distributions, capital gain distributions, and dividend reinvestments (DRIPs) to the
currently open portfolio.
Hint: dividend reinvestment means when the dividend received from the issuer is
reinvested back into more shares of the issuer.
Note: it is important that you classify the income properly. A common error is the
misclassification of taxable income as non-taxable, in non-taxable accounts - i.e. IRAs,
Keoghs, etc. The income you receive is taxable, but it is sheltered by the account.
Investment Account Manager's income report will summate dividend and interest
income separately, as well as providing independent totals for taxable vs. non-taxable
income. You'll appreciate these features at tax time.
Enter the following information for the income entry (note: Investment Account
Manager will default the previous entries of dollar amounts and gain distributions for
the next subsequent income record. You can edit or accept these values):
317
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Ex-dividend Date: for dividend paying issues (common and preferred
stocks, mutual funds, money market funds, etc.), you can enter the ex-dividend
date coinciding to the payable date for the income received. Tracking the exdividend date may be necessary for the issuing company due to the qualified /
non-qualified treatment of dividends in the 2003 tax law.
o Classify the income as either dividend or interest income.
o Classify the income as either taxable or non-taxable.
o Classify the dividend income as either qualified or non qualified. In the case
of some preferred issues, the qualified / non qualified rule is based on either a
61 day rule or a 91 day rule.
318
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Cash Dividend or Interest Income: enter the dollar amount of dividend or
interest income.
o Short-term Capital Gain Distribution: enter the dollar amount of shortterm capital gains.
o Long-term Capital Gain Distribution: enter the dollar amount of long-term
capital gains.
o Non-Taxable Distribution: enter the dollar amount of the non-taxable
distribution.
o
Other Income: enter the dollar amount of other income. Note: you can use this
field to record any fees or service charges paid on your behalf by the issuing
company so that it is recorded as other income received.
o Tax Withheld: enter the dollar amount of any taxes withheld (i.e., foreign
taxes paid).
o Expenses: enter the dollar amount of other miscellaneous expenses. If you
have entered any fees or service charges paid on your behalf by the issuing
company as other income, enter this same amount as an expense so that the
net amount for any subsequent reinvestment properly reflects your actual total.
Note: any such service charge will be recorded as an „Account Fee‟ for reporting purposes.
You can edit this charge if necessary on the edit tab for the expense record.
o Net Income Amount: this is the total of all income received, less tax withheld
and expenses.
o Transaction Notes: use this area to record transaction notes or reminders.
o Button Choices
o Deposit to: use this check box to automatically deposit the net amount of the
income transaction to an existing money market fund account in this portfolio.
If you check this option, indicate which money market fund should be used
for the deposit. Note: in the case of a money market fund, this is labeled as
Reinvest and if checked, will increase the balance of the money market fund by
the amount of income received.
o Save: use this selection to save the income transaction and the automatic cash
deposit if selected. Note: if you are recording interest income for a money
market fund, the cash deposit box is not shown. The „Save‟ button should be
used to record the interest only, with no matching deposit (i.e., the money was
removed from your portfolio). To deposit the interest received, use the
„Reinvest Income‟ button. The reinvestment creates the additional deposit for
the interest received.
319
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Reinvest Income: use this selection to enter the coinciding reinvestment
information for the income received. When you reinvest the income
transaction, Investment Account Manager will create a new individual
purchase record for the issuing company.
o Use the Cancel button to quit without saving this income entry.
Notes:
o If you are recording dividend or interest income for a money market fund, and
the funds are reinvested (deposited) into the money market fund, make
certain you check the option „Reinvest‟ prior to using the Save button. This will
record the income and create the matching reinvestment (deposit) to the
money market fund.
o Non-taxable Distribution: use this field to record any return of capital you
received that was associated with the income transaction. If more than one lot
is owned, cost basis will be reduced proportionally from all existing lots based
on the following proportion: the number of shares in that lot over the total
number of shares owned. This is Investment Account Manager‟s default
application method.
However, if you have entered your past purchase activity without using lot-bylot entries entering multiple purchases as a single block of shares, do not
complete this field. Rather, skip this entry, and enter the amount using the
Return of Capital transaction type. As required by the IRS, if you are not
accurately tracking acquisition dates for your investment records, and cannot
definitely identify the shares subject to the return of capital, return of capital
needs to be applied on a first-in first-out basis.
o Other Income: use this field to record the service charges paid on your behalf
by a corporation, and discounts you received when buying stocks through a
reinvestment plan. If you participate in a dividend reinvestment plan and
receive stock from the corporation at a discount, the amount of this discount is
also considered as income to the investor. Use the field Other Income to
record these types of income amounts.
o If the investment income received includes an amount for foreign tax paid,
be sure to include the amount of foreign tax paid in the dollar amount of
income received, or record this as Other Income. Then, also enter this amount
as tax withheld.
320
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Miscellaneous Expense
Expenses
Use the Miscellaneous Expense transaction type to record any additional fees or
expenses associated with a security, or the portfolio. Miscellaneous fees and expenses
may be tax-deductible in the year in which they occur, based upon certain limitations.
When expenses are charged they are tied to a security. Therefore, if you incur an
expense for an account, like an account maintenance fee, advisors fee, etc., it should be
recorded to the money market for the account. If, on the other hand, you are charged
a foreign dividend tax, this type of expense should be recorded to foreign security. See
the Reports and Graphs Menu | Fees and Expenses Report.
321
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Notice the top portion of this screen indicates the transaction date, security symbol and
security description. The lower portion of this screen includes the necessary entry field
for recording the expense transaction.
o Account/Service Fees
o Advisory Fees
o Foreign Tax Withheld (Note: taxes withheld as part of an income entry
can be entered as part of the income transaction).
o Other Expenses
o Total: the total dollar amount of the miscellaneous expense entry.
o Transaction Notes: use this area to record optional transaction notes or
reminders.
322
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Button Choices
o Deduct From: use this check box to automatically deduct the dollar amount
of the expense from an existing money market fund account in this portfolio.
If you check this option, indicate which money market fund should be used
for the deduction.
o Save: use this selection to save the expense transaction and automatic cash
Return of Capital transactions
Return Of Capital
transaction
A return of capital payment is a distribution that is not paid out of the earnings and
profits of a corporation. It is a return of part of your original investment. A return of
capital reduces the cost basis. It is not taxed until your basis in the stock is fully
recovered.
Note: When the cost basis of a security has been reduced to zero, any additional return
of capital amounts must be treated as capital gains, either long-term or short-term,
depending on your holding period. Use the Income / Reinvestment choice located on
the Transaction Menu | Add, Edit, Delete Transactions and record the additional
amount in excess of your cost basis as a capital gain distribution.
323
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Notice the top portion of this screen indicates the record date, security symbol and
security description. The lower portion of this screen lists the existing lot(s) held of the
asset. If you own more than one lot of the asset, you can choose one of two methods
to apply the distribution.
Complete this information:
o Return of Capital Amount: enter the dollar amount of the return of capital
distribution.
o Apply proportionally to all lots: if more than one lot is owned, use this
choice to reduce proportionally the cost basis of all existing lots of the asset.
According to IRS rules, if you have multiple lots of the issuing corporation, the
return of capital is allocated between the lots held in the following proportion:
the number of shares in that lot over the total number of shares owned. This is
Investment Account Manager‟s default application method and should be used
in most cases.
o Apply to individual lot: if more than one lot is held, use this choice to select
(point & double click) a single lot to apply the return of capital distribution.
This method would be selected to apply the return of capital on a first-in firstout basis. This might be the case for some users that have entered past activity
without regard to proper tax basis accounting, entering multiple purchases as a
single block of shares. As required by the IRS if you are not accurately tracking
324
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
acquisition dates for your investment records, and cannot definitely identify the
shares subject to the return of capital, return of capital needs to be applied on a
first-in first-out basis. This method requires the cost basis available in a chosen
lot exceeds the return of capital amount received.
o Transaction Notes: use this area to record transaction notes or reminders.
Button Choices
of the return of capital transaction to an existing money market fund account
in this portfolio. If you check this option, indicate which money market fund
o Save: use this selection to save the return of capital transaction and the
automatic cash deposit if selected.
Note: Insufficient Cost Basis
If the return of capital amount exceeds the available cost basis when being allocated to
one or more lots for the security, the additional return of capital needs to be treated as
capital gains, either short-term or long-term, depending on your holding period.
Investment Account Manager will indicate in the return of capital application table
what portion of a distribution exceeds the available cost basis and needs to be treated
as the capital gain. This amount is shown as a negative „after ROC cost‟. You should
note this amount, and enter this amount as a short-term or long-term gain using the
income/reinvestment choice. Investment Account Manager retains the 0.00 cost basis
for the lot(s) reduced to zero once the return of capital transaction is saved. After the
basis of a lot has been reduced to zero, any subsequent return of capital distribution for
that lot must also be reported as a capital gain, again depending on your holding period.
Tender / Exchange transactions
Exchanges
Tenders
Tender / Exchange is used the record the following types of transactions:
o One class of stock of a company is exchanged for another – i.e., Class B shares
converted to Class A shares.
o One class of mutual fund shares exchanged for another class of the same
mutual fund.
325
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Use the Tender / Exchange function for the full or partial exchange of shares from
one security to another.
o Enter the Ex-Date of Exchange: this is the date of the tender/exchange
application. Only those current position lots in Investment Account Manager
with a purchase date PRIOR TO the ex-date will be available for the
326
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
tender/exchange designation. Refer to your statement, or check with the
issuing company, to verify proper dates prior to applying this transaction.
o Enter the Security Symbol of Received Issue: or press the F2 key to add or
lookup the symbol. If the issue is new to Investment Account Manager, you‟ll
need to add relevant information for the new security. Use the additional Help
buttons that will be provided when adding new securities.
o Enter the Quantity Tendered for Exchange: enter the total quantity
tendered (submitted) for the exchange offer. For example, in a mutual fund
tender/exchange, make sure you enter the total shares submitted, not just the
number of shares accepted. You will designate in the next screen the actual
number of shares accepted for exchange.
o If the quantity tendered is less than the total quantity currently owned, you
need to identify holdings for exchange by using the First-in First-out (fifo),
Last-in Last-out (lifo), or Specific Identification method. If you select fifo or
lifo, the quantity tendered will be automatically entered to lots held until all
quantity is identified. If you use specific identification, you can select holdings
considering tax basis accounting preferences:
o Locate the lot to be used for the tender, then point and left click your mouse in
the Quantity Tendered column and enter the quantity to tender from this
holding.
o To tender all quantity held in a lot, point and left-double click in the Quantity
Tendered column and Investment Account Manager defaults to this field the
total held in this lot, or the balance of the "Left to Identify". You can edit the
quantity to apply as necessary.
o Continue to specifically identify which current position lots to use in this
tender/exchange transaction until all quantity has been identified. As you
identify tendered holdings to specific lots, the "Left To Identify" amount is
automatically reduced, until you reach zero.
Button Choices
Once you have identified all quantity for the tender/exchange, use the Next button to
continue.
o Use the Undo button if necessary to make corrections
o Use the Cancel button to cancel this transaction and return to the prior
screen.
Tender/Exchange Application window:
327
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
After the tendered quantity has been identified for exchange, some final information
needs to be entered for creating the newly received security.
o Market Price (Exchanged Company): enter the market price of the
exchanged (original) company at the time of the exchange. This market price is
used to derive the total market value of quantity actually exchanged. The
market value of exchanged issue is used in the performance feature of
o Enter the Quantity Accepted for Exchange: enter the actual number
quantity accepted for exchange. For example if the tender/exchange offer is
oversubscribed by shareholders, the issuing company may limit the shares
accepted. So, in a case where 100 shares were submitted for exchange, but only
50 shares were accepted, you would enter in this field 50.
In cases where the issuing company limits the shares accepted, Investment
Account Manager will determine the „Percent Accepted‟ (in the above
example, 50% accepted: 50/100). In these cases, Investment Account Manager
automatically reduces tendered lots based on the „percent accepted‟ ratio,
properly allocating both shares accepted and cost basis exchanged. The lower
summary table will identify quantity remaining, quantity accepted, remaining
cost and basis exchanged.
o Enter the Exchange Ratio: this ratio is provided by the issuing company. for
example, in the exchange of General Motors stock for Class H (GM Hughes)
stock, shares were exchanged on the ratio of 1.065 received per 1 share held.
So, this would be entered as „1.065 for each 1.0 held‟. Once this is entered, the
328
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
lower summary table will be updated to show quantity received of the new
security.
o Market Price (Received Issue): if necessary, adjust the market price of the
received company at the time of the exchange. This market price is derived by
Investment Account Manager automatically based on the market value of the
parent company, and is used to derive the total market value of the quantity
received. The market value of the received quantity is used in the performance
feature of Investment Account Manager, so be sure to enter an accurate
market price
Button Choices
o Verify entries, and then use the Save button to record this tender/exchange
transaction.
o Use the Undo button if necessary to make corrections
o Use the Cancel button to cancel this transaction and return to the prior
screen.
Other Transaction Types
Options – Buy, Sell,
Assign, Expire
Option symbology
changes 2010
Investment Account Manager also handles the following transaction types.
Equity Options
Equity options are contracts between buyers and sellers providing certain rights or
responsibilities on the opposite parties. It is beyond the scope of this manual to
explain the mechanics of option trading, but for those interested in learning about
using options as investments, visit CBOE - Option Concepts - The Basic.
www.cboe.com.
The following descriptions are meant for initial definitional purposes:
o Opening Buy: An Opening Buy transaction is a purchase (going long) of
the option. Opening buys enable you to control the rights on shares of an
underlying security, providing the right to purchase (call) or sell (put) at a
pre-defined exercise price on or before the expiration date. Opening buy
transactions are followed by: a closing sale, the exercised rights, or expire
worthless. See previous example.
o Closing Sale: A Closing Sale transaction is the sale of a previously
purchased (opening buy) call or put option. See previous example.
329
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Opening Sale: An Opening Sale transaction gives is the sale of option
rights to someone else. This is also known as writing (or granting) the
option. You are „selling‟ the right to buy from you (i.e. call away) or sell to
you (i.e. put to you) the underlying security at the strike price and shares
per contract on or before the expiration date. An opening sale is treated as
a „short‟ position on Portfolio Manger reports and is shown as a negative
quantity.
o Closing Buy: A Closing Buy transaction is the purchase of a previously
sold (opening sale) call or put option
o Assignments, exercises, expiration of Options: covered in the
following pages or both call and put options.
Note: the following illustrates the data entry window for option securities within
the Current Asset Library
Current Asset
Library – Option
data window
You will note that the program automatically creates an option code (used for
data transfer) and a security symbol (used for identification purposes within
Investment Account Manager only). The code is based on the type of option,
the underlying security, the exercise price and date and shares per contract. It
matches the new 2010 standardized option symbol.
The BIPM symbol is a truncated version of the standard symbol, and is solely
used for identification within Investment Account Manager (to save space on
screens and reports).
330
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Opening Sale Example
Opening Sale
Example
331
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
description, type of option (call or put), recent price, exercise price and expiration
date. A summary band is also shown that indicates the total quantity currently
held, the total cost basis, and the total current market value for the option. Note:
in the case of opening sale „short‟ options, these values are shown as „negative‟.
The lower portion of this screen includes the necessary entry fields for recording
the closing sale transaction. Values are entered as positive values, but are tracked
internally as „short‟ (negative) and shown as such on reports.
o Contracts: the number of option contracts sold.
o Price: the per contract price you received when you sold the option. This
is an optional entry. Investment Account Manager will derive the price
received per contract internally based on the quantity sold and the net
amount.
the opening sale transaction and that are included in the net amount of the
332
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
automatically calculated by [(contracts sold x shares per contract x contract
purchase price) - commissions]. It can be manually adjusted to account for
additional fees or costs associated with the closing sale transaction. If no
additional service charges are entered, net amount represents the
„premium‟ received for selling the option rights that is then available for
deposit into an existing money market account.
sometimes charged as part of a sale transaction. These miscellaneous
service charges/expenses are not part of the sale amount used to calculate
cost basis and capital gains. They are not included in the net amount (and
therefore not added to the commissions/fees) of the transaction because
these expenses are tax-deductible in the year in which they occur, based
upon certain limitations. Note: any such service charge will be recorded as an
„Account Fee‟ for reporting purposes. You can edit this charge if necessary on the edit
tab for the expense record.
o Total: total is automatically calculated by Investment Account Manager
and is the sum of net amount - service charge. This value represents the
total dollar amount of the transaction that can be deposited to an existing
money market account in the portfolio. This field cannot be edited. If no
additional service charges are entered, or after entering any additional
service charges, total represents the „premium‟ received for selling the
option rights that is available for deposit to an existing money market
account
notes or reminders.
Closing Buy:
Closing Buy: A Closing Buy transaction is the purchase of a previously sold
(opening sale) call or put option.
333
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
description, type of option (call or put), recent price, exercise price and expiration
date. A summary band is also shown that indicates the total quantity currently
held, the total cost basis, and the total current market value for the option. The
lower portion of this screen includes the necessary entry fields for recording the
closing buy transaction.
o Contracts: the number of option contracts purchased.
334
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Price: the per contract price you paid when you purchased the option.
This is an optional entry. Investment Account Manager will derive the
price paid per contract internally based on the quantity purchased and the
net amount.
the closing buy transaction and that are included in the net amount of the
automatically calculated by [(contracts purchased x shares per contract x
contract purchase price) + commissions]. It can be manually adjusted to
account for additional fees or costs associated with the closing buy
transaction.
sometimes additionally charged as part of a buy transaction. These
miscellaneous service charges/expenses are not part of the purchase
amount used to calculate cost basis and capital gains. They are not
included in the net amount (and therefore not added to the
commissions/fees) of the transaction because these expenses are taxdeductible in the year in which they occur, based upon certain limitations.
Note: any such service charge will be recorded as an „Account Fee‟ for
reporting purposes. You can edit this charge if necessary on the edit tab
for the expense record.
amount of the transaction that can be withdrawn from an existing cash
account in the portfolio. This field cannot be edited.
notes or reminders.
Assigned Option – Call: When a call option is assigned, as the writer (seller) of the
option, you are required to deliver (sell) shares in the underlying security that the call
option covers. As part of this transaction, the sale proceeds of the underlying stock
sold is increased by the premium received of the call option sold.
335
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Assigned Option
description, type of option (call), recent price, exercise price and expiration date. A
summary band is also shown that indicates the total quantity currently held, the total
cost basis, and the total current market value for the option.
The lower portion of this screen includes the necessary entry fields for recording the
assigned transaction.
o Contracts: the number of option contracts assigned.
o Shares per Contract: the number of shares each option contract controls of
the underlying stock. Normally 100, this value is defaulted in from the option
descriptive information entered into the Investment Account Manager Asset
Library.
o Exercise Price: the share price at which the writer of an option call can sell
the underlying stock. This value is defaulted in from the option descriptive
information entered into the Investment Account Manager Asset Library.
Button Choices
o
Next: use this choice to continue w/ the option assigned transaction. (see
additional instructions below for Assigned Option – Sell Stock)
o
Use the Cancel button to quit without saving this entry.
336
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Assigned Option – Sell Stock
In this step of assigned option transaction, you‟ll identify the underlying stock to
be sold (called away).
o
Activity Date - this is the date of the investment transaction, i.e. sale date
or the exercise date of the transaction. The calendar icon can also be used
to select the activity date.
o
Security Symbol/Name - this is the security symbol or name of the
underlying stock being sold in the transaction. You can also press the F2
key or the Find button for symbol lookup to select the issue.
Button Choices
o
Next: use this choice to continue w/ the option assigned transaction. (see
additional instructions below for Sale)
o
Use the Cancel button to quit without saving this assigned option entry.
Sale
Use the Sale transaction screen to enter the information for the underlying stock
being sold (called away) in the assigned call option Transaction.
337
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Option Premium: this is the total proceeds of the call option contracts being
assigned. This option premium is added to the net amount of the underlying
stock sale transaction, and this total represents the sale proceeds assigned to
the shares sold as required by IRS rules (see IRS publication 550).
the sum of the net amount + option premium. This total represents the sale
proceeds assigned to the shares sold by assigning the call put option as
required by IRS rules (see IRS publication 550). This field cannot be edited.
o Note: when deriving performance for an assigned call option, since the
original premium received has been added to the net amount of the underlying
stock sale transaction, this premium is no longer included in the performance
calculation of the option. In the cases where all option contracts held have
been assigned, the performance report will show *^* to indicate the assigned
option.
Assigned Option – Put: As the writer (seller) of the option, if the option is „put‟
to you, you are required to purchase shares in the underlying security that the call
option covers. As part of this transaction, decrease your cost basis for the shares
that you buy by the amount of the original put proceeds. Your cost basis date for
the underlying security is the date you buy the security, not the date of the put you
sold.
description, type of option (put), recent price, exercise price and expiration date. A
summary band is also shown that indicates the total quantity currently held, the
total cost basis, and the total current market value for the option. The lower
portion of this screen includes the necessary entry fields for recording the assigned
transaction.
338
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Contracts: the number of option contracts assigned.
o Shares per Contract: the number of shares each option contract controls
of the underlying stock. Normally 100, this value is defaulted in from the
option descriptive information entered into the Investment Account
Manager Asset Library.
o Exercise Price: the share price at which the writer of an option put must
purchase the underlying stock. This value is defaulted in from the option
descriptive information entered into the Investment Account Manager
Asset Library.
Button Choices
o Next: use this choice to continue w/ the option assigned transaction.
Assigned Option – Purchase Stock
In this step of assigned option transaction, you‟ll identify the underlying stock
purchased.
o Activity Date - this is the date of the investment transaction, i.e. purchase
date or exercise date of the transaction. The calendar icon can also be used
to select the activity date. Note: this field defaults to the most recently
entered transaction date.
o Security Symbol/Name - this is the security symbol or name of the
underlying stock being purchased in the transaction. You can also press
the F2 key or the Find button for symbol lookup to select the issue. If the
underlying stock is new to Investment Account Manager‟s asset library,
you‟ll need to enter some descriptive information prior to recording the
purchase transaction.
Button Choices
o Next: use this choice to proceed with the option assign transaction.
o Use the Cancel button to quit without saving this assigned call entry.
339
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Purchase
Use the Purchase transaction screen to enter the information for the underlying stock
being purchased in the assigned option transaction.
description and recent price. A summary band is also shown that indicates any total
common stock being purchased. The lower portion of this screen includes the
necessary entry fields for recording the assigned put option - purchase transaction.
o Shares: the number of shares being purchased by the assigned option. This
value is defaulted in and derived by [option contracts assigned x shares per
contract].
o Price: the assigned share price at which the owner must purchase the
underlying stock. This value is defaulted in from the option descriptive
information entered into the Investment Account Manager Asset Library.
purchase transaction that are included in the net amount of the transaction.
o Net Amount: the net total cost for the assigned option purchase transaction.
Net amount is automatically calculated by Investment Account Manager
[(shares purchased x share purchase price) + commissions]. It can be manually
340
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
adjusted to account for additional fees or costs associated with the purchase
transaction.
Important Note: the net amount represents the cash amount that will be deducted
from a money market fund if selected. This is NOT the cost basis assigned to the
shares acquired. See below.
o Option Premium: this is the original put option premium received. This
option premium is subtracted from the net amount of the underlying stock
purchase transaction, and this total represents the cost basis assigned to the
shares acquired as required by IRS rules (see IRS publication 550)
the difference between net amount – option premium. This total represents
the cost basis assigned to the shares acquired by having the put option assigned
as required by IRS rules (see IRS publication 550). This field cannot be edited.
notes or reminders.
Note: when deriving performance for an assigned put option, since the original
premium received has been deducted from the net amount of the underlying stock sale
transaction, this premium is no longer included in the performance calculation of the
option. In the cases where all option contracts held have been assigned, the
performance report will show *^* to indicate the assigned option.
Expired options: An Expired option transaction occurs when the rights associated
with the opening buy or opening sale cease to exist. The option has expired worthless.
This occurs on the expiration date of the option.
o Exercised Option Call: An Exercised transaction occurs when the owner
of an opening buy option contract „exercises‟ his option rights. For an
opening buy call option, the option owner exercises his right to purchase
the underlying stock at the pre-defined exercise price.
Options, Expired
o Exercise Put Option: An Exercised transaction occurs when the owner
of an opening buy option contract „exercises‟ his option rights. For an
opening buy put option, the option owner exercises his right to sell the
underlying stock at the pre-defined exercise price.
341
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o
An Expired option transaction occurs when the rights associated with the opening
buy or opening sale cease to exist. The option has expired worthless. This occurs on
the expiration date of the option.
The top portion of this screen indicates the expiration (trade) date, security symbol,
security description, type of option (call or put), recent price, exercise price and
expiration date. A summary band is shown that indicates the total quantity currently
held, the total cost basis, and the total current market value for the option. The lower
portion of this screen automatically defaults in the expired option details since all
342
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
option contracts held have expired worthless. The transactions notes area can be used
to record transaction notes or reminders.
Button Choices
o Save: use this selection to save the expired option transaction.
NOTE: IRS Rules - If you have bought (holder) a call or put option, if the
option expires worthless, report the cost of the option as a capital loss on the date
it expires. The cost of the option is either a long-term or short-term capital loss,
depending on your holding period, which ends on the expiration date.
Example: Ten XYZ $25 call options were purchased for $4,000 on April 1st,
2006. These 10 options expired in December 2006. As a holder (buyer) of these
options, you would recognize a short-term capital loss of $4,000.
If you write (grant) a call or put, and if your obligation expires, the amount you
received for writing the call or put is short-term capital gain.
Example: Ten XYZ $25 call options were written for $4,000 on April 1st, 2006.
These 10 options expired in December 2006. As a writer (seller) of these options,
you would recognize a short-term capital gain of $4,000.
Special considerations for put option buyers:
You may need to manually edit the cost basis date of securities held when you buy
a put on the underlying security. To edit cost basis, use Investment Account
Manager‟s Edit/Delete transaction feature. This is due to what is known as the
Poison Put Rule which will set your holding period back to zero. Check with your
tax advisor.
Explanation: Put option as short sale. Buying a put option is generally treated as a
short sale, and the exercise, sale, or expiration of the put is a closing of the short
sale. If you have held the underlying stock for 1 year or less at the time you buy
the put, any gain on the exercise, sale, or expiration of the put is a short-term
capital gain. The same is true if you buy the underlying stock after you buy the put
but before its exercise, sale, or expiration. Your holding period for the underlying
stock begins on the earliest of: the date you dispose of the stock, the date you
exercise the put, the date you sell the put, or the date the put expires. Source: IRS
Publication 550.
343
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Short sales transactions:
Short Sales
A short sale occurs when an investor borrows a security from their broker, then
sells it, with the requirement that it must be purchased back and returned to the
broker. Ideally, the investor hopes to repurchase the borrowed shares at a price
lower than they sold it short. Short positions are initiated with opening sell orders
and completed with closing buy orders.
Note: if a security is sold short, a holding period is never established. Any gain or
loss is computed when the security is purchased and the borrowed shares are
replaced. Therefore, for tax purposes, all gains and losses will always be short
term.
description, and recent price. A summary band is also shown that indicates the
344
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
total quantity currently held short, the total cost basis, and the total current market
value.
The lower portion of this screen includes the necessary entry fields for recording
the short sale transaction. Values are entered as positive values, but are tracked
internally as „short‟ (negative) and shown as such on reports.
Shares: the number of shares sold short.
Price: the market price you received when you sold the shares short.
Commissions and Fees: enter the commissions and fees associated with the
short sale transaction and that are included in the net amount of the transaction.
Do not include service charges in this amount if they are not included in the net
Net Amount: the total cost for the transaction. Note: net amount is automatically
calculated by [(shares sold x price) - commissions]. It can be manually adjusted to
account for additional fees or costs associated with the short sale transaction.
Service Charge: service charges are the miscellaneous expenses sometimes
charged as part of a short sale transaction. These miscellaneous service
charges/expenses are not part of the sale amount used to calculate cost basis and
capital gains. They are not included in the net amount (and therefore not added to
the commissions/fees) of the transaction because these expenses are taxdeductible in the year in which they occur, based upon certain limitations. Note:
any such service charge will be recorded as an „Account/Service Fee‟ for reporting
purposes. You can edit this charge if necessary on the edit tab for the expense
record.
Total: total is automatically calculated by Investment Account Manager and is the
sum of net amount - service charge. This value represents the total dollar amount
of the transaction that can be deposited to an existing money market account in
the portfolio. This field cannot be edited.
Transaction Notes: an optional entry, use this area to record transaction notes or
reminders.
Button Choices
o Deposit To: use this check box to automatically deposit the total dollar
amount of the short sale transaction to an existing money market fund
market fund should be used for the deposit.
345
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Save: use this selection to save the short sale transaction and automatic cash
deposit if selected.
o Use the Cancel button to quit without saving this opening sale entry.
Download from Financial Institution:
(Please also see Chapter Six of this manual)
Download from
Financial
Institution
IAM is able to download your recent portfolio transaction activity (i.e., purchases, sales,
and income/reinvestment activity). This download ability is designed for users that
have already created historically accurate portfolios up-to the availability starting point
of the data download. In other words, if the download only goes back 18 months,
then your earlier history should be entered before downloading from the financial
institution. Subsequent downloads can be at anytime. Refer to Chapter Six for details
on using financial institutions.
NOTE: alternatively, if you would like to get going more quickly and as part
of an initial portfolio setup, you are able to download just your most recent
investment account balances. This choice downloads data limited to your
current holdings, providing totals for quantities held and current market
values. This method does not provide your cost basis information and the
historical transactions. This method offers you the ability to use many of the
reporting and graphing features provided by IAM until you have a chance to
accurately create a second portfolio reflecting historical activity. Once you‟ve
reached the financial institution‟s download cutoff date, you can complete the
download of remaining activity to reflect your investment holdings. Once
you‟ve verified holdings, you can delete the portfolio created with just account
balances.
Import Transaction File (OFX, QFX):
Import
Transactions
IAM also imports transaction files (OFX, QFX) provided by many online financial
institutions. This is a helpful option in the event your financial institution is not
provided in our list of downloadable broker choices. Note: If the online financial
institution you use is not listed in our available choices, to contact them to check if they
provide download support for Open Financial Exchange (OFX) for use in spreadsheet
programs. If so, use this choice to import that file into IAM.
(See File Menu | Import) (See Chapter 6)
346
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Import Transaction File QIF:
Import Quicken®
IAM is also able to import a transaction file compatible with Quicken (QIF). This is a
helpful option in the event your financial institution is not provided in our list of
available choices, does not provide the standard OFX or QFX file format, or if you are
appending ongoing activity from your Quicken software. Please note: if you are
creating this QIF file from Quicken software, be sure to select the options for
Transactions and Security lists for each portfolio you will be appending activity.
Verify portfolios reflect historically accurate balances up to the start date selected for
the data import. Manually enter any transactions that are not available so your
portfolios accurately reflect your investment holdings and activity.
(See File Menu | Import) (See Chapter 7)
Update Portfolio
Performance Table
Update Portfolio Performance Table (File Menu | Advanced
Mode setting)
Investment Account Manager maintains a portfolio performance table used for
storing and linking the annual performance returns for a portfolio, or for an
individual security. Linking is a term used to describe the combination of
individual annual returns to derive a more precise return for a longer time period.
Linking provides both an Annual Arithmetic Return (an unbiased estimate of the
expected future return, assuming the expected return does not change over time)
and an Annual Geometric Return (the constant rate of return needed to match
actual performance over some past investment period; an excellent measure of
past performance).
347
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
The table also provides the ability to store the yearly performance returns for three
common indices: DJIA, S&P 500, and NASDAQ. This enables you to directly
compare how well your portfolio or assets have performed in relation to these
indices. This feature also allows the creation of performance graphs to illustrate
the information included in the table. Select the Reports Menu | Portfolio
Performance | and check the option to show Linked Returns Graph.
Completing the table:
 Select the Entire Portfolio, or use the drop down arrow to select an
individual security, for storing performance values.
 Add: use this choice to add annual return values. Enter the year, coinciding
year-end market value, annual time-weighted portfolio return (%), and the
annual returns for the DJIA, S&P 500, and NASDAQ.
 Use Save to record the entry
 Cancel to omit the entry.
o Note: if you run the portfolio performance report for an annual
period, you‟ll be prompted to store the annual results
automatically.
o Alternatively, if you know the results of your performance from
another source (i.e. broker statement, spreadsheet, or other
software application), you can simply use the Add button to enter
these results to the performance table.
 Delete: use this choice to delete a stored year's return values. Select (point
& click) the entry to delete from the pick-list, then select this choice. Click
OK to verify deletion.
 To Edit an entry, simply left-click in the field for edit, and record your
changes. Use Save to record the changes, Cancel to ignore changes.
348
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Global Transactions:
Global Income
Investment Account Manager allows for easy and accurate posting of global
transactions.
Global Spin-off
Global Stock
Dividend
Distributions
Global Stock Split
Global Merger
These include:
 Income (i.e., apply a declared cash dividend to all portfolios holding the stock),
 Stock splits (i.e., 2:1 stock split)
 Stock dividend distributions (i.e., 10% stock dividend is declared resulting in
additional shares)
 Spin-offs (i.e., Company ABC issues holders shares in Company EFG) and
 Mergers (i.e., Company ABC is taken-over by Company EFG). IAM‟s global
transactions adjust any or all of the portfolios within the program for the global
activity.
For instance, if you hold XYZ stock in several portfolios, and XYZ declares a 2:1 stock
split, Investment Account Manager will automatically adjust each portfolio to reflect
the stock split. The feature will adjust each and every purchase lot in each and every
portfolio affected.
 Global transactions – income (available in advanced mode):
349
I N V E S T M E N T
Global Income
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Use this choice to apply a global income transaction to all appropriate portfolios, or to
a specific list of portfolios, holding the security. It is HIGHLY RECOMMENDED
you make a backup of your data files before applying global transactions as system
wide changes will be made. If you make an error while using this feature, and do not
have a recent backup, you may need to manually adjust all affected portfolios.
Note: this feature cannot be used if the income received was reinvested into more
shares of the issuer (i.e. drips).
o Enter the Security Symbol: or press the F2 key for symbol lookup.
o Enter the Payable Date: the date the dividend / income check was issued.
o Ex-dividend Dates: for dividend paying issues (common and preferred
stocks, mutual funds, money market funds, etc.), you can also enter the exdividend date coinciding to the payable date for the income received. Tracking
the ex-dividend date may be necessary for the issuing company due to the
qualified / non-qualified treatment of dividends in the 2003 tax law.
o Enter the Income Paid / Unit: this is the rate of income paid per unit held of
the issue for the period. Note: for common stocks, this field will show the
quarterly income amount of the annual dividend per share rate entered in the
current asset library. Verify this is the correct amount prior to applying the
global entry.
o Enter the ST Gain Distribution / Unit: this is the rate of short-term gain
distribution paid per unit held of the issue.
350
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Enter the LT Gain Distribution / Unit: this is the rate of long-term gain
distribution paid per unit held of the issue.
o Designate the global income distribution as either Dividend or Interest.
o Designate the global income distribution as either Taxable or Non-Taxable.
o Classify the dividend income as either qualified or non qualified. In the case
of some preferred issues, the qualified / non qualified rule is based on either a
61 day rule or a 91 day rule.
o After this information has been added, Investment Account Manager will
create a table listing those portfolios holding the security. Shown is the quantity
held before the global income distribution application, the total income
received based on this quantity (total income / unit * quantity held), and the
designated money market fund account for automatic income deposit (if so
selected).
o Verify that the total income received by each portfolio is correct. If necessary,
you can edit this total amount to account for any slight errors due to rounding.
o If you are maintaining a money market fund for cash pooling in this portfolio,
make sure you properly identify this account for the income deposit. If more
than one MMF is available for any portfolio, click the down arrow to select
which account to use for the deposit. If you are not depositing into a MMF,
then select NONE.
o Select portfolio(s) to include in the global income application by using a left
mouse click in the check box.
o To include all portfolios, use the Select All button.
o To clear selections, use the Clear All button.
o Use the Transaction Notes area to record memo notes for this global income
activity. Each portfolio included in the distribution will record this memo (you
can also click on the Calendar/Diary icon to copy your transaction notes to the
calendar/diary).
o Use the Apply to Selected Portfolios button to apply the distribution.
o Select Cancel to quit.
Notes:
o When verifying the data shown on in the window, be sure the quantity held is
correct. If the quantity shown is not correct, do not apply, and track down
351
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
your error (Transactions Menu | Add, Edit, Delete Transactions | Portfolio
Activity Ledger to help you identify errors).
o After you have applied a global income distribution, you will be prompted to
add another global income distribution for another asset if you like. Respond
Yes for another entry, No to quit the global income feature.
o If you are entering a global income distribution for a bond, recall that bonds
trade in $1,000 increments. I.e., 5 bonds equals 5 * $1,000 for a total par value
of $5,000.00. To calculate the rate paid per unit for the period, first multiply
the bond‟s stated rate by $1,000.00. For example, a 5.25% bond would pay
$52.50 / year (1000 * .0525 = $52.50) per bond. Then calculate the amount
paid for the period. If the bond used in this example pays semiannually, then
the rate for each period would be $26.25 ($52.50 / 2). Verify the total income
received is correct before applying.
o If you are entering a global income distribution for a common stock or fund,
enter the rate paid per unit for the period. For example, if company XYZ pays
an annual dividend of $3.00, and you are entering a quarterly dividend, you
would enter $0.75 for the rate paid per unit ($3.00 / 4). Verify the total income
received is correct before applying.
o If you are entering income or capital gain distributions for a mutual fund, refer
to your fund statement for the rate paid for these items. Verify the total
amount received equals the total amount shown on your statement.
o Do not use Investment Account Manager‟s Global Income feature to record
income amounts received on money market funds or cash accounts with
fluctuating balances. Record the income manually using the Portfolio
Transactions | Income | Dividend Income feature.
o Use the Reports Menu | Portfolio | Income Received report to see the total
dividend income, short-term gain distributions and long-term gain
distributions recorded for the global income application.
o If you have made an error while recording a global income, you will need to
use the Transactions Menu | Edit feature to edit or delete the income record
created.
 Global Transactions – Stock Splits:
Stock Splits
Use this choice to apply a stock split to all appropriate portfolios, or to a specific list of
portfolios, owning the relevant asset.. Enter stock splits as they occur in their proper
sequence.
It is HIGHLY RECOMMENDED you make a backup of your data files before
applying global transactions as system wide changes will be made. If you make an error
352
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
while using this feature, and do not have a recent backup, you may need to manually
adjust all affected portfolios.
o Enter the Payable Date: this is the effective date of the stock split. Only those
current position lots in Investment Account Manager with a purchase date
PRIOR TO the payable date will be adjusted to reflect the stock split.
o Enter the Stock Split Ratio: i.e. 2 for 1; 3 for 2; 5 for 4.
o Examples: 100 shares with 2 for 1 split becomes 200 shares; 100 shares with 3
for 2 split becomes 150 shares; 100 shares with 5 for 4 split becomes 125
shares; Note – reverse splits can also be recorded.
o As this information is added to the Stock Split window, Investment Account
Manager will create a table listing those portfolios holding the security,
indicating the quantity held before and after the split application. Verify this
screen properly shows the quantity held before and after the split application
for portfolios listed.
o DO NOT enter a stock split out of sequence, (i.e. you‟ve entered some sales,
other splits, etc. that occurred after this split‟s ex-dividend date), the quantity
held before and after may not be correct because the number of shares held
before the split may be wrong. You may need to undo those transactions that
have been entered out-of-sequence if the total held after the split is incorrect.
Use the Transactions Menu | Portfolio Transactions | Activity Ledger to help
you identify discrepancies.
353
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
To apply the split application:
o Select portfolio(s) to include in the split application by using a left mouse
click in the check box.
o Use the Transaction Notes area to record memo notes for this split activity.
Each portfolio included in the distribution will record this memo (you can also
click on the Calendar/Diary icon to copy your transaction notes to the
calendar/diary.
o Use the Apply to Selected Portfolios button to apply the split.
Notes:
o If a stock split is not being applied to all portfolios, because some already
reflect the stock split, then de-select the previously adjusted portfolios. .
o Transactions Only: use this choice if you do not wish to adjust the Current
Asset Library market price to reflect the split adjustment. In other words, if a
stock price is $25 pre-split, after a 2: 1 split, the price would be automatically
adjusted to $12.50.
o Transactions and Current Asset Library: use this choice to apply the split to
both portfolio transactions and the Current Asset Library.
o Cancel: use this choice to cancel and exit the Stock Split feature.
If a portfolio has previously received the exact same split activity on the same date, it
will be shown in green italics and cannot be selected to prevent a duplicate entry error.
To view stock splits, use the Transactions Menu | Add, Edit, Delete Transactions |
Activity Ledger, or review the Transaction Activity Report filtered to include only stock
split activity.
Cash-in-Lieu: If you receive fractional shares of the new company, this is often the
result of the issuing company paying cash in lieu of fractional shares. To handle this in
Investment Account Manager, apply the stock split, then sell the fractional shares in
Investment Account Manager using the cash-in-lieu dollar amount as the net amount
of the sale transaction.
If you have made an error while recording a stock split, use the Transactions Menu to
delete the entry for all previously selected portfolios.
354
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
 Global Transactions – Stock Dividend Distributions:
Stock Dividend
Distributions
Use this choice to apply a stock dividend distribution to all appropriate portfolios, or to
a specific list of portfolios, owning the relevant asset. As in stock splits, stock dividend
distributions must be entered in sequence as they affect share balances, and any
subsequent activity.
o Enter the Payable Date: this is the effective date for the stock dividend
distribution. Only those current position lots in Investment Account Manager
with a purchase date PRIOR TO the payable date will be adjusted to reflect the
stock dividend distribution.
o Enter the Stock Dividend %: i.e. 10 for 10%.
Examples: 100 shares with a 25 % dividend becomes 125 shares; 100 shares with a 50
% dividend becomes 150 shares. ** 100 shares with a 100 % dividend should be
entered as a 2:1 stock split.
As the stock dividend distribution information is added, Investment Account Manager
will create a table listing those portfolios holding the stock on the ex-date, indicating
the quantity held before and after the stock dividend distribution application. Verify
355
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
this screen properly shows the quantity held before and after the distribution
application for portfolios listed. If not, check you past data entries.
To apply the stock dividend distribution:
o Select portfolio(s) to include in the distribution application by using a left
mouse click in the check box..
o Use the Transaction Notes area to record memo notes for this stock
dividend distribution activity. Each portfolio included in the distribution will
record this memo (you can also click on the Calendar/Diary icon to copy your
transaction notes to the calendar/diary.
Notes:
o In stock dividend distributions, share amounts will be adjusted for the
distribution.
o If a portfolio has previously received the same dividend distribution activity, it
will be shown in green italics and can‟t be selected to prevent a duplicate entry
error.
o To view stock dividend distributions, use the Transactions Menu | Add, Edit,
Delete Transactions | Activity Ledger, or review the Transaction Activity
Report filtered to include only stock dividend distributions.
o If you receive fractional shares of the new company, often times they are sold
on your behalf as part of the dividend distribution transaction, and you are
issued Cash-in-Lieu. To handle this in Investment Account Manager, apply
the stock distribution, then sell the fractional shares in Investment Account
Manager using the cash-in-lieu dollar amount as the net amount of the sale
transaction.
 Global Transactions – Spin-Offs:
Spin-offs
Corporation reorganizations have become a common occurrence to help maximize
shareholder wealth. One familiar method used to unlock value is the corporate spinoff. According to the IRS, a spin-off occurs when an existing corporation distributes
stock in a company it previously controlled without requiring shareholders to sell the
356
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
shares issued. Investment Account Manager easily accurately handles spin-off
transactions, properly allocating the original cost basis to the newly created spin-off(s)
received.
Use this choice to apply a company spin-off to all appropriate portfolios, or to a
specific list of portfolios, holding the security issuing the spin-off. As in other
transactions which affect share quantities, spin-offs must be entered in sequence since
subsequent activity will be dependent on share quantities.
o Enter the Payable Date of Spin-off: - this is the effective date that is used for
the cut-off for the stock spin-off distribution. Only those current position lots
in Investment Account Manager with a purchase date PRIOR TO the payable
date will be adjusted to reflect the spin-off distribution. Refer to your
statement, or check with the issuing company, to verify proper dates prior to
applying spin-off activity.
o Enter the Security Symbol of Issuer: or press the F2 key (or select the Find
button) for symbol lookup to select an issue.
o Enter the Security Symbol of Spin-off: or press the F2 key to add or lookup
the symbol. If the Spin-off symbol is new to Investment Account Manager,
you‟ll need to add relevant information for the new security. Use the additional
Help buttons that will be provided when adding new securities.
357
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Enter the Market Price for the newly issued spin-off company, on the date of
the spin-off. This market price is used to derive the total market value of
quantity received. This market value is used in the performance feature of
o Enter the Number of Spin-off Shares Received for each one share held of
the issuer.
o Enter the Percentage of Original Cost Basis Retained by the issue.
o The Percentage of Original Cost Basis Allocated to spin-off is derived
automatically.
o Once this information has been properly added, Investment Account Manager
will create a table listing those portfolios holding the issuing company prior to
the ex-date, and the appropriate adjustments that will occur after the spin-off
distribution is recorded.
o Investment Account Manager will automatically adjust issuer cost basis, and
create proper accounting lots and costs for the recipient spin-off. Verify this
table properly shows both the issuer quantity held and issuer cost basis prior to
the spin-off distribution for the portfolios listed.
o To apply the spin-off distribution:
o Select portfolio(s) to include in the distribution application by using a left
mouse click in the check box.
o Use the Transaction Notes area to record memo notes for this stock
dividend distribution activity. Each portfolio included in the distribution will
record this memo (you can also click on the Calendar/Diary icon to copy your
transaction notes to the calendar/diary.
Notes:
Cash-in-lieu: If you receive fractional shares of the new company (spin-off company
received), frequently they are sold on your behalf by the issuing company as part of the
spin-off transaction. This is known as Cash-in-Lieu. To handle this in Investment
Account Manager, apply the spin-off, then use the sale transaction type to sell the
358
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
fractional shares in Investment Account Manager using the cash-in-lieu dollar amount
as the net amount of the sale transaction.
To view stock spin-off distributions, use the Transactions Menu | Add, Edit, Delete
Transactions | Activity Ledger, or review the Transaction Activity Report filtered to
include only stock spin-off activity.
If multiple spin-offs occur at the same time, please refer to the online help
system for a detailed explanation and examples of past multiple spin-offs (i.e.,
when ATT spun-off the seven regional bell operating companies during the 1980s.
Topic: Spin-Off of Multiple Companies )
 Global Transactions – Mergers:
Mergers
A merger is the union of two or more independent companies to a single ownership,
accomplished by the complete acquisition of one company‟s stock by another.
Investment Account Manager easily accurately handles merger transactions, properly
allocating the original cost basis to the new remaining entity.
Use this choice to apply a merger transaction to all appropriate portfolios, or to a
specific list of portfolios, owning the relevant asset. As in other transactions which
affect share quantities, mergers must be entered in sequence since subsequent activity
will be dependent on share quantities.
359
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Enter the Date of Merger: this is the effective date of the merger activity.
Refer to your statement, or check with the acquiring company, to verify the
proper date for the merger activity. All current shares of the exchanged
company should be verified that they have been properly recorded with
acquisition dates prior to the date of the merger acquisition.
o Enter the Exchanged from Security Symbol: or press the F2 key (or select
the Find button) for symbol lookup to select an issue.
o Market Price (Exchanged Company): enter the market price of the
exchanged company at the time of the exchange. This market price is used to
derive the total market value of quantity actually exchanged. The market value
of exchanged quantity is used in the performance feature of Investment
Account Manager, so be sure to enter an accurate market price.
o Enter the Merged into Security Symbol: or press the F2 key (or select the
Find button) for symbol lookup. If the „Merged Into‟ symbol is new to
Investment Account Manager, you‟ll need to add relevant information for the
new security. Use the additional Help buttons that will be provided when
adding new securities. If the „Merged Into‟ symbol is the same as the
„Exchanged From‟ symbol, please see the notes below.
o Market Price (Received Issue): enter the market price of the received
company at the time of the merger. This market price is used to derive the total
market value of quantity actually received. The market value of received
quantity is used in the performance feature of Investment Account Manager,
so be sure to enter an accurate market price.
360
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Enter the Number of Shares Received for each one share held of the
exchanged issue. Refer to the informational sheet you should have received
from the companies involved.
Cash Received as Boot:
Boot
o Cash Received for each share held: if the merger activity includes a cash
component (known as Boot [IRS special "Boot Rule"]), select the available box
and then enter the amount of cash received per share held. The amount of
cash received is necessary for deriving the total fair market value of the merger
received. Investment Account Manager will derive what amount of the Boot
received is to be treated as short term gains, long term gains, or return of
capital.
o IRS Boot Rule: This special IRS rule is considered when a shareholder
receives stock and cash or other property for their existing stock in a tax-free
reorganization. In such cases, loss cannot be recognized and gain is recognized
in an amount equal to the lesser of:
o The amount of cash and fair market value of the other property received, or;
o The amount of gain „realized‟ on the exchange. The amount of gain realized is
determined by subtracting the holder‟s basis in shares exchanged from the fair
market value of stock received and other property received plus the amount of
cash received.
o This special rule is applied on a lot basis for each separate lot of stock the
shareholder is exchanging.
o Typically, the amount of cash received is less than the amount of gain realized
on the exchange, and the shareholder will typically recognize gain in an amount
equal to the full amount of cash received, with no offset or adjustment for the
holder‟s basis in their exchanged shares.
o In cases where basis needs to be adjusted, the holder‟s basis in shares received
is equal to the basis in the shares exchanged, plus the amount of gain
recognized, less the amount of cash or fair market value of other property
received.
The holding period of exchanged shares carries over.
Sources: AAII Journal, June 2005, pg. 14; IRC Section 356 (a)(2); IRC section 302(b).
After this information has been properly entered, Investment Account Manager will
create a table listing those portfolios owning the exchanged security, and the
appropriate adjustments that will occur after the merger acquisition is recorded.
Investment Account Manager will automatically create proper accounting lots and
361
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
costs for the recipient „merged into‟ company received. If you received cash as part of
the merger transaction, the amount of the cash received that is to be treated as short
term gains, long term gains, and return of capital is also shown. Cash received can be
automatically deposited into the money market fund, if available, for the portfolio(s).
Verify this table properly shows the quantity held of the exchanged issue prior to the
merger acquisition for the portfolios listed. In most cases, the merger of an exchanged
issue should occur after all purchases, sales, etc. have been recorded. Use the
Transactions Menu | Add, Edit, Delete Transactions to open the activity ledger
to help you identify discrepancies.
To apply the merger activity:
o Verify amounts for allocated basis, short term gains, long term gains, and
return of capital are correct, and if applicable, the correct money market fund
is selected for deposit of any short term gains, long term gains and return of
capital received.
o Select portfolio(s) to include in the merger activity by using a left mouse click
in the check box.
o Use the Transaction Notes area to record memo notes for this merger activity.
Each portfolio included in the merger will record this memo (you can also
click on the Calendar/Diary icon to copy your transaction notes to the
calendar/diary.
Notes:
Cash In Lieu: If you receive fractional shares of the new company, often times they
are sold on your behalf as part of the spin-off transaction, and you are issued Cash-inLieuCash_In_Lieu. To handle this in Investment Account Manager, apply the merger,
then sell the fractional shares in Investment Account Manager using the cash-in-lieu
dollar amount as the net amount of the sale transaction.
Retaining the original symbol after the merger: If the „Merged Into‟ symbol is
the same as the „Exchanged From‟ symbol, first edit the original symbol to a new
unique symbol. Select the Asset Library | Current Asset Library | select the symbol |
then select the Edit / Update tab. Then change the original symbol. For example, if
you owned J P Morgan & Co. (symbol JPM), in the merger of J P Morgan and Chase
362
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Manhattan Corp., the resultant company J P Morgan Chase & Company retained the
JPM symbol. Here‟s how you would retain the original symbol:
Select the Asset Library | Current Asset Library | select JPM | then select the Edit /
Update tab. Then change the symbol JPM to JPM_O (for JPM_Old). This will globally
change all previous records for JPM to reflect the new symbol JPM_O. Next, use the
Transactions Menu | Global Transactions | Merger function, and then merge JPM_O
into JPM. This will enable you to now use the actively traded security symbol JPM for
the resultant company. Verify JPM_O is entered into any historical price libraries for
as-of-date pricing for your original JPM holdings prior to the merger.
To view merger activity, use the Transactions Menu | Portfolio Transactions | Activity
Ledger, or review the Transaction Activity Report filtered to include only merger
activity.
363
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Reference
R4
Reports & Graphs Menu Choices
Reports and
Graphs
IAM Reporting Tips
Many of the Investment Account Manager reports provide the ability to "drill-down"
on the details that make up the information found on one of the report lines. This is
indicated by a change of appearance of your mouse pointer to resemble a magnifying
glass:
Blue underlined text indicates hyperlinks to other information. A left click of your
mouse will often produce an associated report, while a right click will bring up
another popup menu window providing quick access to popular features.
Investment Account Manager will initially show all reports in a print preview version
for your review providing the report without the need for actually printing the report.
While in the preview mode, you can „lock‟ column headings for the ability to scroll
data. For example, select the reports and graphs menu | portfolio | appraisal report.
Now select the „report‟ button. While in preview mode, move your mouse pointer
over the top detail line labeled „Money Market Funds‟ and right click your mouse.
You‟ll notice a pop-up window with several choices:
364
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Report Setup
Window
Report options are selected on the Report Setup window, which appears prior to the
selected report is created. It allows users to customize the information included on a
report.. The options listed in the report setup screen are dependent on the report
selected. Listed here are all the reporting options available to help users customize and
isolate reporting information:
o Reporting Period (please note: if you have downloaded activity from a
financial institution that included transactions with a settlement date later than
the current date, the reports will reflect this settlement date for reporting
period, and date of the report). Users can customize the date range to filter
transaction activity to be included on Investment Account Manager reports.
This provides the user with great flexibility for isolating data for historical
comparisons, year-end tax filing, etc. Depending on the report, users can select
from these reporting periods:
o Include All Dates: With this option, all transaction activity relevant to the
report will be included, from initial activity through the most recent transaction
entered. For instance, selecting the Include all dates for the Appraisal Report
will produce a current value of the portfolio based on the security prices found
in the Current Asset Library.
Note: When selecting a specific historical date from a drop-down
list in the report setup, only dates previously added to the Historic
Asset Price Library are available for selection. So, if the date you are
looking for is not listed, add it to the Historical Asset Price Library
first.
o Pre-Defined Date Ranges: This option filters transactions activity falling
within the selected date range will be included on the report. For example, the
period „Year-to-Date‟ could be used to produce an Income Report to show the
total investment income received by the portfolio from the start of the current
year through the current date.
365
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Custom Date Range: Users can enter any valid „From‟ and „To‟ activity date
to isolate transactions for reporting. For example, a custom date range might
be entered to produce a Sold Securities Report listing all the sold activity in a
portfolio for the last three years. For the various performance reports, the
custom date range uses existing „as-of-date‟ entries to derive performance for a
specified period. Listed in the „From‟ field are all historic price entries; listed in
the „To‟ field is the current asset library date and all historic date entries. For
example, if a user wanted to derive Performance Report for the year 2008 then
the filter would be from 12/31/07 to 12/31/08 (NOTE: ALWAYS use
12/31/xx for annual reports, regardless of the last trading day in the year).
o As of Date: This selection re-creates a portfolio to reflect holdings and market
values „As of the Date‟. For example, if you were interested in knowing what
your portfolio consisted of and was worth at the end of „2001‟, you could use
this choice to derive an Appraisal Report with this information.
o Time Period: The Short-Term to Long-Term Holding Period Report
includes an option to filter activity for those security lots within a portfolio that
are about to become long-term as defined by IRS tax rules (greater than 1 year
holding period). Users can select a time period anywhere from 1 month up, to
12 months.
o Report Title: The Report Title field can be used to add an additional
heading to the selected report. Optionally, users can set a global report title
using the File Menu | Preferences | Report Settings choice.
o Disclaimer: The Report Disclaimer field can be toggled on or off as
chosen by the user. The disclaimer serves the important purpose of
reminding users of the practical limitations of the program. Optionally,
users can set a global disclaimer using the File Menu | Preferences |
Report Settings choice.
o Entire Portfolio or Individual Asset: Many of the reports provided by
Investment Account Manager can be filtered to provide transaction details
for either the entire portfolio, or an individual asset. For example, if a user
is interested in reviewing the transaction activity for a single issue, click the
radial dial for „Individual Asset‟ and then select the issue from the available
"asset" pull-down window
o Portfolios to Include: The „Record Types to Include‟ table allows users to
selectively include record types for the Transaction Activity Detail Report. This
customizing option enables users to derive a report that only lists specific
transaction types. For example, users could mark to include only purchase
records to isolate the report to list only the purchase transactions for a selected
date range (the default setting for this table is to include all record types).
366
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Asset Types to Include: The „Asset Types to Include‟ table allows users
to selectively mark asset types for the selected report. This customizing
option enables users to derive a report that only lists specific asset types. .
For example, users could mark to include only mutual funds and common
stocks to create a Performance Report that derived the performance
considering just these investment holdings. The default setting for this
table is to include all asset types.
o Record Types to Include: The „Record Types to Include‟ table allows
users to selectively include record types for the Transaction Activity Detail
report. This derives a report that lists specific transaction types. For
example, users could mark to include only purchase records to isolate the
report to list only the purchase transactions for a selected date range (the
default setting for this table is to include all record types).
o Objectives to Include: The „Objectives to Include‟ table allows users to
selectively mark fund objectives to include on the Mutual Fund
Diversification Report.
o Industries to Include: The „Industries to Include‟ table allows users to
selectively mark common stock industries to include on the Stock Industry
Diversification Report.
o Sizes to Include: The „Sizes to Include‟ table allows users to selectively mark
common stock sizes to include on the Stock Size Diversification Report.
o By Monthly Totals: This sorting option is provided for the Income
Received Report, and allows users to organize investment income activity
by monthly totals. For example, if the Income Received Report is selected
for the current year, by checking this option, activity will be segregated by
month: January, February, March, etc. Total income received is provided
by monthly sub-totals, as well as total income received for the period
selected.
o Sort By: The Sort By option allows users to organize reporting activity in a
preferred transaction order. For example, the Transactions Activity Report
can sort transactions in „new to old‟ or „old to new‟. This report can also
sort by „issue‟, grouping transaction activity by individual security. The
Master Asset List Detail report can be sorted by name, symbol, type,
earnings, yield, and other variables.
o Show Tree: The Show Tree option allows users to display a directory tree
for the selected report. When this option is checked, the report preview
page will include a left and right view pane. The left pane shows the
directory tree, the right pane shows the report. Useful for long reports, the
directory tree allows report navigation using the directory tree in the left
pane to quickly scroll and view the details on the selected report.
367
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Segregate by Holding Period: A useful tax planning tool, this option
will list all current lots of portfolio holdings by holding period. You can
then easily identify all unrealized short-term capital gains and long-term
capital gains. This option can also be used when deriving the Security Basis
Report for an individual security. The Security Basis Report will list all
current lots held by these three holding periods:
o No Holding Period (for money market funds and cash
equivalents)
o Short-term Holding Period (less than or equal to 1 year)
o Long-term Period (greater than 1 year)
o All Activity or Current: This is a setup choice for The Portfolio
Performance Report, and if selected, will derive the annualized internal
rate of return for either all historical portfolio activity, or for only those
issues currently held. If you select All activity, all transaction flows for all
issues with historic data will be included on the report, including those
purchased and then later entirely sold. If you select Current, the IRR will
be derived for only those issues that are currently owned in the portfolio.
o Preview: Use the Preview button to generate a page preview of the
selected report. While in this preview mode, users can scroll, zoom in or
out, and drill down on the reporting details. Use the printer icon to print
the selected report. Click the Printer icon to configure your printer.
Investment Account Manager prints reports in landscape format. Click on
the Export icon to export a report in one of many popular formats.
o Margins: The Report Margins allow users to change the print margins for
the selected report. The following margin settings are used as defaults:
o
o
o
o
Top: 0.50
Bottom: 0.25
Left: 0.25
Right: 0.25
o Users can set global margin settings using the File Menu | Preferences |
Report Settings choice. Note: If the left 1 to 3 characters of each line do
not show when printing, try setting your margins at .3, .25, .5 and .25 (top,
bottom, left, and right). You can also try using Windows Start | Settings |
Printer| select your printer | then select Printer | Properties | Setup and
verify paper size settings.
o Show Diversification Graph: illustrates the information provided on the
Appraisal Report showing the percent of portfolio each asset type market
value represents of the total portfolio market value.
368
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Show Maturity Graph: The Maturity Graph graphically represents the
information provided on the Maturity Schedule. The pie graph shows the
current market value each maturity date range holds in relation to the total
market value of all maturing assets. This relationship is expressed as a
percentage.
o Show Upside Downside Graph: The Upside-Downside graph lists as a
bar chart, individual upside downside ratios for the securities within the
portfolio, as well as the overall total portfolio upside-downside ratio.
o Summary Detail: On the report setup form for the Sold Securities
Report, the option „Lot by Lot Detail‟ will list sales activity per security,
based on holding period, listing individual lot details. If multiple lots have
been sold, these multiple lots will be detailed individually by holding
period, with totals.
o Lot by Lot Detail: On the report setup form for the Sold Securities
Report, the option „Summary Detail‟ will summarize sales activity per
security, based on holding period. If multiple lots have been sold, these
multiple lots will be aggregated into a single total for the respective holding
period. This option is particularly helpful when reporting sale activity for a
mutual fund that involved multiple reinvestment lots being sold and the
user is looking for total activity by short term or long term holding period
without showing the individual lot details.
o Show Report Details: The Allocation Reports provided by Investment
Account Manager include an option to Show Report Details. Depending on
the allocation report selected (asset class, sector, or size) the drill-down details
can be shown.
o Show Current Allocation Only: The Allocation Reports provided by
Investment Account Manager include an option to Show Current
Allocation Only. Depending on the allocation report selected (asset class,
sector, or size) only the current allocation details and graph will be shown
on the report. For example, if you were creating the Allocation Report by
Sector, and you select the option to show current allocation only, each
sector within the portfolio(s) chosen for the report will be listed with
details for current allocation % and market value.
369
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Reports and
Graphs
The following choices are found under Investment Account Manager‟s Reports Menu
(for additional reports, configure File Menu | Preferences | User Mode tab |
Advanced)
Appraisal Report
Appraisal – Current Value Report accumulates and values a portfolio, or
combination of portfolios, based on the market prices and reporting period selected.
The option to Show Symbol, Exclude PE and Beta allows you to create the
appraisal report in a similar format as when combining portfolios and using the
„segregate portfolios‟ option.
The option to Show Diversification Graph illustrates the information provided on
the Appraisal Report showing the percent of portfolio each asset type market value
represents of the total portfolio market value.
Note: when selecting 2 or more portfolios for the Appraisal Report, you‟ll have the
additional option to „Segregate Portfolios‟ for the report. This option will list all
holdings for selected portfolios on a per portfolio basis, with grand totals. You'll find
this a great new report for reviewing multiple portfolios on a single report.
370
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
The information contained on the Appraisal Report includes:
o Type: the designated asset type for the security, such as common stock, mutual
fund, etc.
o % of Portfolio: the percentage the security market value represents of the total
portfolio value.
o Unrealized Gain/Loss: the total unrealized gain or loss for all quantity held of
the security.
of the security.
o Estimated Income: the total estimated income for all quantity held of the
security.
o Yield: the estimated current income yield for the security.
o P/E: the current price/earnings ratio for the security.
o Beta: the beta measurement for the security.
Fees and
Expenses Report
Fees and Expenses Report - this report shows for the selected portfolios the fees
and expenses recorded in your portfolio. The report segregates securities according to
type, and provides totals based on the range selected for the report. The information
contained on the Fees and Expenses Report includes:
fund, etc.
o Account / Service Fees: any recorded account fees.
371
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Advisory Fees: any recorded advisory fees.
o Foreign Tax Withheld: foreign tax withheld for securities in the portfolio.
o Other Fees: other entered miscellaneous fees and/or expenses.
o Totals:
o Fees and expenses per security are accumulated under the "Total" column.
o Fees and expenses for the portfolio are accumulated per column on the
"Totals‟‟ line.
Holdings Summary
Report
The Holdings Summary Report accumulates and values a portfolio, or combination
of portfolios, based on the market prices and reporting period selected. The report lists
securities according to percent of portfolio each issue represents in the portfolio. The
information contained on the Holdings Summary Report includes:
o % of Portfolio: the percentage the security market value represents of the total
portfolio value.
the security.
of the security.
security.
o Yield: the estimated current income yield for the security.
o P/E: the current price/earnings ratio for the security.
o Beta: the beta measurement for the security.
372
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o The option to Show Holdings Summary Graph illustrates the information
provided on the Holdings Summary Report showing the percent each issue
Income Report
Maturity Report
Income Report - The Income Received Report tracks the investment income
and capital gain distributions received by securities in your portfolio. The report
segregates securities according to type, and provides totals based on the range
selected for the report. Note: accrued interest for asset types U.S. Governments,
Agencies, Corporate Bonds, or Tax Exempt Bonds is designated as negative (-)
income on the report. The information contained on the Income Received Report
includes:
o
Type: the designated asset type for the security, such as common stock,
mutual fund, etc.
o
Security: the name or description of the asset.
o
Taxable Interest: amount of taxable interest received.
o
Taxable Dividends: amount of taxable dividends received.
o
Non-Taxable Interest: amount of nontaxable interest received.
o
Non-Taxable Dividends: amount of nontaxable dividends received.
o
Short-Term Gain Distributions: amount of short-term capital gain
o
Long-Term Gain Distributions: amount of long-term capital gain
o
Other Income: amount of other income received.
o
Totals: Income and distributions per security are accumulated under the
"Total" column.
Maturity Schedule Report: The Maturity Schedule compiles important
information regarding the maturity dates of securities held in a given portfolio.
The report segregates securities based on these maturity ranges: Expired, Within 1
Month, Within 3 Months, Within 6 Months, Within 1 Year, Within 3 Years,
Within 5 Years, Within 10 Years, Over 10 Years. The information contained on
the Maturity Schedule includes:
o Maturity Date: the date of maturity for the security.
373
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
of the security.
o % Gain/Loss: the total percentage unrealized gain or loss for all quantity
held of the security.
security.
o Estimated Yield: the estimated current income yield for the security.
o % of Maturities: the percentage the security market value represents in
relation to the total market value of all maturing assets.
o The Maturity Graph graphically represents the information provided on
the Maturity Schedule.
o The pie graph shows the current market value each maturity date range
holds in relation to the total market value of all maturing assets. This
relationship is expressed as a percentage.
Security Basis
Report
Security Basis Report - the Security Basis Report is a useful tax-planning tool,
organizing securities according to type and listing each security by purchase lot.
The report also acts as an asset allocation tool, identifying the total percentage and
dollar amount of asset types in the portfolio. Note: * on the report indicates
reinvestment transactions. The information contained on the Security Basis
Report includes:
mutual fund, etc.
o Quantity: the total quantity purchased of the security transaction lot.
o Unit Cost: the unit cost paid for the security transaction lot.
374
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Market Value: the market value for the security transaction lot.
o Unrealized Gain/Loss: the total unrealized gain or loss for the security
transaction lot.
o % Gain/Loss: the total percentage unrealized gain or loss for the security
transaction lot.
o Annl. % Gain/Loss: the annualized percent unrealized gain or loss for the
security transaction lot.
o Years Held: the number of years held since the purchase date for the security
transaction lot.
o % of Portfolio: the percentage the security lot (and total security) market value
represents of the total portfolio value.
o The Total line per security shows the total quantity of all lots, average cost
paid, total cost basis, total market value, total unrealized gain/loss, percent
gain/loss, average years held, and total percent portfolio.
Note: in the case when a Basis Report is produced for multiple portfolios, a
column labeled „Portfolio Name‟ is provided. This indicates the portfolio
where the specific lot is held. To fit this column on the report, the „% of
Portfolio‟ column is removed.
Sold Securities
Report
Sold Securities Report - compiles important information regarding the sales of
securities for a given portfolio. Sales activity is separated based on Short Term Activity
or Long Term Activity. The information contained on the Sold Securities Report (if
reported by Lot-by-Lot Detail) includes: Note: capital gain distributions will also
be listed on the report.
o Sale Date: the sale date of the security transaction lot.
o Years Held: the number of years held for the sold security transaction lot.
o Quantity: the total quantity sold of the security transaction lot.
o Unit Cost: the unit cost paid for the security transaction lot. If the
375
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Unit Price: the unit price received for the sold security transaction lot.
o Sale Proceeds: the total proceeds received for sold security transaction lot.
o Realized Gain/Loss: the total realized gain or loss for the sold security
transaction lot.
o % Gain/Loss: the total percentage realized gain or loss for the sold security
transaction lot.
o Annl. % Gain/Loss: the annualized percent realized gain or loss for the sold
security transaction lot.
Notes: if the option „Summary Detail‟ is selected, the report will summarize sales
activity per security, based on holding period. If multiple lots have been sold, these
multiple lots will be aggregated into a single total for the respective holding period.
Money market funds and cash equivalents are not included on the Sold Position
Report since these asset types maintain a $1.00 cost basis and market value, and hence
there is no reportable capital gain or loss.
Transaction
Activity Report
Transaction Activity Report - the Transactions Activity Report compiles important
information regarding the transaction entries for a portfolio, or for a single security a
within a portfolio. The Transactions Activity Report compiles important
information regarding the transaction entries for securities in a given portfolio. In
addition, users can organize this report to Sort by Issue. This organizes the report in
order of individual issue. Information can be further in date order: New to Old, or
Old to New. The information contained on the Transaction Activity Report includes:
o Date: the transaction date of the activity record.
o Security: the name of the security issue.
o Transaction Activity: the type of transaction activity.
o Quantity: the amount of shares, quantity, etc. for the security transaction.
o Unit cost or Price: the unit cost paid or price received for the security
transaction lot.
o Dollar Amount: the total amount paid, received, etc. for the security
transaction.
o Broker Code: the broker code associated with the security transaction.
o Notes: notes entered for the security transaction.
376
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Totals: totals are provided if the report is isolated for a single record type
Portfolio Allocation
Reports
Portfolio Allocation Reports - the Portfolio Allocation Reports compile portfolio
allocation information showing allocation by mutual fund objective, asset class,
industry sector, and stock size. This report is segregated in four sections, summarizing
the different allocation percentages.
The Portfolio Allocation Summary Report compiles summary allocation information
for the portfolio, identifying allocation by asset class, sector, size and investment
objective. For combined portfolios, benchmark allocation targets will also be shown
if „combined allocation targets‟ have been entered. Users can also select to „only show
current allocations‟ for a single portfolio if they have not entered portfolio targets, or
would like to review current allocations only. The information contained on the
Portfolio Summary Allocation report includes:
Mutual Fund Investment Objectives: this area lists the top 10 investment objectives
for mutual funds held in the portfolio.
o Investment Objective: the mutual fund investment objective group.
o Percent of Portfolio: the percentage the total security market value of the
investment objective represents of the total portfolio value.
Asset Class: this area lists the allocation percentages by asset class:
o Cash - includes Money Market Funds, Cash Equivalents, cash held by Mutual
& Exchange Traded Funds.
o Bonds - includes Corporate, Tax-Exempt, Governments, Agencies, bonds
held by Mutual & Exchange Traded Funds.
o Domestic Stocks - includes domestic common stocks, domestic common
stocks held by Mutual & Exchange Traded Funds, and domestic preferred
stocks.
o Foreign Stocks - includes foreign stocks, foreign stocks held by Mutual &
Exchange Traded Funds, and foreign preferred stocks.
o Undefined - includes Investment Clubs, Options, Other Investments, other
held by Mutual & Exchange Traded Funds.
o Current Market Value: total market value of all components in the asset class
(see above).
o Current Allocation %: percentage the current class market value represents of
the total portfolio market value.
377
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Target Allocation %: allocation percentages as defined by user portfolio
allocation targets).
o Sector Analysis: this area lists the allocation percentages by sector:
o Consumer Discretionary: includes consumer discretionary common stocks and
consumer discretionary stocks held in mutual & exchange traded funds.
o Consumer Staples: includes consumer staples common stocks and consumer
staples stocks held in mutual & exchange traded funds.
o Energy: includes energy common stocks and energy stocks held in mutual &
exchange traded funds.
o Financials: includes financial common stocks and financial stocks held in
mutual & exchange traded funds.
o Healthcare: includes healthcare common stocks and healthcare stocks held in
o Industrials: includes industrial common stocks and industrial stocks held in
o Information Technology: includes information technology common stocks
and information technology stocks held in mutual & exchange traded funds.
o Materials: includes materials common stocks and materials stocks held in
o Telecommunication Services: includes telecommunication services common
stocks and telecommunication services stocks held in mutual & exchange
traded funds.
o Utilities: includes utility common stocks and utility stocks held in mutual &
exchange traded funds.
o Undefined/other: those stocks not specified by industry or specified by
another industry than the above designations in Investment Account Manager.
o Current Allocation %: percentage the current stock industry market value
Size Analysis: this area lists the allocation percentages by common stock size:
378
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Small: includes small size common stocks and small size stocks held in mutual
& exchange traded funds.
o Medium: includes medium size common stocks and medium size stocks held
in mutual & exchange traded funds.
o Large: includes large size common stocks and large size stocks held in mutual
& exchange traded funds.
o Undefined: those stocks not specified by size in Investment Account Manager.
o Current Allocation %: percentage the current stock size market value
Fund Objectives
Report
Fund Objectives Report: - this report shows for the selected portfolios important
mutual fund objectives information for the various fund securities held in a given
portfolio, or combination of portfolios. Fund Investment Objectives
The Fund Investment Objectives Report compiles important information regarding
the various mutual and exchange traded funds held in a given portfolio, or
combination of portfolios. The information contained on the Fund Investment
Objectives Report includes:
o Investment Objective: the fund investment objective group.
the security.
of the security.
security.
379
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Percent of Objective: the percentage the total security market value represents
of the mutual fund objective group.
o Percent of Funds: the percentage the total security market value represents of
all mutual funds held in the portfolio.
o Percent of Portfolio: the percentage the total security market value represents
of the total portfolio value.
Portfolio
Performance
Report
The Portfolio Performance Report calculates the Internal Rate of Return for
individual assets and the entire portfolio(s), for various user-defined periods. The
information contained on the Portfolio Performance Report depends on whether the
report is calculated since portfolio inception (i.e., include all activity dates starting with
the earliest date) or is calculated based on a custom date range entered by the user.
o Type/Security: the designated asset and name of the asset.
o Beginning activity date: the initial transaction activity date for the security.
Note: this is not shown if the report is calculated for a custom date range. It is
replaced with a column for Beginning Market Value.
o Ending Activity Date: the ending transaction activity date for the security.
Note: this is not shown if the report is calculated for a custom date range. It is
replaced with a column for Ending Market Value.
o Beginning Market Value: the total market value that coincides to the start date
for the custom date range performance period. Note: if a historical price is
missing, Investment Account Manager will automatically assign a price of
$1.00 for this missing historical price in the historic asset library. In these cases,
the BMV will be incorrect, and the calculated IRR meaningless. Please be
certain that prices in the historic library properly reflect the market price for the
date stored.
o Additions/Withdrawals: the net cash flows for each security during the date
range.
o Unrealized Gain/Loss for the period: the difference in market value on the
beginning date of the report, and the market value on the ending date of the
report, adjusted for purchases and sales occurring during date range.
o Realized Gain/Loss for the period: the realized gain or loss for securities sold
during the period. This gain or loss is calculated using the value of the
securities on the beginning date of the report and the sale proceeds received on
the sale date. NOTE: This value may not be the same gain or loss amount
reported on the Sold Securities Report. The Sold Securities Report shows the
total gain or loss – i.e., the difference between original cost and sale proceeds.
380
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
The Performance Report when filtered for a date range however, is only
concerned for the gain or loss attributable to the period selected.
o Ending Market Value: the current ending market value or total ending market
value that coincides to the end date for the custom date range performance
period.
o Income Received: the total amount of dividend, interest and other income
received within the selected date range for this report.
o IRR for Period: the Internal Rate of Return (IRR), considering all investment
flows (such as purchases, sales, income, interest, reinvestments, etc.) occurring
within the selected date range for this report.
o Annualized IRR: the Internal Rate of Return, adjusted for an annualized
reporting. Note: for periods less than 12 months, the IRR can be misleading
since the calculation assumes the percent over a short time (such as 1 month)
will be repeated (compounded) every month for the entire period. For
example, if a 1 month IRR was 10%, this would compound for 12 months,
resulting in an annualized IRR of 213%.
Notes:
Custom dates and As of Dates are available once the user has created these in
Investment Account Manager‟s Historical Prices. Important: if a historical price is
missing, Investment Account Manager will automatically assign a price of $1.00 for this
missing historical price in the historic asset library. In these cases, the calculated IRR
will be inaccurate. Please be certain that prices in the historic library properly reflect the
ending market price for the date stored.
Annual periods or less: when this report is derived for an annual period
(i.e.,12/31/01 – 12/31/02), or a period less than a year (i.e., 12/31/01 – 10/01/02),
the report will also list the comparative returns of the DJIA, S&P 500, and Nasdaq.
Make certain you have correct closing index levels for these indices, for the stored
historic dates. Index returns do not include reinvested dividends.
An Asterisk (*) listed next to the IRR for a period indicates that return is derived with
a start date or end date different than the period selected. This would occur if the
security was either purchased after the beginning date for the period, or was sold prior
to the ending date of the period. The IRR derived will use these actual dates to
properly derive the return based on the time the issue was actually held during the
period selected.
381
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
A Carrot (^) listed next to the IRR for a period indicates that the return is derived with
consideration of cost basis and market value exchanged/received as part of a
tender/exchange or spin-off transaction during the period selected.
For the company that is exchanged in a merger or tender/exchange transaction, the
IRR will account for the unrealized gain/loss and market value of the shares exchanged
on the date of the activity.
For the recipient issue in a merger or tender/exchange transaction, the IRR is derived
based on the change in market value of the received shares, since the date of the
activity. This is the Financial Return for the recipient issue for the custom as-of-date
range that includes the date of the merger or tender/exchange.
For the recipient issue in a spin-off transaction, the IRR is derived based on the change
in market value of the received shares, since the date of the spin-off. This is the
Financial Return for the recipient issue for the custom as-of-date range that includes
the date of the spin-off.
** Received By Spinoff ** will appear in place of the calculated IRR if the market
price per share received for the spin-off shares was not entered at the time of the spinoff application. You can enter the market price per share received in the spin-off by
editing the „Total Received in Spin-off‟ record using the edit/delete function in the
portfolio transactions ledger.
** Exchanged in Merger ** will appear in place of the calculated IRR if the market
price per share received for the exchanged shares was not entered at the time of the
merger application. You can enter the market price per share exchanged in the merger
by editing the „Merger Exchanged‟ record using the edit/delete function in the
portfolio transactions ledger.
** Received in Merger ** will appear in place of the calculated IRR if the market
price per share received was not entered at the time of the merger application. You can
enter the market price per share received in the merger by editing the „Total Merger
Received‟ record using the edit/delete function in the portfolio transactions ledger.
A Date Missing message indicates the original purchase record for the asset is
missing. No IRR can be derived for these assets. The user must recreate the original
purchaser record as necessary to properly reflect purchase activity.
For shares transferred, the IRR derived in the recipient portfolio will be based on the
market value of the shares received on the date of the transfer, to the end date of the
period. The IRR derived in the donor portfolio will indicate how well the transferred
security performed up to the date of the transfer.
If the IRR is being derived for an annual period, and you have checked the option to
use the performance report table w/ this report under the Preferences | Advanced
Mode Tab, you will be prompted with a message to automatically store the portfolio‟s
382
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
(or individual asset if selected) current market value and IRR into the link returns
performance table. This table permits users to link returns for reporting and graphing
comparisons.
For individual assets, if the activity is for a period less than a year, the IRR for period
will be stored in place of the annualized result. This is denoted with an „*‟ or a „^‟. For
example, if in the period a security was purchased, and then entirely sold, being held for
only six months, the IRR for the period is derived up to the date of the sale. This is the
result that will be stored in the performance table, since this is the real return for the
issue, for the period.
Graphing Options:
Comparison Graph: if you are deriving the performance report for a custom date
range that is an annual period (i.e.,12/31/01 – 12/31/02), or a period less than a year
(i.e., 12/31/01 – 10/01/02), you can select the Performance Comparison Graph
option. This graph will show the IRR results for portfolio holdings as well as the
indices and portfolio as a whole. Make certain you have correct closing index levels for
the indices for the stored historic dates. This graph charts to a limit of 100% return. If
the return derived is in excess of 100%, the actual IRR result will print to the right of
the bar shown.
Linked Returns Graph: if you are maintaining the Portfolio Performance Table
(Transactions Menu | Update Portfolio Performance Table), you can also create
graphs that illustrate the information stored in the performance table. Click the option
to show the Linked Returns Graphs, and then indicate the years to graph in the
available fields. Two graphs will then be produced:
Line Graph: this graph displays a line graph comparing the Annual Percentage Returns
of your portfolio/security performance, the DJIA, S&P 500, and NASDAQ indices
for the graph date range.
Bar Graph: this graph displays a bar graph showing the year-end market values of your
portfolio/security for the graph date range
Portfolio Summary
Report
The Portfolio Summary Report (Advanced Mode) compiles portfolio transaction
activity for a user-defined period, and derives the internal rate of return for the period.
Users can customize the information listed on this report by using the various Report
Setup Options. This includes customizing for reporting period (for example, year-end
summary), portfolios to include and asset types to include.
The information contained on the Portfolio Summary Report includes:
383
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Portfolio Beginning Market Value: the portfolio total market value that coincides to the
start date for the performance period. This value is either derived by Investment
Account Manager, or can be entered by the user on the report setup page.
o Additions to Portfolio: the total additions to the portfolio occurring within the
selected date range for this report. For the portfolio, it is equal to all positive
cash flows affecting portfolio balances – purchases, cash deposits,
reinvestments, spin-off, mergers, exchanges received, transfers received, etc.
o Withdrawals from Portfolio: the total withdrawals from the portfolio occurring
within the selected date range for this report. For the portfolio, it is equal to all
negative cash flows affecting portfolio balances – sales, withdrawals, spin-offs,
mergers, exchanges issued, transfers out, etc.
o Realized Capital Gain: the realized gain or loss for securities sold during the
period. This gain or loss is calculated using the value of the securities on the
beginning date of the report and the sale proceeds received on the sale date.
NOTE: This value may not be the same gain or loss amount reported on the
Sold Securities Report. The Sold Securities Report shows the total gain or loss
– i.e., the difference between original cost and sale proceeds. The Summary
Report, when filtered for a date range, is only concerned for the gain or loss
attributable to the period selected.
o Unrealized Gain/Loss (for the period): the difference in market value on the
beginning date of the report, and the market value on the ending date of the
report, adjusted for purchases and sales occurring during date range. Note: if
in the period, there was an unequal exchange of market value (unrealized gain
or loss) between the issuer and recipient in a merger or exchange transaction,
this unrealized gain or loss will be included in this value.
o Portfolio Ending Market Value: the portfolio total ending market value that
coincides to the end date for the performance period. This value is either
derived by Investment Account Manager, or can be entered by the user on the
report setup page.
o Portfolio Diversification Graph: displays the current market value for all asset
types in the portfolio as of the ending date chosen for the report range. For
example, if the report period is for „Include All Dates‟, the graph will show the
current portfolio diversification market values. If the report period is for an „As
of Date‟ or „Custom Date Range‟, the graph will show the portfolio
diversification market values „as of the date‟ or „as of the ending date‟ of a date
range. This graph is not provided if the user manually enters „ending market
values‟ for a date range.
Income Received
384
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Dividend Income Received: total amount of taxable and nontaxable dividend
income received within the selected date range for this report.
o Interest Income Received: total amount of taxable and nontaxable interest
income received within the selected date range for this report.
o Other Income Received: total amount of other income received within the
selected date range for this report.
Capital Gain Distributions
o Short-Term Received: total amount of short-term capital gain distributions
o Long-Term Received: total amount of long-term capital gain distributions
o Realized Capital Gain
o Short-Term Capital Gain: total amount of short-term capital gains received
o Long-Term Capital Gain: total amount of long-term capital gains received
o Return of Capital Received: the total of return of capital transactions for the
portfolio occurring within the selected date range for this report.
o Expenses/Service Charges: the total of expenses/service charges for the
Transfers
o Transfers Delivered: the total market value of transfers delivered for the
o Transfers Received: the total cost basis of transfers received by the portfolio
occurring within the selected date range for this report.
Returns
o Time Weighted IRR for Period: the portfolio Internal Rate of Return (IRR)
derived for the portfolio, considering all investment flows occurring within the
selected date range for this report.
o Annualized IRR: the portfolio Internal Rate of Return, adjusted for an
annualized reporting.
385
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Summary Box: if the report is derived for a custom date range, a comparison
box is also shown on this report, comparing the IRR results for the portfolio
with the IRR results of the DJIA, Nasdaq, and S&P 500 indices. The index
results are based on the market values stored in the as-of-date historic library
entries. Verify correct values are stored for the indexes for accurate
comparisons. Index returns do not include reinvested dividends.
Notes: if unrealized capital gain does not match the total reported on other reports,
like appraisal, it is likely due to an error in the additions to portfolio, or withdrawals
from portfolio, numbers. Make certain the costs entered for your original purchases are
correct if you have edited these records, or manually adjusted these records for spin-off
activity. Refer to the Transactions Activity Report to help locate errors.
Additional Reports
Additional Reports
Assets Under
Management
Report
Assets Under Management: (Available in advanced mode) The Assets Under
Management Report is a two-page report summarizing important details for multiple
portfolios being monitored within Investment Account Manager. Itemized by portfolio
showing each portfolio‟s costs, market values, and holdings. The information provided
on the Assets Under Management Report includes:
Page One:
o Portfolio: portfolio description.
o Cost: the total cost for all assets held in a portfolio.
o Market Value: the total market value for all assets held in a portfolio.
o Unrealized Gain/Loss: the total unrealized gain or loss for all assets held in a
portfolio.
o % Gain/Loss: the total percentage unrealized gain or loss for all assets held in
a portfolio.
o Estimated Income: the total estimated income for all assets held in a portfolio.
o Yield: the estimated current income yield for the portfolio.
Page Two:
o Portfolio: portfolio description.
o Cash & Equivalents: total market value of all money market and cash-like
investments (types M,C) held in a portfolio.
o Governments: total market value of all Government investments (type A,U)
held in a portfolio.
386
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Fixed Income: total market value of all fixed income investments (type B,E)
o Mutual Funds: total market value of all mutual fund investments (type F) held
in a portfolio.
o Equities: total market value of all equity investments (type P, S) held in a
portfolio.
o Other Investments: total market value of all other investments (type I,O,X)
o Total: total current market value for the portfolio.
Capital Gain
Distributions
Report
Capital Gain Distributions: - (Available in advanced mode) The Capital Gain
Distributions Report is a useful tax-planning tool, summarizing the gain distributions
received by securities in your portfolio. Users can customize the information listed on
this report by using the various Report Setup Options. This includes customizing for
reporting period, portfolios to include, asset types to include, and filtering activity by
portfolio or individual asset. The report segregates securities according to type, and
provides totals based on the range selected for the report. NOTE: Capital Gain
Distributions are also shown on the Sold Securities Report.
The information provided on the Capital Gain Distributions Report includes:
o Symbol: the security symbol.
o Name: the name of the security issue.
o Short-term Distribution: the short-term distribution amount received for the
security transaction.
o Long-term Distribution: the long-term distribution amount received for the
security transaction.
o Totals: sub-totals and totals are provided for each transaction, asset class, and
the portfolio.
Commissions and
Expenses Report
Commissions and Expenses: (Available in advanced mode) The Commissions &
Expenses Report is a useful auditing tool, summarizing the commissions and
expenses paid for the portfolio transactions. The report segregates securities according
to type, and provides totals based on the date range selected for the report. The
information provided on the Commissions & Expenses Report includes:
387
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Activity: the type of transaction activity.
o Commission: the commission amount paid for the security transaction.
o Expense: The expense amount paid for the security transaction.
o Broker: the broker code associated with the security transaction.
o Totals: sub-totals and totals are provided for the commissions and expenses
paid, both by asset type and the portfolio.
Current Asset
Library Detail
Report
Current Asset Library Detail: (Available in advanced mode) The Current Asset
Library Detail Report organizes and lists all the information stored for securities in
Investment Account Manager. This report acts as a research tool, allowing users to
define the sort order for the information listed on this report, either ascending or
descending. The information contained on the Current Asset Library Detail report
includes:
fund, etc.
o Last Updated: the date the security was last revised in the Master Asset List.
o Dividends or Interest Rate: The current annual dividend rate per share or the
current annual interest rate paid.
o Earnings per Share: The current annual earnings per share. Earnings per share
is either the earnings per share for the most recently completed fiscal year or
latest 12 months, as selected by the user.
o Price/Earnings: the price / earnings ratio is simply the current market price of
a share of stock divided by the earnings per share of the company for a 12
month period.
o Yield: The current annual dividend or interest rate divided by the current
market price per share.
388
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Beta: The beta coefficient is a measurement of the sensitivity of a security's
price movement compared to the market universe.
o Rating: user defined rating.
o Rank: user defined rank.
Exchanges,
Mergers and Spinoffs Report
Exchanges, Mergers and Spin-offs: (Available in advanced mode) The Exchanges,
Mergers & Spin-offs report summarizes the information for these transactions, and is a
good audit tool to verify accuracy. Users can also Sort this report by date order: New to
Old, or Old to New. The information contained on this audit report includes:
o Transaction Activity: the type of transaction activity.
o Quantity: the amount of shares, quantity, etc. exchanged/received on the date
of activity.
o Cost: the total original cost basis of the quantity exchanged/received on the
date of activity.
o Market Value: the market value of the quantity exchanged/received on the
date of the activity.
Fund
Diversification
Characteristics
Report
Fund Diversification Characteristics: - this audit report is really a series of individual
reports showing the detailed fund characteristics for each fund help in a portfolio.
These are used to review current mutual fund data, and to provide a printed summary
of characteristics of a mutual fund.
o Symbol: the symbol of the mutual fund.
o Name: the name of the mutual fund.
o Objective: the mutual fund investment objective group
o Long-Term Total Return: the YTD (year to date), 1 year, 3 year, 5 year, and 10
year annualized total returns for the mutual fund.
o Portfolio Composition - percentages for the following asset classes:
o Cash, Bonds, Stocks (Domestic, Foreign), Other
389
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Portfolio Sector Analysis - the mutual fund composition percentages for
common stocks based on industry/sectors. The Undefined/Other will indicate
any difference between the total industry percentages and the total stock
composition of the fund. The percentages shown are for portfolio sector
analysis reflecting the market value portion of common stocks in the funds. For example, if
the value of a mutual fund is currently $10,000, and consumer discretionary
represents 10% of this fund, the sector allocation of this fund for consumer
discretionary will be worth $1,000. Important: if you are using a data source for
your fund‟s sector analysis, such as Morningstar, make certain to enter the
correct sector percentage so that this percentage reflects the proper percent of
portfolio market value. For percentages entered as a „percent of stocks‟ vs.
„percent of portfolio‟, right click over a sector percent, Investment Account
Manager will provide the conversion necessary to change to percentage of
portfolio (stock composition % x sector % of stocks). It is important to be
consistent in the method used.
o Consumer Discretionary , Consumer Staples
o Energy, Financials
o Healthcare, Industrials
o Information Technology, Materials
o Telecommunication Services, Utilities, Undefined/Other
o Company Size - the mutual fund composition percentages for common
stocks based on size. The Undefined/Other will indicate any difference
between the total size percentages and the 100%. For example, if a mutual
fund is worth $10,000, and the stock composition for a mutual fund is 90%,
and the large size allocation is 60%, then the calculation to derive the large size
allocation value for this fund would be: $10,000 x .90 x .60 = $5,400.
Important: if you are using another source for your fund‟s size analysis, make
certain to enter the correct percentage that reflects the proper market value
allocation.
o Small, Medium, Large
o Fund Performance Comparison: - the Fund Performance Comparison
Report compiles performance comparison information for the various fund
securities held in a given portfolio, or combination of portfolios. There is also
an option to create this report for All Funds in Asset Library. This option will
create the report, listing all funds found within the Current Asset Library.
o Fund Performance Comparison: The Mutual Fund Performance
Comparison Report compiles performance comparison information
regarding the various mutual fund securities held in a given portfolio, or
390
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
combination of portfolios. There is also an option to create this report for All
Funds in Asset Library. This option will create the report, listing all mutual
funds owned in all portfolios as well as listing those mutual funds under
consideration but not yet owned in any portfolio.
Note: the performance results shown on this report are based on information as
entered into the Current Asset Library and reflects the fund‟s performance (To enter
manually, select the asset library menu | current asset library | select a mutual fund |
select the edit/update tab | select the link to “add_edit” diversification characteristics).
They are not based on the portfolio‟s transaction activity entered for a specific
portfolio. To measure the performance of a fund(s) held within a portfolio that reflects
actual investment activity for a portfolio, use the Investment Account Manager
Performance Report. The results listed here offer easy comparison of funds owned or
under consideration for various time periods. The information contained on the
Mutual Fund Performance Comparison Report includes:
o Investment Objective: the mutual fund investment objective group.
o Symbol: matching symbol of the mutual fund as entered into the Investment
Account Manager Asset Library.
o As of Date: the starting „as of date‟ used for the return period measurement.
o YTD: year to date total return.
o 1 YR: 1 year annualized total return.
o Expense Ratio %: the expense ratio of the mutual fund.
o Turnover Ratio %: the turnover ratio of the mutual fund. This is the 5-year
average turnover ratio of the fund, a measurement of the frequency of buying
and selling of securities in the fund.
o Rating: the mutual fund rating.
Qualified
Dividends Report
Qualified Dividends: - (available in Advanced mode) The Qualified Dividends Audit
Report is a useful tax-planning tool, identifying for taxable dividends received, if they
are qualified or non-qualified, as required by the 2003 tax law changes. For this report
to be accurate, all ex-dividend dates must have been entered for recorded dividends as
they are entered. The report segregates securities according to type, and provides totals
391
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
based on the range selected for the report. The report segregates securities according to
type, and provides totals based on the range selected for the report. The information
provided on the Qualified Dividends Report includes:
o Name of the security issue.
o Ex-dividend date of the income record.
o Payable date of the income record.
o Qualified Amount.
o Non-Qualified Amount.
o Totals.
As dividends are entered into Investment Account Manager, users can identify the
amount received as either qualified or non-qualified. For asset types such as common
stocks, mutual funds, and preferred stocks, Investment Account Manager defaults the
designation as qualified. Users can change this default to non-qualified, and this will
then be used for subsequent entries. For asset types that issue interest, such as money
market funds and fixed income investments, the default is designated as non-qualified.
Users can change as necessary to qualified, and this will then be used for subsequent
entries.
Note: an asterisk * shown next to a qualified amount indicates all or a portion of this
dividend income may not be qualified for the lower tax rate as required by the 2003
holding period rule. Investment Account Manager will show an asterisk for a dividend
if shares sold of the issue were not held for at least 61 days in the 121 day period
surrounding the ex-dividend date. For the date range selected, Investment Account
Manager will cross reference any sale activity for the issue, with the corresponding exdividend date for the dividends received prior to the sale date. If the sale date is less
than 61 days from the ex-dividend date, Investment Account Manager further
compares the purchase date of the shares sold to verify they have been held 61 days or
longer. If the activity fails the 61-day holding period rule, the qualified dividend
amount will be marked with an asterisk *. You should review the Sold Securities
Report for those issues shown with an asterisk * to identify the sale(s) activity that
negates the qualification of the dividend. Note: In the case of some preferred stocks,
this requirement is at least 91 days in the 181-day period surrounding the ex-dividend
date.
Security Search
Report
Security Search: - the Security Search Report was designed for investors managing
multiple portfolios within Investment Account Manager. It is designed to locate and
report on securities held in multiple portfolios. This report provides two crossreferencing options:
392
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Assets By Type: this option searches all portfolios, for all securities, by asset
type. Users can filter this report to include one or more asset types. With this
choice, we suggest you select the report option Show Tree.
o Individual Asset: this option scans all of the portfolios within Investment
Account Manager to locate those containing a particular asset. Each purchase
lot is listed separately, per portfolio. Select the asset for the search by scrolling
the available drop down list.
o The information included on the Securities Search Report includes:
o Portfolio Name: portfolio code holding security search asset.
o Security Name: the name or description of the security search asset.
o Quantity: the total quantity held of the security transaction lot.
o % of Portfolio: the percentage the security lot (and total security) market value
represents of the total portfolio value (not included on Assets By Type report).
transaction lot.
transaction lot.
Short to Long
Term Holding
Report
Short to Long Term Holding: (available in advanced mode) The Short-Term to
Long-Term Holding Period Report is a useful tax-planning tool, summarizing those
security lots, based on user defined reporting period, within a portfolio that are about
to become long-term as defined by IRS tax rules (greater than 1 year holding period).
The report segregates securities according to type, and identifies those lots about to go
long-term, based on the time period selected for the report.
Tip: this report is especially helpful if you accumulate multiple positions in the same
stock over a period of months. This report allows you to query within a time period,
identifying when a position(s) can be sold for a long-term gain rather than a short-term
gain. Such a query allows investors to plan investment sales for tax efficiency, managing
the tax consequences of your investment decisions.
393
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
The information provided on the Short-Term to Long-Term Holding Period Report
includes:
fund, etc.
o Quantity: the total quantity purchased of the security transaction lot.
transaction lot.
transaction lot.
o Long-Term Holding Date: the date in which the security transaction lot
becomes a long-term holding.
o The Total line per security shows the total quantity of all lots, average cost
paid, total cost basis, total market value, total unrealized gain/loss, and percent
gain/loss.
Transfers Report
Transfers: (available in Advanced Mode) The Transfers Report is a useful taxplanning tool, summarizing the security transfers received/delivered by a portfolio. The
report segregates securities according to type, and provides details based on the range
selected for the report. The information provided on the Transfers Report includes:
o Quantity: the total quantity transferred of the security.
o Transfer Date: the transaction date of the transfer activity.
o Transfer Value: the total market value for the quantity transferred of the
security, on the date of the transfer activity.
394
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Basis Date: the original basis date of the shares transferred, or new basis date
assigned as part of transfer.
o Total Cost: the original total cost basis for the quantity transferred of the
security.
o Received from: for transfers received, this indicates the portfolio that delivered
the shares.
o Delivered to: this indicates the destination of the transferred quantity, either to
a portfolio being tracked with Investment Account Manager, or „out‟ if shares
were transferred out of Investment Account Manager (like to a charity, outside
portfolio, etc.).
Notes: memo notes entered as part of the transfer activity.
Wash Sale Check
List Report
Wash Sales Check List: (available in advanced mode) The Wash Sale Check List
tabulates sold securities with a capital loss, and identifies when the IRS Wash Sale
period expires. The default for the report setup is for all portfolios, and a custom date
range for the past 30 days. Users should review this report, prior to repurchasing the
same security, if sold within the last 30 days and for a capital loss. The information
contained on the Wash Sale Check List includes:
o Portfolio Name: portfolio of the sold security.
o Symbol: the security symbol of the sold security.
o Sale Date: the sale date of the security transaction.
o Quantity: the total quantity sold of the security transaction.
o Unit Cost: the average unit cost paid for the quantity sold.
o Total Cost: the total cost paid for the quantity sold.
o Unit Price: the unit price received for the quantity sold.
o Sale Proceeds: the total proceeds received for quantity sold.
o Realized Loss: the total realized loss for the quantity sold.
o Wash Sale Expires After: the 30th calendar day from the sale date. This
indicates the last day of the IRS Wash Sale period.
395
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Batch Reporting
Batch Reporting
The Batch Reporting feature (available is advanced mode) allows users to produce a
series of reports for a selected list of portfolios. For instance, users can customize batch
reporting by using the various Report Setup Options to print a series of reports at the
end of each month, each quarter or year.
Users can define which portfolios to include, and what reports, for specific time
periods. Provided in Investment Account Manager are these pre-defined reporting sets:
o All Activity Dates: available for all reports and details transaction activity since
inception.
o Year-End Tax Filing: available for the Income Received, Sold Securities, and
Transaction Activity. Users can filter the transaction activity using a predefined or a custom date range.
o Before You Sell: available for all reports, but defaults with the Appraisal,
Portfolio Diversification, Security Basis, and Sold Securities selected. Includes
all activity since inception.
o Before You Buy: available for all reports, but defaults with the Appraisal and
Portfolio Diversification selected. Includes all activity since inception.
o Diversification Reports: defaults with the Portfolio, Mutual Funds, Stock
Industry and Stock Size Diversification reports selected. Includes all activity
since inception.
396
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o As of Date: available for all reports that use as-of-date pricing. Defaults with
the Appraisal, Portfolio Diversification, Portfolio Performance, and Portfolio
Summary selected. Includes all activity since inception to the as-of-date.
397
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Reference
R5
Asset Library Menu:
Asset Library
Recall that portfolio specific transactions are stored in the portfolio databases. The
Asset Libraries store data that is shared in common with portfolios holding the
securities. In order for a portfolio to hold a current position in a security, it must be
part of the Current Asset Library. Therefore, when adding portfolio transactions, IAM
will cross reference the CAL to find the security – if it is not found, it will be added to
the Current Asset Library as part of the transaction entry.
Current Asset Library
Current Asset
Library
398
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
The Current Asset Library stores the most recent asset information that is shared
globally by portfolios. This current data is used for deriving values, reports, etc.
Current Asset Library: the Current Asset Library stores the most recently updated
data for all of the assets within Investment Account Manager. This database shares
this information globally by all portfolios within Investment Account Manager. It
contains the general information about securities held in the various individual
portfolios. This data is used for deriving values and reports. It includes data items like
security name, symbol, type, recent market price, dividend rate, earnings per share, etc.
NOTE: Recall that the individual portfolios hold their specific transactional data and
reference the Current Asset Library for general asset information.
The following several tabs are available from the Current Asset Library:
 Current Asset List tab: The Current Asset List Tab displays (in table format) all
the securities currently included in the Investment Account Manager current asset
library.
o New securities are automatically added to the library as transactions are added
to individual portfolios, or can be directly added to the list by selecting the
„Add‟ button.
o To edit or update a security, simply left double-click on it in the grid.
o The table can be resorted on a specific column. Point your mouse to any
column heading, the appearance of your mouse will change to a "downward
pointing arrow". By left double-clicking your mouse on the column header (or
moved by using a single left-click of the mouse and then dragging the column
to a new location) you can change the sort order of the table. For example, left
double-click on the „yield column‟ which will position this as the left hand
column.
Tip: Investment Account Manager enables users to sort columns as a research
tool. For instance, after selecting the valuation ratio tab, sorting on the
price/earnings column can help investors identify the relative value of securities
using this popular fundamental valuation tool. Or, users could sort on the beta
column to identify the volatility risk associated with securities.
Screening the
Library
o Use the Look For drop-down box to search for a specific listing. The
search is based on the far-left column of the table.
o Sort the Current Asset List in either Ascending or Descending order by
selecting the appropriate radial dial. The list will be resorted, based on the
far-left column field, in either ascending or descending order.
o You can filter the Master Asset Library to show all securities in the current
asset library or for a specific portfolio only by clicking the drop down
399
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
arrow to the right of the filter box, selecting the portfolio, and then
selecting the Go! Button.
Button choices:
o Use the Default Settings button to restore the asset library table to predefined column widths and order.
o Print Library: use this button to print a list of assets in the current asset
library.
Online Research
o Internet Research: immediately access the Internet for free stock research
and news. You can find fundamental variables, recent quotes, industry
classifications, company news, and much more for the currently selected
security. Note: if your dial-up connection cannot be connected automatically,
minimize Investment Account Manager, access the Internet like you normally
do, and then open Investment Account Manager. Then use this link to access
the Internet.
Removing
Securities from
Library
o Delete Not Held: The Delete Not Held Assets feature will "clean-up" your
Current Asset List. This feature scans all portfolios in Investment Account
Manager, listing those assets without any Current Position records (i.e., not
currently held), in any of your portfolios. These assets can then be marked as
necessary for deletion. Tip: even though an asset is removed from the Current
Asset List, portfolio transaction records (sale, income, original, etc.) recorded
in individual portfolio(s) are maintained in the portfolio(s). Deleting from the
Master will not affect historical portfolio transaction records.
o Add: use this button to add securities to the current asset library. You can use
this feature to add securities to the list which are not held in any of your
portfolios.
Current Asset List – Edit/Update Tab:
Changing Asset
Information
The Edit/Update Tab shows the individual security information for the
highlighted asset in the Current Asset Library. This tab allows users to edit any
individual security information, including the name or security symbol. Use the
Save button to record changes. Use Cancel to ignore changes.
400
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Click this icon (or click the Internet Research button) to immediately
access the Internet for free stock research and news. You can find
fundamental variables, recent quotes, industry classifications, company
news, and much more for the currently selected security. Note: if your
dial-up connection cannot be connected automatically, minimize
Investment Account Manager, access the Internet like you normally do,
and then open Investment Account Manager. Then use this link to access
the Internet.
o If you subscribe to the Stock Data Service, this link will update the
fundamental stock data using BI‟s data. Use this link to automatically
update the information on this tab.
The information shown below is dependent on the type of asset being entered.
For example, if the asset type being entered is a common stock (shown above),
you can also designate stock industry and stock size classifications.
Security Symbols
o Security Symbol: The standard security symbol. For example, you would
enter INTC for Intel Corporation. If the security does not have a standard
symbol – as is the case for some money market funds, US Governments,
Agencies, then create a symbol that is indicative of the security being
entered. For example, if you are tracking a money market fund in your
E*TRADE investment portfolio you might use „ET_MMF‟ as the symbol.
Security Asset
Type
o Security Type: Investment Account Manager tracks the most common
types of investments an investor will likely own. In addition, by using the
asset type "Other Investments", users can track nearly anything, including
precious metals, real estate, art, etc. Investment Account Manager includes
tracking features for these types of investments:
401
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Cash Equivalents: Use this asset category for cash-like securities, such
a certificates of deposit, short-term treasury bills, etc. The cost per unit
and current market price per unit for these investments is considered
by Investment Account Manager to be $1.00 and does not fluctuate.
o Common Stock: A security that represents an ownership interest in a
corporation.
o Corporate Bond: An IOU or promissory note from a corporation.
o Investment Club: Use this category to track your ownership units in an
investment club. When creating the symbol, make it descriptive.
Investment Clubs are quoted in valuation units (i.e. 100 = 100 units).
o Tax-Exempt Bond: An IOU or promissory note from a corporation
that is tax-exempt on the Federal and/or State level.
o US Government Agencies: An IOU or promissory note from the US
Government.
o Preferred Stock: Preferred stock represents an ownership in a
corporation and gives its owner a prior claim over common stock on
the company‟s earnings and assets, hence the name "preferred".
o Money Market Fund: Use this asset category to track your money
market funds, especially if you want the ability for cash pooling.
o Mutual Funds: Mutual Funds are firms that manage pools of individual
investor money. These firms invest investor money in various specified
ways and issue shares that entitle investors to a pro rata portion of the
income generated by the funds.
o Exchange Traded Fund: Much like a mutual fund, an exchange traded
fund (ETF) is a security that tracks an index or other collection of
investments, but trades like a stock on an exchange, with price changes
during the day.
o Option: An option is a negotiable contract which the writer or maker
of the option gives the buyer the right to buy or sell a fixed number of
shares at a set price for a fixed period of time. Investment Account
Manager can track both long and short option transactions.
o Other Investments: The "Other Investments" type allows users to
track a wide variety of assets - precious metals, real estate, antiques,
vintage automobiles, etc. When entering an asset as an Other
Investment, Investment Account Manager will list all of the possible
data fields. Complete only the fields that apply to the asset you are
recording.
402
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Security Description: The security description or „name‟ of the
security for the matching security symbol. For example: Name: Cisco
Systems, Security Symbol: CSCO
o In the case of money market funds, use the proper name matching the
money market itself. This should be listed on your brokerage
statement. You may need to create a matching symbol. For example,
US Bank Investments uses as a money market fund: Name: Prime
Obligations Fund, Symbol: POF.
o Expense Ratio: The expense ratio of a mutual fund is a
measurement of the percentage of your assets invested in the fund
deducted each fiscal year to cover fund operating expenses. The
expense ratio includes a number of separate expenses, including
management fees, 12b-1 marketing and distribution fees, etc.
o Turnover Ratio: The turnover ratio of a mutual fund is a
measurement of the frequency of buying and selling of securities in the
fund.
o Foreign Security: For common and preferred stocks entered into the
current asset library of Investment Account Manager, you can identify
the stock as a foreign security by entering a check in the labeled box.
Those securities designated as foreign will be included in the foreign
stock portion of the Portfolio Asset Allocation report.
o Industry/Stock Sector: Investment Account Manager includes
diversification sectors to help investors identify the diversity of stocks
owned in portfolios (listed below). Note: Stock diversification
groupings are assigned to common stocks as they are first entered into
Investment Account Manager during the purchase transaction function
or by using the sequence: Asset Library | Current Asset Library | Add.
An existing common stock can be edited to reflect a different sector by
using the sequence: Asset Library | Current Asset Library |
Edit/Update. If you subscribe to one of the optional data services, and
have set the preferences to „Auto fill for common stock asset
information,‟ the stock sector classification can be filled automatically.
403
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Investment Account Manager Sectors: Consumer Discretionary, Consumer
Staples, Energy, Financials, Healthcare, Industrials, Information Technology,
Materials, Telecommunication Services, Utilities.
o Stock Size: Investment Account Manager recognizes the importance of
providing diversification measures for common stock investments. Investment
Account Manager includes tools that identify the diversity of common stocks
based on stock Sector and stock Size. Size diversification measures provide
valuable information to further analyze risk and return goals.
Common stock size is organized within the program based on revenues. Small: annual
sales < $ 500 Million, Medium: annual sales > $ 500 Million, < $5 Billion, Large:
annual sales > $ 5 Billion.
Industry Sectors
Stock diversification groupings are normally assigned as stocks are first entered into
Investment Account Manager. They can be edited or updated by using the sequence:
Asset Library | Current Asset Library | Edit/Update. If you subscribe to one of the
optional data services, and have set the preferences to „Autofill for common stock asset
information,‟ the stock size classification can be filled automatically.
o Objective: As is the case with common stocks, Investment Account Manager
also recognizes the importance of providing diversification measures for
mutual fund and ETF investments. Knowing the diversity of mutual funds by
investment objective provides valuable information to further analyze risk and
return goals. Note: mutual fund investment objectives are assigned to mutual
funds as they are first entered into Investment Account Manager during the
purchase transaction function, or by using the sequence: Asset Library |
Current Asset Library | Add. An existing fund objective can be edited by
using the sequence: Asset Library | Current Asset Library | Edit/Update
| Fund Objective. If an objective listed does not closely match a fund you
own, you may create your own category. Investment Account Manager
includes these mutual fund objectives:
Mutual Fund
Objective:
o Stock Funds: Capital Appreciation, Communications, Emerging Markets,
Equity Income, European Region, Financial, Global, Gold, Growth &
Income, Health & Biotech, International (non-U.S.), Japan, Large Cap
Blend, Large Cap Core, Large Cap Growth, Large Cap Value, Latin
America, Mid Cap Blend, Mid Cap Core, Mid Cap Growth, Mid Cap
Value, Natural Resources, Pacific Region, Real Estate, Science &
Technology, Small Cap Blend, Small Cap Core, Small Cap Growth, Small
Cap Value, and Utility.
o Stock & Bond Funds: Balanced, Stock/Bond Blend
o Taxable Bond Funds: General U.S. Taxable, High Yield Taxable: High
Yield, High Risk Bonds, Intermediate Taxable Corporate: Intermediate
Investment Grade Corporate, Intermediate Taxable U.S.: U.S. Treasury;
404
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
U.S. Government, Long Term Taxable Corporate: Corporate A-Rated;
Corporate BBB-Rated, Long Term Taxable U.S.: U.S. Treasury; U.S.
Government, Zero
o Mortgage: Ginnie Mae and General Mortgage, Adjustable Rate Mortgage
o Short Term Taxable Corporate: Short Investment Grade Corporate
o Short Term Taxable U.S.: Short U.S. Treasury; Short U.S. Government
o World: Short World Multi-Market; Short World Single-Market; General
World Income; Emerging-Markets Debt.
o Municipal Bond Funds: General Municipal, High-Yield Municipal,
Insured Municipal: All Maturities, All issuers, Intermediate Municipal,
Long Term, Municipal, Short Term Municipal, Single-State Municipal
Fund diversification groupings are normally assigned as exchange traded and
mutual funds are first entered into Investment Account Manager. They can be
edited or updated by using the sequence: Asset Library | Current Asset Library
| Edit/Update.
Diversification Characteristics: The Mutual Fund Diversification Characteristics
report lists the composition details for mutual funds within Investment Account
Managers asset Library.
o Maturity Date: Maturity Date is the date on which a bond, debenture, option
contract or other obligation falls due and is to be paid in full (redeemed) by the
borrower. At that time, the maturity value of a bond is equal to its par value
plus any interest not yet paid.
o Bond Coupon Rate: The current annual rate of interest entered as a
percentage (i.e. 5.00%). This is also referred to as the bond's stated rate of
interest per $1000 par value
o Current Interest Rate: The current annual interest rate paid, as a percentage
(i.e. 5.00%), on a cash account, money market fund, or fixed income
investment. The number of dollars earned for the number of dollars invested
per period.
o Online Pricing List: Use this field to indicate Yes or No to include this issue
for the Internet online pricing list.
CUSIP Number
o CUSIP Number: The acronym used for Committee on Uniform
Identification Procedures. It represents the universal identification number for
all securities. CUSIP can be found on trade confirmations. This is an optional
entry. The CUSIP number field varies in length, depending on the asset being
added. For U.S. Governments and Bond securities the field length is for the
405
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
first 9 digits of the CUSIP number. For all other asset types, the field length is
for the first 8 digits of the CUSIP number.
o Ex-Dividend Date: The Ex-Dividend Date is the date in which a
security no longer carries the right to the most recently declared dividend.
This date is usually set as the second business day before the record date.
Ex-dividend dates are required to ensure dividends are paid to the correct
investor. This date is important since settlement of stock transactions is
known as "T+3", which means there is a 3-day settlement period for
activity to be entered into the company‟s record books. If an investor is
not in the record books on the date of record, the investor will not receive
the dividend payment. To guarantee an investor is in the company‟s record
book, the activity date must be at least 3 days prior to the record date,
which is the day before the ex-dividend date. Thus, if you buy a dividendpaying stock one day before the ex-dividend date, you are entitled to
receive the dividend. If you purchase the dividend-paying stock on or after
the ex-dividend date, you are not entitled to receive the dividend.
o Date: Use this field to enter the current date for the edit/update/add
feature of the security in the asset library.
o Market Price: The current prevailing price for a security. Used for current
portfolio valuations, the market price entered for assets should reflect the
most up-to-date current market value. For as of date pricing, market prices
within the Historic Price for assets should reflect the proper closing price
for assets on that date.
o To automatically update market prices (using Yahoo!® Finance‟s free
20 minute delayed price quotes)select the „Update Prices‟ button located
on the Investment Account Manager toolbar, or select the Asset Library |
Update Data | Market Prices from Internet. Note: you may need to
configure Investment Account Manager within your Internet
security/firewall program to permit access for updating data. If this is
required, you will be prompted by the security software to make a decision
regarding access to the Internet. Select to allow access.
o To manually update market prices for securities, enter the market price
via the Asset Library | Current Asset Library | Edit/Update tab.
o Current Unit Value: Unit Value represents the current „market price‟ of
your investment club units. This value should be provided to you on your
monthly club statements.
Price Alerts
o High Alert: The Price Alert feature allows you to enter target prices for
the securities you are tracking. You'll be automatically notified once a
target price has been reached for one or more issues. This enables the user
406
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
to be automatically notified if a security enters a buy or sell range. Those
securities that have exceeded their high alert limit will be shown in green;
those securities that have fallen below their low alert limit will be shown in
red. You can sort securities by either high or low alert by moving your
mouse pointer to the column label and using a left-double click.
o Low Alert: The Price Alert feature allows you to enter target prices for
the securities you are tracking. You'll be automatically notified once a
target price has been reached for one or more issues. This enables the user
to be automatically notified if a security enters a buy or sell range. Those
securities that have exceeded their high alert limit will be shown in green;
those securities that have fallen below their low alert limit will be shown in
red. You can sort securities by either high or low alert by moving your
mouse pointer to the column label and using a left-double click.
o Dividends: The current annual dividend rate per share. This value is used
to estimate the annual dividend income and dividend yield produced by
the asset for each portfolio holding that asset.
o Earnings: The current annual earnings per share. Earnings per share is
either the earnings per share for the most recently completed fiscal year or
latest 12 months, as selected by the user. Investment Account Manager
uses this value to determine the weighted average P/E ratio on the
Appraisal Report.
o Projected Earnings: Projected earnings per share: the estimated earnings
per share for the upcoming year.
o Earnings Growth %: Projected earnings growth rate %: the estimated
growth rate in earnings for the next five years. Ideally, earnings and the
earnings growth rate should trend up consistently.
o Upside/Downside: One of BetterInvesting™ ‟s classic measure of risk
for a stock is it‟s upside-downside ratio (U/D), a measure of how much
gain might be expected if things go right, compared to how much could be
lost if things go wrong. BetterInvesting™ encourages investors to make
sure stocks held in a portfolio have at least a 2-to-1 U/D ratio; 3-to-1 if
the company is being considered for purchase.
o Book Value: Book value per share: book value represents the accounting
value per share left for common stockholders after all liabilities and other
priorities have been paid. It is the net worth of a company as shown on
the balance sheet.
o Cash Flow: Cash flow per share: Cash flow is simply the funds generated
from operations that remain after all cash expenses have been subtracted.
407
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Cash flow is significant because it gives an estimate of the amount of
discretionary funds over which management has control. Cash flow is also
a good guide to the availability of internally generated funds that can be
used for expansion, acquisition, dividend increases, share repurchase
programs, etc. By considering cash flow of a company rather than net
earnings, a more realistic appraisal can be derived of the earning power of
a company, as well as its future ability to earn.
o Treat Income As Qualified/Non Qualified: With the changes in the
2003 tax law, dividends from a domestic corporation or a qualified foreign
corporation, are taxed at the long-term capital gain rates, provided they
„qualify‟ for the new reduced rate.
o Beta: Security beta is also known as market risk because the beat
represents the sensitivity of an investment's return to market movements.
Put another way, beta measures the relationship between market
movements and the effect those fluctuations have on the prices of
individual securities. For instance, a security with a beta of 1.0 is
considered perfectly correlated to the market - if the market goes up or
down by ten percent, so too should the individual security. Likewise, if the
security has a beta measure of 1.20, the security should be twenty percent
more volatile than the market; if the beta of the security is .80 percent,
then the security should be twenty percent less volatile than the market
universe. Investment Account Manager shows the beta value on the
Appraisal Report. The value for beta is listed for mutual funds, common
stocks and other investments, and is calculated on the sub-total lines and
portfolio totals line. The calculated beta is a weighted average and is
derived by calculating the weight of each asset (percentage each individual
issue's market value represents of the total market value for that asset
type), and then applying that weight to each issue's beta. These weighted
betas are then summed for all issues, to provide the weighted average beta
of the asset type.
o Rating: This is a user-defined setting, and is designed to allow users to
rank securities based on an alphabetic or numeric basis. When entering a
rating for securities, be consistent. Use this field to record the security
rating that matches any research source you may be using. If you are using
this field to record bond ratings, listed here is a guide for S&P and
Moody‟s codes: ww.cftech.com/BrainBank/FINANCE/BndRtgs.html.
Bond Rating Codes, Rating S&P, Moody's: Highest quality: AAA,
Aaa: High quality: AA, Aa; Upper medium quality: A, A; Medium grade:
BBB, Baa; Low grade, speculative: B, B; Low grade, default possible:
CCC, Caa; Low grade, partial recovery possible: CC, Ca; Default, recovery
unlikely: C, C.
408
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Rank: This is a user-defined setting, and is designed to allow users to rank
securities based on a numeric basis. When entering a rank for securities, be
consistent. Use this field to record the security ranking that matches any
research source you may be using.
Historical Prices
Historic Asset
Library
Historical Prices: the Historic Asset Library stores the historical security data,
separated by date. This database is a compilation of the date entries you create, each
storing pricing and other data for that specific date. These dates then become available
for use on the IAM reports when selecting a time frame for the report. Reports can
be generated „as of‟ a specific historical date and can be created for a „from-to‟
historical period of time.
Historic Price Library Tab organizes all the information for securities stored for an
as-of-date entry. Columns can be sorted by left double-clicking a column header, or
moved by using a single left-click of the mouse and then dragging the column to a new
location. The Look For window allows users to search for a specific item in the lefthand column.
o Add New Date: use this choice to create an „as-of-date‟ entry. Users are
prompted to enter a date, and Investment Account Manager then crossreferences all portfolios to determine those assets owned on the date entered.
Once the historic library has been created for this date, Investment Account
Manager will connect to the Internet and attempt to retrieve prices for the
date. Prices will be retrieved for the historic date, and any prices not found will
be returned with a market price of $1. These will need to be manually updated
by the user.
409
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Hint: We suggest users create year-end historic price files. Always add the historic
date as 12/31/xx, regardless of the last trading day of the year. When creating historic
dates, be sure all assets reflect end of day pricing for that date, i.e. mutual fund
net asset values are calculated later than other security end of day pricing. Be
certain the historic date created is accurate.
o Delete Old Date: use this choice to remove an „as-of-date‟ entry from the
historical prices library.
o Default Settings: use this choice to reset the historic prices table to default
column widths and order.
o Update Prices: use this choice to update prices for the historic date using the
Internet. Be sure to check prices returned.
o Export: use this choice to export an existing historic price date to a file. This
permits the user to create a historic price file for use on another system. The
file is in comma separated format (csv) providing symbol, date, price, dividend,
earnings, and beta (as found in the asset library).
o Print: use this button to print the Historic Price library information. Securities
are organized on this report based on the column sort order last selected by the
user. To sort columns, left double-click on a column header. For example, if
you want to organize this report based on past price/earnings ratios, use a leftdouble click on this column.
o Delete: use this button to delete individual assets from the Historic Price
library. Do not remove an asset from the historic list if the asset was held in
any portfolio as of the date. Removing this security will result in inaccurate
historical reports for the as-of-date.
o Add: use this button to manually add assets directly to the list to reflect securities
owned in portfolios for the historic as-of-date entry. Important Note: if you have
already created the prior year-end historic price date for the „year-to-date‟ range,
but then enter purchase activity for a new asset to this portfolio for this prior year
(out of sequence), be certain to update the stored price in the Historic Price Library
for this prior year-end date. The priced used for performance will reflect $1.00
unless this issue was previously entered to the historic price file.
o The Edit/Update Tab shows the security information for the highlighted
asset in the historic asset list tab. Users can edit on this tab the existing
information as necessary. Also provided is a link to the Yahoo! Finance
Historical Quotes page for the selected issue.
410
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o
o Use the Save button to record changes.
o Use Cancel to ignore changes.
Important: Anytime you add purchase transactions proceeding the dates found in
your existing historic asset library, the security involved is added to all the required
libraries with a $1.00 price. Either manually change the price, or use the update
prices to retrieve via the Internet.
Price Alerts
Price Alerts
Price Alerts: the Price Alert feature found in Investment Account Manager will allow
you to enter target prices for the securities you are tracking. You'll be automatically
notified once a target price has been reached for one or more issues. Those securities
that have exceeded their high alert limit will be shown in green those securities that
have fallen below their low alert limit will be shown in red.
411
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Button Choices:
Investor‟s Toolkit 5: use this choice to open Investor‟s Toolkit 5 software for the
matching SSG analysis for the selected stock.
Toolkit 6: use this choice to open Toolkit 6 software for the matching SSG analysis
for the selected stock.
Print: print a report listing all existing securities with price alert limits.
Internet Research: immediately access the Internet for free stock research and news.
You can find fundamental variables, recent quotes, industry classifications, company
news, and much more for the currently selected security.
o Set Alert Range: users can globally set price alert targets as a percentage above
(high) and / or a percentage below (low) the current market price of securities.
For example, users could enter 15% as the percentage above and 10% as the
percentage below for price targets. Security price alerts will be automatically
derived and entered to coincide with these percentage settings.
o Remove All Alerts: use this choice to remove all existing price alerts from
securities entered in the asset library.
Update Data
Updating Stock
Data
Update Data: updating data from one of several data sources add another helpful
dimension to Investment Account Manager.
o Market Prices from Internet - Investment Account Manager accesses 20 minute
delay pricing from Yahoo® Finance‟s free delayed quotes. Be certain to carefully
412
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
review prices. They are intended for informational purposes only, and are not
guaranteed.
AAII Stock
Investor Pro
AAII Stock Investor Pro Data
If you subscribe to AAII‟s Stock Investor Pro software from the American Association
of Individual Investors, you‟ll be able to utilize the SSG data files found on your SI Pro
disk for updating common stocks in IAM.
Update Data | Market Prices from Internet: The Update Data | Market Prices
from Internet tab organizes all the securities currently in the Investment Account
Manager, excluding cash equivalents and money market funds. Columns can be sorted
by left double-clicking a column header, or moved by using a single left-click of the
mouse and then dragging the column to a new location. The Look For window allows
users to search for a specific item in the left-hand column. The Internet pricing tab
organizes this asset library information:
Name: the name or description of the asset.
On(line): indicates if the security issue is to be included in the online pricing list.
Symbol: the security symbol.
Type: the designated asset type for the security, such as common stock, mutual fund,
etc.
Last updated: date the asset information (price, earnings, etc.) was last updated.
Market price: the current market price of the security.
413
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
High alert: user defined upper price limit to trigger alert.
Low alert: user defined lower price limit to trigger alert
Button Choices:
o You can use the Select All or Clear Selections buttons to customize the list of
securities to be included in the online price list. You may also select / deselect
individual securities by using a left mouse click in the check box provided.
Only those securities indicated with a check mark in the “Online” column will
be included in the price file update.
o Instant Prices: use this choice to retrieve and update prices for the
Investment Account Manager Asset Library. The price file is automatically
saved each time with the name "quotesx.csv" in your Investment Account
Manager files folder. Note: if your dial-up connection cannot be connected
automatically, minimize Investment Account Manager, access the Internet like
you normally do, and then open Investment Account Manager. Then use this
choice to access the Internet.
o Yahoo!® Finance Quotes: as an alternative to instant pricing, this method
allows users to review current information for securities, and then download
the price data into the “quotesx.csv” before importing the price data. If your
security list exceeds the maximum limit for the number of ticker symbols, you
might prefer to create a portfolio view on the Yahoo!® Finance web site so all
tickers can be displayed. The view provided with this button provides MANY
USEFUL TOOLS for investors.
o Print Library: use this button to print a list of all securities in the current asset
library. Securities are organized on this report based on the column sort order
last selected by the user. To sort columns, left double-click on a column
header. For example, if you want to organize this report based on last updated,
use a left-double click on this column. This type of sort could be helpful in
determining which assets have not been recently updated in Investment
Account Manager.
StockCentral Stock Data Service
StockCentral Data
Investment Account Manager utilizes the StockCentral Stock Data to derive popular
valuation ratios that can act as a compliment to other analysis tools you may use. You‟ll
find the ability to sort these ratios in ascending or descending order helpful in
reviewing assets for specific criteria. Please refer to the help button provided in this
form for a discussion on the available ratios.
Tip: Notice in the lower left hand corner the black area to the left of the scroll arrow.
If you place your mouse pointer over this bar, you‟ll notice the pointer turns into a bar.
414
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
This bar can be dragged to the right to set a fixed left hand column. Users will find this
helpful when scrolling to the right. Other column data will then scroll below this fixed
column.
Carefully review the data listed in the scroll window prior to using the Update button.
Use the Cancel button to quit. Use the help button for further details on this screen.
Update Data AAII Stock Investor Pro
AAII Stock
Investor Pro
If you subscribe to AAII‟s Stock Investor Pro software from the American
Association of Individual Investors, you‟ll be able to utilize the SSG data files
found on your SI Pro disk for updating common stocks in Investment Account
Manager.
415
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Tip: Notice in the lower left hand corner the black area to the left of the scroll arrow.
If you place your mouse pointer over this bar, you‟ll notice the pointer turns into a bar.
This bar can be dragged to the right to set a fixed left hand column. Users will find this
helpful when scrolling to the right. Other column data will then scroll below this fixed
column.
Date of SSG data: the date coinciding to the SSG data files used to update Investment
Account Manager assets. This date will replace the „last updated‟ date in the Investment
Account Manager current asset library. Note: if you uncheck the box Import market
prices to current library, the „last updated‟ date in the current asset library will not be
updated to reflect the SSG data file date.
Carefully review the data listed in the scroll window prior to using the Import button.
Use the Print button to generate a pre-audit report of the SSG import file data. Use the
Cancel button to quit. Refer to the Help button for details on the imported data and
ratios.
416
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Reference
R6
Tools Menu
Tools Menu
Investment Account Manager provides the following utilities under the Tools Menu.
Calculator
Calculator
The Calculator tool is a Investment Account Manager pop-up utility that can help
you quickly verify numerical totals for investment transactions, or perform other
mathematical calculations while using the program.
Calendar
Calendar
The calendar tool allows users to record important information in the calendar.
For example, you can set alerts to inform you when a holding period becomes
long-term, when a security trades "ex-dividend", or when you expect an important
event to occur (i.e. an earnings announcement, etc.). Investment Account
Manager will alert you when the when you reach a noted date in your calendar.
417
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Portfolio Diagnostic
Portfolio
Diagnostic
This diagnostic tool will scan all portfolios in Investment Account Manager, identifying
discrepancies between the quantity shown on reports and the quantity calculated on the
Portfolio Activity Ledger.
Any discrepancies found are listed in the table, and are usually the result of incorrectly
editing previously recorded entries. If discrepancies are found, you can select the
button labeled „Auto Repair‟. This choice will attempt to automatically correct the
discrepancies. As part of this process, you‟ll be prompted to first make a backup of
your data. At the conclusion of the auto repair, you‟ll be shown one of three messages:
o Auto repair could not find problem records.
o Auto repair has been completed. Some errors still exist.
o Auto repair has been completed. All errors have been corrected!
If data discrepancies still exist after the auto repair, then review the information
shown in the portfolio diagnostic table:
418
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Portfolio: the name of the portfolio where the error is located.
o Symbol: the symbol of the security.
o Security Name: the name of the security.
o Reports Quantity: the current quantity as derived on Investment Account
Manager reports such as the Appraisal Report for the security.
o Ledger Quantity: the current quantity as derived and shown on the portfolio
activity ledger for the security.
If the your reports (Reports Quantity) are showing the correct total for quantity
security listed in the table, but the portfolio transactions ledger is incorrect, your error
is due to one or more original lot records having been incorrectly edited. You need to
identify which purchase record has the error, and then re-edit the quantity as necessary.
Current Balance
Lot Records
Original Lot
Records
Use the Transactions Menu | Add, Edit, Delete Portfolio Transactions | select the
issue | select the Individual Security tab. Next review your past purchase and
reinvestment records. Highlight the suspect record, then select the Edit/Delete tab.
Verify the „original lot‟ record indicates the proper quantity as you originally entered it.
This record is not adjusted for subsequent sale activity, split activity, etc. Note: the
quantity shown on the current balance record will not match the quantity shown on
the original lot records if there have been stock splits, partial sales, etc. and this lot was
adjusted for the activity.
If the transaction ledger (Ledger Quantity) is showing the correct total for quantity
owned, but the reports are incorrect, your error is due to one or more current balance
records being incorrect. You need to identify which purchase record has the error, and
then edit the quantity as necessary.
First, print the Security Basis Report for the security. Next, use the Transactions Menu
| Add, Edit, Delete Portfolio Transactions. Select the issue, then the Individual
Security tab. Compare your past purchase and reinvestment records with those listed
on the security basis report. Once you locate the record in error, highlight the record,
and then select the Edit/Delete tab. Verify the „current balance‟ record indicates the
proper quantity. Note: the quantity shown on the current balance record will not match
the quantity shown on the original lot records if there have been stock splits, partial
sales, etc. and this lot was adjusted for the activity.
It may be easier to completely remove the security from the portfolio (Edit Menu) and
re-enter the history.
419
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Rebuild Data
Rebuild Data
Use the Rebuild Data choice to repair data files and indexes in the event you are
experiencing error messages referring to data or index files. This utility attempts to
repair corrupted files resulting from improper shut-down of the program (power
failure, system failure, system lock-up, etc). The program will attempt to reorganize and
rebuild important data files and indexes.
If problems still persist, then restore your data from your most recent Investment
Account Manager backup set.
Note: by checking the box 'reset all screens and grids to their default values', all
screen forms will automatically be centered the next time that the form is opened and
the columns in all grids will be restored to their original widths and order. The user
should definitely check the reset box is in the following cases.
View Error Log
Error Log
If a program error occurs while using Investment Account Manager, the program will
automatically create an error log entry detailing the error. This log can be emailed to
Investment Account Manager‟s technical support team for diagnosis.
If a program error occurs while using Investment Account Manager, an entry of the
error is automatically created in the error log. If a program error occurs, please send
this information to our technical support department for correction.
To email the error log:
o Select the Tools Menu | View Error Log.
o Select (point and click to highlight) the error that occurred from the list, and
then select the General tab.
o Select the button "Copy to Clipboard".
o Close the Error Log screen.
o Close Investment Account Manager.
o Compose an email message to techsupport@quantixsoftware.com, using the
paste command to copy the error log information from the clipboard to the
message text area of the email. If this method does not work, you can use Start
| Programs | Accessories | Notepad, paste the clipboard contents to a new
file, save it, and then attach this file to the email.
420
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Reference
R7
Help Menu:
Contents: Help System
Help Menu
Explained
Using the Online Help System
The Investment Account Manager online help system is designed to be a useful
reference tool, offering detailed explanations, definitions, "how-to‟s", and flow charts
to help you get answers to your questions. We suggest you take a few minutes now to
review the operation of the help system. If you are unable to find the answer to your
question in this help system, please visit our web site to review up-to-date FAQs
(frequently asked questions), review PowerPoint presentations, or to contact us. We are
happy to help.
Help Window Defined
421
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
The top line online help system found under the tools menu | contents and is shown
in a unique window frame, with its own menu bar, choices and other icon buttons.
You‟ll notice the help window is displayed in two panes: the left view pane acts as a
navigational tool for locating specific help topics; the right view pane displays the help
topic text.
The Hide option allows you to disable the left hand navigational pane for the
Investment Account Manager help system. Most users will prefer to show this left
navigational pane. The Back option allows you to move quickly back to the last
previous help topic reviewed. The Print option allows you to print the single help
topic you are currently reviewing, or all available help topics within that help topic
„book‟. The Options drop down menu summarizes the first three options just
discussed, plus a few other choices that are not utilized by Investment Account
Manager.
The contents tab organizes the help system by „books‟ represented with this icon.
With your mouse positioned over a book, use a left double-click to open the book
listing the help topics associated with this book. Once a book is open, help topics
appear as
To close the book, point and left double-click on the open book icon.
The index tab lists all available help topics in Investment Account Manager, organized
in alphabetic order. Use a left-click on this icon to open the list, followed by pointing to
422
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
and left-double clicking a topic of interest. The selected help topic will then be
displayed in the right view pane.
Product Support
Product Support
The best place to start to find answers to your questions is to use Investment Account
Manager‟s detailed help system. Select the Help Menu | Contents to display the system
help.
Product support, including maintenance releases, is available from QUANT IX
SOFTWARE, Inc. We urge customers to keep their support current, as it has been
our policy to regularly improve the program through maintenance releases.
To find answers to your questions…
o Select the Index tab, and then begin typing a word or a phrase related to your
question. You can also review the contents tab which provides help in an
online book form.
o Next try our website site: www.investmentaccountmanager.com. Many
resources are provided to help you better understand the program and to
answer questions you may have.
423
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o If you have a technical question that you can‟t answer with the provided tools,
please contact our Technical Support department. You must be a registered
user to receive product support with an active technical support
agreement. Register online or by completing the registration form and
returning to QUANT IX SOFTWARE. Product support renewals for
Investment Account Manager can be ordered by calling toll free:
800-247-6354.
Standard Support includes:
o Email: ask questions and receive detailed answers from Technical Support by
addressing your email message to: techsupport@quantixsoftware.com
o Fax: ask questions and receive detailed answers from Technical Support by
sending a fax message to: 262-241-4797.
o Telephone: you can reach QUANT IX SOFTWARE Technical Support by
phone Monday through Friday at: 262-241-3990. Please call us between
Monday – Friday, 8 am to 4 pm cst. We do not return telephone calls.
o Fax: ask questions and receive detailed answers from Technical Support by
sending a fax message to: 262-241-4797.
o You can expect an answer to your question within 1 business day.
When contacting technical support via phone, email, or fax, please use the information
on this screen for the fastest possible service.
o Your name, company name, and phone number.
o User Identification Number (Help Menu | Product Support screen)
o Your technical support expiration date. (Help Menu | Product Support
Screen)
o Version number (Help Menu | Product Support screen)
o Type of operating system (e.g., Windows XP)
o Complete description of the issue, including steps to reproduce it
o Exact wording of any messages displayed when you encountered the problem
o Any previous steps taken to resolve the problem.
o All previous email threads with QUANT IX SOFTWARE about the issue, if
any.
424
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
o Error logs: If a program error occurs while using Investment Account
Manager, an entry of the error is automatically created in the program‟s error
log. If a program error occurs, please send this information to our technical
support department for correction:
o Select the Tools Menu | View Error Log
o Select (point and click to highlight) the error that occurred from the
list, and then select the General tab.
o Select the button "Copy to Clipboard".
o
Close the Error Log screen.
o Close Investment Account Manager.
o Next, compose an email message to
techsupport@quantixsoftware.com. Use the paste command to copy
the error log information from the clipboard to the message text area
of the email. If this method does not work, you can use Start |
Programs | Accessories | Notepad, paste the clipboard contents to a
new file, save it, and then attach this file to the email.
 Suggestion Box
Suggestion Box
We hope you are finding the Investment Account Manager to be an excellent tool for
managing your investments, while offering you the educational tools for better
investing decisions. If you have suggestions for improving Investment Account
Manager, click the suggestion box icon to contact us. We welcome user ideas,
comments, suggestions, etc.!
 Flow Charts
Flow Charts
This menu choice offers users a variety of how to guides, tips, and charts to improve
your use of Investment Account Manager. If you have other suggestions for this menu,
please contact us.
 Investment Account Manager Manual
This menu choice provides access to the most recent manual
425
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Appendix
A1
Maintenance Releases
Maintenance
Releases
Use the Help Menu | Check for Updates choice to automatically verify if you are
currently running the latest version of Investment Account Manager. You‟ll be
notified as to whether or not you have the current version. If not, you‟ll be prompted
to download the latest file. Note: if this choice is inactive in your copy of Investment
Account Manager, this indicates your support period has expired. To extend technical
support for an additional year, visit our website store at
www.investmentaccountmanager.com.
426
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Then select the Index tab and search for the keyword “maintenance”:
427
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Appendix
A2
Adding and monitoring your portfolios on Google
and Yahoo!
Adding, monitoring
your portfolios on
Google and
Yahoo!
Uploading Your Portfolio to Google® finance
Having the ability to monitor your portfolio holdings online is easy to accomplish
with IAM and Google!® Finance. To do so, follow these simply steps.
Steps to complete in Investment Account Manager:
1. From Investment Account Manager‟s File Menu, open the portfolio you
would like to track on Yahoo!®Finance: select File Menu | Add, Edit,
Delete Portfolios.
2. From the IAM Home page, click on the Portfolio Values Tab
3. On the Portfolio Values Tab, click on the Export button.
4. Windows Save window will appear.
a. For the filed Look in, enter a destination easily located - i.e., your
Desktop. This is where the export file will be saved which will be
imported into Google®.
b. For File name use the portfolio name or abbreviation.
5. Operation complete window will show after file is saved.
6. You can now minimize Investment Account Manager 5.
Steps to complete in Google®:
1. Log-into Google® finance (http://www.google.com/finance)
2. Either sign-in, or sign-up for a new account.
3. After logging into your account, select Portfolios from the left panel on
Google® finance Home Page.
4. Click on Create a new portfolio (if your security software blocks access,
allow the “scripted windows” to continue and then click on Create a new
portfolio again).
5. Enter the Portfolio , then OK
6. A message will show that the portfolio is empty. Find and click on Import
Transactions.
428
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
7. Google now asks for the file name to import. Click on the browse button
and find the file saved in IAM (step 4 above). Select the file and then OK
to list the file name and location in the Import dialog box.
8. Next click on the Preview Import button.
9. Scroll down the window to find the Import button and click on Import.
You should now be viewing your portfolio.
Adding your portfolio to Yahoo!® Finance
Having the ability to monitor your portfolio holdings online is easy to accomplish
with IAM and Yahoo!® Finance. Simply follow these steps.
Steps to complete in Investment Account Manager:
7. From IAM‟s File Menu, open the portfolio you would like to track on
Yahoo!®Finance: select File Menu | Add, Edit, Delete Portfolios.
8. Print the Appraisal Report: select Reports and Graphs Menu | Appraisal
Report | on the report setup screen, check the box for Show Symbol, hide
PE, Beta
9. Click the Report button, then on the Report Preview Window, click the
printer Icon. Close report.
10. Select File Menu | Export | Security Symbol List | click on the radial
button labeled Individual Portfolio. Then use the drop-down menu to
select the desired portfolio.
11. Click the button labeled Copy to Clipboard.
12. When complete, close the open windows and minimize Investment
Account Manager.
Steps to complete in Yahoo!®:
10. Log-into Yahoo® (http://m.www.yahoo.com/.)
11. Either sign-in or sign-up for a new account.
12. After logging into your account, select Finance from the left panel on
Yahoo‟s® Home Page. This will take you to Yahoo!®Finance home page
(http://finance.yahoo.com/).
13. Point to Portfolios Tab and select New Portfolio.
14. Next click on Track your current holdings.
Step 1: Enter Portfolio name and select Currency.
Step 2: Symbols: Right-click you mouse in the input box, then Paste,
which will copy the contents of your clipboard (i.e., the symbol list copied
from IAM). Next, select any indices you would also like to monitor by
checking the boxes of those desired.
429
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Step 3: Basic features: You can skip this step.
Step 4: Advanced Features: use the default choices which are Shares
Owned and Purchase Price / Share.
Click the Continue button.
Step 5: Enter the details using the Appraisal Report printed from IAM.
For the Price per Share column, use the Unit cost found on the Appraisal
Report. Do not fill in the fields for the indices you selected (these are
shown with a ^). NOTE: do not use the enter key to advance to another data field –
click your mouse in the field to enter or edit. If you advance to the listing of your portfolio
on Yahoo‟s My Portfolios Page, and you haven‟t completed the set-up, look for
and click on “edit” which is found to the right of portfolio name. This will bring you
back to the portfolio setup screens.
When you have finished entering the portfolio data, then click the
Finished Button.
Yahoo!® Finance will take you to the My Portfolios page. Click on your
internet browser‟s Refresh button to update the portfolio.
That‟s it… you now can monitor your portfolio from anywhere in the world!
430
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
AAII Stock Investor Pro, 413, 415
Add, Edit, Delete Portfolios, 220
Adding internet sites, 257, 258
Adding, monitoring your portfolios on Google and Yahoo!, 428
Additional Reports, 30
Advanced Mode, 254
Allocation Guidelines, 59
Allocation Strategic vs. Tactical, 57
Allocation Summary Tab, 44
Appraisal Report, 370
As-Of-Date Reporting, 136
Asset Library, 398
Asset Library Menu, 32
Assets Under Management Report, 386
Assigned Option, 336
Backup Data, 241
Backup Frequency, 248
Batch Broker Downloads, 140
Batch Reporting, 396
BetterInvesting Stock Data, 414
BIPM Reporting Tips, 17
BIPM Tool Bars, 17
Bonds, 285
Bonds selling, 308
Boot, 361
Buying Stocks, Funds, 280
Calculator, 417
Calendar, 417
Capital Gain Distributions Report, 387
Captools®, 199
Cash Equivalents, 279
Changing Asset Information, 400
Check for Updates, 36
Checking for BIPM Program Updates, 17
Closing Buy, 333
Commissions and Expenses Report, 387
Company Size, 227
Copy or Combine Portfolios, 224
Copying Securities, 259
Creating a new portfolio, 98
Creating a New Portfolio, 108
Creating Historic Price Files, 135
Current and Historical Asset Libraries, 32
Current Asset Library, 398
Current Asset Library – Option data window, 330
Current Asset Library Detail Report, 388
Current Balance Lot, 270
Current Balance Lot Records, 419
CUSIP Number, 405
Diversification, 58
Dividends, interest, etc, 317
Download from Financial Institution, 346
Download Transactions, 142
Downloading from Brokers, 139
Edit Menu, 25, 259
Edit Portfolio Descriptions, 222
431
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Edit Transactions, 269
Enter Holdings, 102
Entering Sales, 302
Entering Transactions, 266, 274
Error Log, 420
Exchanges, 325
Exchanges, Mergers and Spin-offs Report, 389
Expenses, 321
Export Asset Library, 237
Export Price File, 238
Export Security Symbols, 239
Exporting Data to Other Programs, 237
Features, 13
Fees and Expenses Report, 371
File Imports from Other Programs, 227
File Menu, 24
Flow Charts, 425
Fund Diversification Characteristics Report, 389
Fund Objectives Report, 379
Fundamental Analysis, 62
Getting Started: Importing Your Money® Files, 187
Global Income, 349, 350
Global Merger, 349
Global Spin-off, 349
Global Stock Dividend Distributions, 349
Global Stock Split, 349
Help Menu, 35
Help Menu Explained, 421
Help System, 19
Historic Asset Library, 409
Historical Reports, 133
Historically Accurate Portfolios, 107
Holding Summary Tab, 42
Holdings Summary Report, 372
Home Page, 23
Home Page explained, 38
Home page pop-up window, 42
Home Page Preferences, 251
Home Page Tabs, 39
Import Broker Portfolio (OFX, QFX) File:, 232
Import Internet Price File, 227
Import SSG High and Low Prices, 229
Import Transactions, 346
Importing a Microsoft® Money CSV (Excel) file, 174
Importing a Microsoft® Money QIF file, 182
Importing Your Quicken® Files, 157
Income Received Tab, 40
Income Report, 373
Income Transactions, 125
Industry Sectors, 226, 404
Installing Portfolio Manager, 21
Instant Prices, Historical Prices, 255
Internal Rate of Return, 53
Investment Clubs, 290, 311
IRR, 70
License Agreement, 4
List Portfolios, 221
432
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Lock Report Headings, 49
Maintenance Releases, 426
Manually Enter Current Balances, 98
Market Risk, 56
Maturity Report, 373
Menu Bar, 24
Mergers, 359
Money Market Fund, 110
Money Market Fund Deposit, 275
Money® – Verifying Results, 197
Multiple Portfolios, 61
Mutual Fund Objective, 404
Navigation Tips, 16
OFX Type Files, 147
Online Research, 400
Opening Sale Example, 331
Option - Closing Sale, 313
Option - Opening Buy, 295
Option symbology changes 2010, 329
Option Transactions, 292
Options – Buy, Sell, Assign, Expire, 329
Options Transactions, 313
Options, Expired, 341
Original Lot, 270
Original Lot Records, 419
Password Protect, 240
Performance, 53
Portfolio Allocation Reports, 377
Portfolio Allocation Targets, 225
Portfolio databases versus the Asset Library, 19
Portfolio Diagnostic, 418
Portfolio Performance Report, 380
Portfolio Setup Wizard, 77
Portfolio Setup Wizard, analysis reports, 96
Portfolio Setup Wizard, Home Page, 93
Portfolio Setup Wizard, Tax planning reports, 96
Portfolio Setup Wizard, Tax reports and graphs, 95
Portfolio Summary Report, 383
Portfolio Targets, 99, 109
Portfolio Values Tab, 39
Portfolio Wizard
Download Available Historical Portfolio Activity, 80
Download Current Holdings, 86
Enter Current Holdings, 89
Portfolio Wizard, Market Pricing, 97
Price Alerts, 104, 406, 411
Product Support, 423
Program Preferences, 248
Purchase, 283
Purchases, 112
Qualified Dividends Report, 392
Quick Transactions, 36
Quicken®, 153
Quicken® Requirements, 153
Quicken® Transaction Import Codes and Limitations, 155
Rebalancing, 58
Rebuild Data, 420
433
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
Registration Form, 7
Removing a Security, 263
Removing Securities from Library, 400
Report Drill Down, 48
Report Print Settings, 249
Report Setup Window, 365
Reports, 49
Reports and Graphs, 364
Reports Menu, 28
Reports Preview Tool Bar, 48
Restoring Your Data, 245
Return Of Capital transaction, 323
Reviewing and Printing Reports, 46
Risk, 55
Sales, 129
Sales Allocation, 307
Sales Application, 131
Sales Application Method, 302
Security Asset Type, 401
Security Basis Report, 374
Security Search Report, 393
Security Symbols, 401
Security Transactions Isolated, 271
Selling Stocks, Funds, Etc., 304
Short Sales, 344
Short to Long Term Holding Report, 393
Sold Securities Report, 375
Sold Securities Tab, 41
Spin-offs, 356
Stock Dividend Distributions, 355
Stock Screening, 399
Stock Splits, 352
StockCentral Data, 414
Suggestion Box, 425
Tax decisions, 66
Tax planning, 68
Tenders, 325
Tool Bars, 36
Tools Menu, 34, 417
Transaction Activity Ledger, 121
Transaction Activity Report, 376
Transaction ledger
fnding transactions, 268
Transaction Ledger, 266
Transaction Ledger - Portfolio Values Tab, 273
Transaction Ledger Tabs, 273
Transactions Menu, 26, 265
Transfer Security, 261
Transfers Report, 394
Tutorials, 76
Update Market Prices, 122
Update Portfolio Performance Table, 347
Updating Stock Data, 412
User Mode, 252
Valuation Ratios, 62
Wash Sale Check List Report, 395
Watch list, 69
434
I N V E S T M E N T
A C C O U N T
M A N A G E R
websites, 73
Withdraw Funds, 297
Year End, 69
435

Reference Manual - Investment Account Manager

Transcription

Similar documents

Portfolio Sites We Love

Press Release

TEFL final pdf

Changes to the Momentum MoM SuperNation Cash Portfolio

INVESTMENT focuS - Castanea Partners

bondEdge Wealth manager

PolyPaths Asset Liability Management

For Long-Term Investors The Focus Should Be on Risk

Adapting to the New Face of Financial Risk

Here - Michael Campbell`s MoneyTalks